H A W K E R 8 0 0 X P

HAWKER
800XP
Pro Line 21

Airplane
Flight Manual

140-590032-0005
Volume 1 of 1
 Serials 258541, 258556, 258567 and After

FAA Approved
Airplane Flight Manual
AIRPLANES EQUIPPED WITH COLLINS PRO LINE 21 AVIONICS

Airplane Serial Number: .....................................................................................................

Airplane Registration Number: ...........................................................................................

Copyright © Raytheon Aircraft Company 2001

P/N 140-590032-0005
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Published By

RAYTHEON AIRCRAFT COMPANY

P.O. Box 85
W ichita, Kansas 67201
U.S.A.

EXPORT STATEMENT
Exported under the authority of license exception: TSU.
“These commodities, technology or software were exported from the
United States in accordance with Export Administration Regulations.
Diversion contrary to U.S. law prohibited.”
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Serials 258541, 258556, 258567 and After

FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual
P/N 140-590032-0005

for
AIRPLANES EQUIPPED WITH COLLINS PRO LINE 21 AVIONICS
This LOEP contains all pages and effective dates provided with this Original Issue and should be used
to make sure this manual is complete and up-to-date.

Title Page ....................................................................................................... Nov 30, 2001

LOG OF TEMPORARY CHANGES
Issue Date of Temporary Change
P/N 140-590032-0005TC1 (page 1 of 1) ............................................... Nov 30, 2001
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original Issue (page 1 of 1) ................................................................... Nov 30, 2001
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAG E S
Original Issue (page 1 of 1) ................................................................... Nov 30, 2001
Section 1 - GENERAL (pages 1 thru 18) ...................................................... Nov 30, 2001
Section 2 - LIMITATIONS (pages 1 thru 27) ................................................. Nov 30, 2001
Section 3 - EMERGENCY PROCEDURES (pages 1 thru 37) ...................... Nov 30, 2001
Section 4 - ABNORMAL/NORMAL PROCEDURES (pages 1 & 2).............. Nov 30, 2001
Sub-section 4.05 - ABNORMAL PROCEDURES (pages 1 thru 52) ......... Nov 30, 2001
Sub-section 4.10 - NORMAL PROCEDURES (pages 1 thru 21) .............. Nov 30, 2001
Section 5 - PERFORMANCE (pages 1 & 2) ................................................. Nov 30, 2001
Sub-section 5.05 - General (pages 1 thru 35) ........................................... Nov 30, 2001
Sub-section 5.10 - Operating Speeds (pages 1 thru 8) ............................. Nov 30, 2001
Sub-section 5.15 - Takeoff WAT Data (pages 1 thru 6).............................. Nov 30, 2001
Sub-section 5.20 - Takeoff Field Length - APR ON (pages 1 thru 42) ....... Nov 30, 2001
Sub-section 5.25 - Net Take-off Flight Path - APR ON (pages 1 thru 23) .. Nov 30, 2001
Sub-section 5.30 - Take-off Field Length - DERATE (page 1) .................. Nov 30, 2001
Sub-section 5.35 - Net Take-off Flight Path - DERATE (page 1) ............... Nov 30, 2001
Sub-section 5.40 - En-Route Data (pages 1 thru 3) .................................. Nov 30, 2001
Sub-section 5.45 - Landing WAT Data (pages 1 thru 3) ............................ Nov 30, 2001
Sub-section 5.50 - Landing Field Lengths (pages 1 thru 7) ...................... Nov 30, 2001
Sub-section 5.55 - Gross Performance (pages 1 thru 17) ......................... Nov 30, 2001
Section 6 - WEIGHT & BALANCE (pages 1 thru 30) .................................. Nov 30, 2001
Section 7 - SUPPLEMENTS (pages 1 and 2) ............................................. Nov 30, 2001
FAA Approved Page 1 of 1
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

LOG OF TEMPORARY CHANGES

Issue Date: Nov 30, 2001
Serials 258541, 258556, 258567 and After
FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual
P/N 140-590032-0005
for

AIRPLANES EQUIPPED WITH COLLINS PRO LINE 21 AVIONICS

Active Temporary Changes must be incorporated into this manual for all flight operations.

Part Number Subject Date

140-590032-0005TC1 Instructions regarding erroneous EGPW S Nov 30, 2001
announcements during approach or landing.
(Section 4, Sub-section 4.10
NORMAL PROCEDURES)

NOTE: This Record of Temporary Changes replaces all previous issues and must be filed in the
front of this AFM immediately in front of the Log of Revisions.
Page 1 of 1
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

LOG OF REVISIONS

Serials 258541, 258556, 258567 and After

FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual
P/N 140-590032-0005

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001

for

AIRPLANES EQUIPPED WITH COLLINS PRO LINE 21 AVIONICS

Section & Page Description

All Sections Original Issue. Refer to the List O f Effective Pages.

and
Pages

Page 1 of 1
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
SECTION 1
GENERAL
Table of Contents
Page
INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................3
IMPORTANT NOTICE...................................................................................3
USE OF THE AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL................................................4
REVISING THE AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL ............................................5
TEMPORARY CHANGES ............................................................................5
INSTRUCTION SHEET ................................................................................6
REVISION SERVICE ....................................................................................6
SUPPLEMENTS ...........................................................................................6
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SUPPLEMENTS REVISION RECORD........7
CONTENTS .....................................................................................................9
SECTION 1 - GENERAL ..............................................................................9
SECTION 2 - LIMITATIONS ..........................................................................9
SECTION 3 - EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ..............................................9
SECTION 4 - ABNORMAL/NORMAL PROCEDURES...............................11
Sub-section 4.05 - ABNORMAL PROCEDURES .................................11
Sub-section 4.10 - NORMAL PROCEDURES ......................................11
SECTION 5 - PERFORMANCE..................................................................11
SECTION 6 - WEIGHT & BALANCE ..........................................................12
SECTION 7 - SUPPLEMENTS...................................................................12
ABBREVIATIONS and ACRONYMS..............................................................13
DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................16
IAS ..............................................................................................................16
CAS ............................................................................................................16
EAS.............................................................................................................16
TAS .............................................................................................................16
Indicated Mach Number (IMN)....................................................................16
Pressure Altitude ........................................................................................16
Indicated Outside Air Temperature (IOAT) ..................................................16
Air Temperature ..........................................................................................16
Weight.........................................................................................................16
International Standard Atmosphere (ISA)...................................................17
Standard Mean Chord (SMC) .....................................................................17
Volumetric Units ..........................................................................................17
Obstacle Clearance Altitude/Height (OCA/H) .............................................17
LEADING PARTICULARS .............................................................................17
Dimensions .................................................................................................17
Area ............................................................................................................17
Flap Settings...............................................................................................17
Figure 1.1 - GENERAL DIMENSIONS..................................................18

FAA Approved
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 Page 1
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 2 Section - 1 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
INTRODUCTION
This FAA-approved Airplane Flight Manual must be carried onboard the airplane during flight
operations. It contains the information required by 14 CFR Part 25 for safe operation of the
Hawker 800XP airplane equipped with Collins Proline 21 avionics.

It shall be the responsibility of the owner/operator to make sure the latest revisions of publications
referenced in this Airplane Flight Manual are utilized during operation, servicing and
maintenance of the airplane.

The following documents must be carried onboard the airplane at all times:

• Collins Pro Line 21 Avionics System for the Hawker 800XP Pilot’s Guide P/N 523-0780409,
1st Edition dated May 31, 2001 or later revision.

• Collins FMS-6000 Flight Management System for the Hawker 800XP Pilot’s Guide,
P/N 523-0780705, 1st Edition dated April 17, 2001 or later revision.

• Mk V Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System Pilot Guide, P/N 060-4241-0000, Rev D,
dated March 2000 or later revision.

These publications contain the description and operation of the Collins Pro Line 21 avionics, the
FMS-6000, TCAS II and EGPWS installations and must be available for use.

IMPORTANT NOTICE
This manual should be read carefully by the owner and the operator in order to become familiar
with the operation of the airplane. Suggestions and recommendations have been made within it
to aid in obtaining maximum performance without sacrificing economy. Be familiar with, and
operate the airplane in accordance with, the FAA-approved Airplane Flight Manual and/or
placards which are located in the airplane. This manual includes the material required to be
furnished to the pilot by the Federal Aviation Regulations.

As a further reminder, the owner and the operator should also be familiar with the Federal
Aviation Regulations applicable to the operation and maintenance of the airplane. Further, the
airplane must be operated and maintained in accordance with FAA Airworthiness Directives
which may be issued against it.

The Federal Aviation Regulations place the responsibility for the maintenance of this airplane on
the owner and operator, who should make sure that all maintenance is done by qualified
mechanics in conformity with all airworthiness requirements established for this airplane.

All limits, procedures, safety practices, time limits, servicing and maintenance requirements
contained in this manual are considered mandatory for continued airworthiness and to maintain
the airplane in a condition equal to that of its original manufacture.

Raytheon Aircraft Authorized Outlets can provide recommended modification, service and
operating procedures issued by both the FAA and Raytheon Aircraft, which are designed to get
maximum utility and safety from the airplane.

FAA Approved Section - 1 Page 3

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
WARNING: USE ONLY GENUINE RAYTHEON AIRCRAFT OR RAYTHEON AIRCRAFT
APPROVED PARTS OBTAINED FROM RAYTHEON APPROVED SOURCES, IN
CONNECTION WITH THE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF HAWKER
AIRPLANES.

GENUINE RAYTHEON AIRCRAFT PARTS ARE PRODUCED AND INSPECTED

UNDER RIGOROUS PROCEDURES TO MAKE SURE AIRWORTHINESS AND
SUITABILITY FOR USE IN HAWKER AIRPLANE APPLICATIONS. PARTS
PURCHASED FROM SOURCES OTHER THAN RAYTHEON AIRCRAFT, EVEN
THOUGH OUTWARDLY IDENTICAL IN APPEARANCE, MAY NOT HAVE HAD
THE REQUIRED TESTS AND INSPECTIONS PERFORMED, MAY BE
DIFFERENT IN FABRICATION TECHNIQUES AND MATERIALS, AND MAY BE
DANGEROUS WHEN INSTALLED IN AN AIRPLANE.

SALVAGED AIRPLANE PARTS, REWORKED PARTS OBTAINED FROM NON-

RAYTHEON AIRCRAFT APPROVED SOURCES, OR PARTS, COMPONENTS,
OR STRUCTURAL ASSEMBLIES, THE SERVICE HISTORY OF WHICH IS
UNKNOWN OR CANNOT BE AUTHENTICATED, MAY HAVE BEEN
SUBJECTED TO UNACCEPTABLE STRESSES OR TEMPERATURES OR
HAVE OTHER HIDDEN DAMAGE NOT DISCERNIBLE THROUGH ROUTINE
VISUAL OR USUAL NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING TECHNIQUES. THIS MAY
RENDER THE PART, COMPONENT OR STRUCTURAL ASSEMBLY, EVEN
THOUGH ORIGINALLY MANUFACTURED BY RAYTHEON AIRCRAFT,
UNSUITABLE AND UNSAFE FOR AIRPLANE USE.

RAYTHEON AIRCRAFT EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR

MALFUNCTIONS, FAILURES, DAMAGE OR INJURY CAUSED BY USE OF
NON-RAYTHEON AIRCRAFT APPROVED PARTS.

USE OF THE AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

WARNINGS, CAUTIONS and NOTES

The following definitions apply to WARNINGS, CAUTIONS and NOTES found throughout the
manual.

WARNING: OPERATING PROCEDURES, TECHNIQUES, etc., WHICH COULD RESULT IN

PERSONAL INJURY OR LOSS OF LIFE IF NOT CAREFULLY FOLLOWED.

CAUTION: OPERATING PROCEDURES, TECHNIQUES, etc., WHICH COULD RESULT IN

DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT IF NOT CAREFULLY FOLLOWED.
NOTE: An operating procedure, technique, etc., which is advisory in nature and considered
essential to emphasize.

Page 4 Section - 1 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
REVISING THE AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
The Airplane Flight Manual is designed to facilitate maintaining the documents necessary for
the safe and efficient operation of the airplane. The manual has been prepared in loose-leaf
form for ease of maintaining and incorporates quick-reference tabs imprinted with the title for
each section.

NOTE: In an effort to provide as complete coverage as possible, applicable to any

configuration of the airplane, some optional equipment has been included in the scope
of the manual. However, due to the variety of airplane appointments and
arrangements available, optional equipment described or depicted herein may not be
designated as such in every case.

Immediately following the Title Page is a LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES. A complete listing of all
pages is presented along with the current status of the material contained; i.e. Original, Reissued
or Revised.

A reissue of the manual or the revision of any portion will be received with a new LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES to replace the previous one. Reference to the LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
allows the user to determine the current issue, revision or reissue in effect for each page in the
manual, except for the Supplement Section.

When the manual is originally issued, and each time it is revised or reissued, a new LOG OF
REVISIONS page is provided and is to be filed in front of the manual immediately following the
LOG OF TEMPORARY CHANGES. All LOG OF REVISIONS pages must be retained until the
manual is reissued. A capital letter in the lower right corner of the LOG OF REVISIONS page
designates the Original Issue ("A") or reissue ("B, "C", etc.) covered by the LOG OF REVISIONS
page.

If a number follows the letter, it designates the sequential revision (1st, 2nd, 3rd, etc.) to the
Original Issue or reissue covered by the LOG OF REVISIONS page. Reference to the LOG OF
REVISIONS page provides a record of changes made since the Original Issue or the latest
reissue.

The portion of text or illustration which has been revised by the addition, deletion or change in
information is identified by a solid revision bar located adjacent to the area of change along the
outside margin of the effected page.

TEMPORARY CHANGES
These changes are printed on yellow paper and are issued to all airplanes. Temporary Changes
provide information of an urgent matter which must be incorporated into the AFM in advance of
the revision procedure.

The changes made by a Temporary Change will be incorporated into the main manual at the
time of the next manual revision or reissue with the Temporary Change being cancelled at that
time. Each issued Temporary Change will be accompanied by a current LOG OF TEMPORARY
CHANGES which replaces the existing log.

This log provides the current status of all Temporary Changes issued to the Airplane Flight
Manual and shall be filed in the front of the manual immediately in front of the latest LOG OF
REVISIONS.

FAA Approved Section - 1 Page 5

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
INSTRUCTION SHEET
An INSTRUCTION SHEET will be provided for each reissue or revision of the Airplane Flight
Manual. The heading of the INSTRUCTION SHEET identifies the publication action and part
number of the effected Airplane Flight Manual. The body of the INSTRUCTION SHEET lists all
effected pages of the reissue or revision with instructions for incorporating the action. After
compliance, this INSTRUCTION SHEET may be discarded.

REVISION SERVICE
The following publications will be provided, at no charge, to the registered owner/operator of this
airplane.

1. Reissues and revisions of the FAA-approved Airplane Flight Manual.

2. Original issues and revisions of FAA-approved Airplane Flight Manual Supplements.

3. Original issues and revisions of Raytheon Aircraft Service Bulletins.

The above publications will be provided to the registered owner/operator at the address listed on
the FAA Aircraft Registration Branch List or the Raytheon Aircraft Domestic/International Owners
Notification List. Further, the owner/operator will receive only those publications pertaining to the
registered airplane serial number.

For detailed information on how to obtain "Revision Service" applicable to this manual or other
Raytheon Aircraft Service Publications, consult any Raytheon Aircraft authorized outlet, or refer
to the latest revision of Raytheon Aircraft Service Bulletin No. 2001.

Raytheon Aircraft Company expressly reserves the right to supersede, cancel and/or declare
obsolete, without prior notice, any part, part number, kit or publication referenced in this manual.

The owner/operator should always refer to all supplements for possible placards, limitations,
emergency, abnormal, normal and other operational procedures for proper operation of the
airplane with optional equipment installed.

WARNING: IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OWNER/OPERATOR TO MAKE

SURE THAT THE LATEST REVISIONS OF PUBLICATIONS REFERENCED IN
THIS MANUAL ARE UTILIZED DURING OPERATION, SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE OF THE AIRPLANE.

SUPPLEMENTS
When a new airplane is delivered from the factory, the manual delivered with it contains either an
FAA-approved Supplemental Type Certificate (STC) supplement or an FAA-approved Raytheon
Aircraft Flight Manual Supplement for every installed item requiring a supplement.

If a new manual for operation of the airplane is obtained at a later date, it is the responsibility of
the owner/operator to make sure that all required supplements (as well as Weight and Balance
and other pertinent data) are transferred into the new manual.

Page 6 Section - 1 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SUPPLEMENTS REVISION RECORD
Section 7, SUPPLEMENTS, contains FAA-approved Airplane Flight Manual Supplements,
headed by a LOG OF SUPPLEMENTS page. On the LOG page is a listing of the FAA-approved
Supplemental Equipment available for installation on the airplane.

When new supplements are received or existing supplements are revised, a new LOG page will
replace the previous one, since it contains a listing of all previous approvals, plus the new
approval. The supplemental material will be added to the section in accordance with the
sequence specified on the LOG page.

NOTE: Upon receipt of a new or revised supplement, compare the existing LOG page in the
manual with the corresponding applicable LOG page accompanying the new or
revised supplement.

It may occur that the LOG page already in the manual is dated later than the LOG page
accompanying the new or revised supplement. In any case, retain the LOG page
having the later date and discard the older LOG page.

FAA Approved Section - 1 Page 7

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 8 Section - 1 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

CONTENTS

SECTION 1 - GENERAL
This section provides manual introduction, contents and general information of the Hawker
800XP airplane equipped with Collins Proline 21 avionics.

SECTION 2 - LIMITATIONS
This section provides FAA-approved limitations necessary for the safe operation of the Hawker
800XP airplane equipped with Collins Proline 21 avionics. This airplane is eligible for certifica-
tion in the Transport Category and is approved for the following kinds of operation when the
appropriate instruments and equipment required by the airworthiness and/or operating certifi-
cate are installed and approved and are in operable condition.

• Atmospheric icing conditions

• Day and night VFR

• IFR

However, the certificate of airworthiness may restrict this airplane to some other category and
to a particular use.

SECTION 3 - EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures contained in this section have been developed and recommended
by the manufacturer for use in the operation of this airplane.

Emergency conditions may occur when different combinations of events are encountered.
Some emergency conditions may require use of multiple procedures, depending on the situa-
tion.

These procedures are for guidance only in identifying acceptable operating procedures for
known emergency conditions and require the use of special systems or the alternate use of reg-
ular systems in order to protect the occupants and the airplane from serious or critical harm.

In these procedures, it is assumed that the positions of the pilot and copilot are as follows:

Pilot - Occupying the left crew seat.

Copilot - Occupying the right crew seat.

Memory Items
Steps to be memorized and requiring immediate action by the flight crew are provided in bold
print within a red hashed memory box:

Memorized steps requiring immediate action by the flight crew

FAA Approved Section - 1 Page 9

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Annunciators
Throughout the procedural sections of this Airplane Flight Manual, annunciators are provided
as shown below:
EMERGENCY ABNORMAL ADVISORY

OIL 1 HYD 1 STBY INV

LO PRESS LO PRESS ON

• MWS annunciators located on the overhead roof panel are provided on the left side of a page.

FUEL 1
LO PRESS

• Annunciators located on the main MWS panel are provided on the right side of a page.

MAIN AIR
VALVE 2

• Annunciators located elsewhere are provided in the middle of the page.

REVRS

The MWS panel also provides repeater annunciators which have an upward pointing
arrow.

When illuminated, these annunciators indicate to the flight crew that an additional warning
annunciator has illuminated on the overhead roof panel.

ENG 1
FIRE

An illustration of the red Master Warning System lamps on the glareshield is not provided.

It is expected that the flight crew are familiar with the need to push either of the lamps to
acknowledge a new indication and cancel audible warnings to enhance flight crew coordination.

Page 10 Section - 1 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
SECTION 4 - ABNORMAL / NORMAL PROCEDURES
Details of airplane procedures essential to achieve the performance standard for abnormal and
normal operations are given in Section 4, Sub-sections 4.05 Abnormal Procedures and 4.10
Normal Procedures.

Sub-section 4.05 - ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

The abnormal procedures in this section are recommended by the manufacturer and approved
by the FAA for use in the operation of this airplane. These procedures require the use of special
systems or the alternate use of regular systems to maintain an acceptable level of airworthiness
or reduce operational risk resulting from a failure condition.

Usually these procedures do not require immediate flight crew action and are not intended for
use when the airplane is intentionally operated from take-off to landing with a known inoperative
system. In these procedures, it is assumed that the positions of the pilot and co-pilot are as fol-
lows:

Pilot - Occupying the left crew seat.

Co-pilot - Occupying the right crew seat.

Sub-section 4.10 - NORMAL PROCEDURES

The operating procedures in this section are recommended by the manufacturer and approved
by the FAA for use in the operation of this airplane. These procedures are for guidance only in
identifying acceptable, normal operating procedures and are not to be considered mandatory or
in any way construed to prohibit an operator from developing equivalent FAA-approved proce-
dures.

SECTION 5 - PERFORMANCE
The performance information provided in this section relates to a Hawker 800XP airplane
equipped with Collins Proline 21 avionics and powered by two Allied-Signal TFE731-5BR-1H
turbofan engines with an Automatic Power Reserve system (APR). It is the responsibility of the
operator to observe the limiting conditions specified.

Standard Condition of Airplane

The surface finish should be average gloss with condition and fit of joints, panels, anti-icing
equipment, doors and other externally mounted items being generally good. The approved flap
settings are listed under CONFIGURATION in Sub-section 5.05.

Procedures and Information

Details of the airplane procedures essential to achieve the performance standard of this Section
for normal and abnormal operations are given in Sub-sections 4.05 Abnormal Procedures and
4.10 Normal Procedures.

Performance
The take-off performance information in this section is not valid unless the Automatic Power
Reserve system (APR) is operative and armed for takeoff.

NOTE: Throughout Section 5, wherever engine antice bleed is referred to, it shall be taken to
read engine intake ice protection bleed.

FAA Approved Section - 1 Page 11

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
SECTION 6 - WEIGHT & BALANCE
The data within this section is intended to make sure that the airplane is operated within the
appropriate weight and center of gravity limitations. The "Basic Empty Weight and Balance - As
Licensed" and "Equipment List" are not FAA Approved.

SECTION 7 - SUPPLEMENTS
When items or systems have been installed in the airplane and not included in the main sections
of this Airplane Flight Manual, this section will contain the FAA-approved supplemental data
required for safe operation of this airplane. Each supplement, TC or STC, will have an assigned
part number.

Page 12 Section - 1 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
ABBREVIATIONS and ACRONYMS
The use of capital letters in the text, apart from normal grammatical usage, indicates the actual
markings of equipment, gauges, controls and control positions on the airplane.

Abbreviations and acronyms used in this manual have the following meanings:

AC or ac.................................Alternating Current
ADC .......................................Air Data Computer
ADF .......................................Automatic Direction Finder
ADS .......................................Air Data System
AFD .......................................Adaptive Flight Display
AGL or agl .............................Above Ground Level
AHRS.....................................Attitude Heading Reference System
AMP or amp...........................Ampere(s)
ANTICE .................................Anti Icing System
ALT ........................................Altitude
ALTN .....................................Alternative
AMSL.....................................Above Mean Sea Level
AP..........................................Autopilot
APPR.....................................Approach
APR .......................................Automatic Performance Reserve
APR ON.................................APR system must be serviceable and armed for take-off
ARTE .....................................Above Runway Threshold Elevation
ASDA.....................................Accelerate-Stop Distance Available
ASEL .....................................Altitude Select
ASI.........................................Air Speed Indicator
ASIR ......................................Air Speed Indicator Reading
ATT........................................Attitude
AUX .......................................Auxiliary
BITE ......................................Built-In Test Equipment
BRK .......................................Brake
BUS TIE.................................Bus Bar Tie
°C ..........................................degrees Celsius, centigrade scale
CAS .......................................Calibrated Air Speed
CAU .......................................Cold Air Unit
CB or cb.................................Circuit Breaker
CDU.......................................Control Display Unit
COMM ...................................Communication
CTL........................................Controller
CVR .......................................Cockpit Voice Recorder
DC or dc ................................Direct Current
DCP .......................................Display Control Panel
DCU.......................................Data Concentrator Unit
DH .........................................Decision Height
DME.......................................Distance Measuring Equipment
DV .........................................Direct Vision (Windscreens)
EAS .......................................Equivalent Air Speed
EGT .......................................Exhaust Gas Temperature
EPNdB...................................Effective Perceived Noise decibel
ESIS ......................................Electronic Standby Instrument System
FD..........................................Flight Director
F/DK ......................................Flight Deck
FAA Approved Section - 1 Page 13
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
FMS ...................................... Flight Management System
ft ............................................ Foot or Feet
GPS ...................................... Global Positioning System
HDG ...................................... Heading
HP ......................................... High Pressure
HPa ....................................... Hectopascals
Hz.......................................... Frequency Cycles Per Second
IAS ........................................ Indicated Air Speed
IFR ........................................ Instrument Flight Rules
ILS......................................... Instrument Landing System
in. Hg..................................... Inches of Mercury
ISA ........................................ International Standard Atmosphere
ITT......................................... Interstage Turbine Temperature
kg .......................................... Kilogram(s)
KIAS ...................................... Knots Indicated Airspeed
kPa ........................................ Kilo Pascals
kph ........................................ Kilometers Per Hour
kt ........................................... Knots
lb ........................................... Pound(s)
lb/in2 ...................................... Pounds Per Square Inch
LP.......................................... Low Pressure
LTS ....................................... Lights
MAV ...................................... Main Air Valve
m ........................................... Meter(s)
MIND ....................................... Indicated Mach Number
mb ......................................... Millibars
MDA ...................................... Minimum Descent Altitude
MDH ...................................... Minimum Descent Height
MFD ...................................... Multifunction Display
MIC ....................................... Microphone
MPH or mph .......................... Miles Per Hour
MRA ....................................... Rough Air Mach Number
MSG ...................................... Message
MWS ..................................... Master Warning System
N1 .......................................... Engine LP Shaft Speed (%)
N1 REF ................................... Engine LP Shaft Reference Speeds (%)
N2 .......................................... Engine HP Shaft Speed (%)
OAT....................................... Outside Air Temperature
OCA ...................................... Obstacle Clearance Altitude
OCH ...................................... Obstacle Clearance Height
PA ......................................... Passenger Address
PBA ....................................... Push Button Annunciator
PE ......................................... Power Emergency
PEC....................................... Position Error Correction
PFD ....................................... Primary Flight Display
PIT ........................................ Pitch
PIT-ROLL .............................. Pitch - Roll
PS ......................................... Power (Main bus bar)
PSI ........................................ Pounds Per Square Inch
QFE....................................... Barometric Pressure in Millibars at Airfield Height
QNH ...................................... Barometric Pressure in Millibars at Sea Level

Page 14 Section - 1 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
RA .........................................Radio Altimeter or Resolution Advisory
RPM or rpm ...........................Revolutions Per Minute
SFD .......................................Secondary Flight Display
SL ..........................................Sea Level
SMC.......................................Standard Mean Chord
SSU .......................................Signal Summing Unit
SYNC.....................................Synchronization (Engine)
TA ..........................................Terrain Awareness or Traffic Advisory
TAD .......................................Terrain Awareness Display
TAS .......................................True Airspeed
TAT........................................Total Air Temperature
TCF........................................Terrain Clearance Floor
TFR........................................Transfer
TKS .......................................Trade name of de-icing fluid
TO .........................................Take-off
TODA.....................................Take-off Distance Available
TORA.....................................Take-off Run Available
T/R.........................................Thrust Reverse
US Gal(s)...............................US Gallon(s)
V or v .....................................Volt(s)
VFR .......................................Visual Flight Rules
VHF .......................................Very High Frequency
VOR.......................................VHF Omnidirectional Radio Range
VRA ........................................Rough Air Speed
VREF ......................................Landing Reference Speed
VSI.........................................Vertical Speed Indication
WAT.......................................Weight, Altitude, Air Temperature
XDATA...................................Cross-side data
XFR .......................................Transfer
XPDR.....................................Transponder
YD .........................................Yaw Damper

FAA Approved Section - 1 Page 15

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
DEFINITIONS
NOTE: Definitions of terms used primarily in performance calculations are given in Section 5,
Sub-section 5.05.

IAS
The indicated airspeed is the reading obtained on a pitot static airspeed indicator having no
instrument calibration error. If the calibration error of the particular instrument is not known, the
actual reading (i.e. ASIR) may be taken to be equal to IAS because the tolerances permitted on
the instrument are small.

CAS
The calibrated airspeed is the IAS value corrected for pitot-static position error and instrument
error.

EAS
The equivalent airspeed is the IAS value corrected for pitot-static position error, and
compressibility effect.

TAS
The true airspeed of the airplane relative to the undisturbed air. It can be obtained by dividing the
EAS value by the square root of the relative air density for the altitude.

Indicated Mach Number (IMN)

The reading obtained on a Machmeter having no calibration error. If the calibration error of the
particular instrument is not known, the actual reading may be taken to be equal to the Indicated
Mach number because the tolerances permitted on the instrument are small.

Pressure Altitude
An atmospheric pressure expressed as the altitude which corresponds to that pressure in the
International Standard Atmosphere.

Pressure altitude may be obtained by setting the sub-scale of a pressure type altimeter to 1013.2
millibars or HPa (29.92 inches or 760 millimeters of Mercury).

Indicated Outside Air Temperature (IOAT)

The reading on an outside air thermometer installed on the airplane.

Air Temperature
The true temperature of the free air near to, but uninfluenced by, the airplane and obtained either
from ground meteorological sources or from in-flight temperature indication, corrected for
instrument calibration error and compression heat rise.

Weight
The total loaded weight of the airplane including fuel, oil, equipment, crew and payload.

Page 16 Section - 1 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
International Standard Atmosphere (ISA)
For the relationship between air temperature and pressure altitude in the International Standard
Atmosphere, refer to Sub-section 5.05, Figure 5.05.16 ISA TEMPERATURES.

Standard Mean Chord (SMC)

Wing area
The standard mean chord is defined by the relationship Span where the wing area includes
the area enclosed by the leading and trailing edges of the wing projected to the center line of the
airplane.

Volumetric Units
Where a volumetric quantity is used, it is stated to be US gallons or liters. Fuel quantities are
given by weight in units of pounds and kilograms.

Obstacle Clearance Altitude/Height (OCA/H)

The lowest altitude (OCA), or alternatively the lowest height above the elevation of the relevant
runway threshold or above the airfield elevation as applicable (OCH), used in establishing
compliance with appropriate obstacle clearance criteria.

LEADING PARTICULARS

A three-view, general arrangement drawing is shown in Figure 1.1.

Dimensions
The leading dimensions are shown in Figure 1.1.

Area

Wing Area 374 ft2 (34.7 m2)

Horizontal Stabilizer Area 100 ft2 (9.3 m2)

Vertical Stabilizer Area 62.5 ft2 (5.8 m2)

Flap Settings
0°

15°

25°

45°

FAA Approved Section - 1 Page 17

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

GENERAL DIMENSIONS

Figure 1.1

Page 18 Section - 1 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS
Table of Contents
Page

KINDS OF OPERATION .................................................................................... 3

WEIGHT LIMITATIONS ..................................................................................... 3
PERFORMANCE LIMITATIONS ....................................................................... 3
Takeoff Weight ............................................................................................ 3
Landing Weight .......................................................................................... 3
Takeoff Field Length ................................................................................... 4
OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS .......................................................................... 4
Altitude ........................................................................................................ 4
Maximum Permissible Altitude .................................................................... 4
Air Temperature .......................................................................................... 4
Wind Component ........................................................................................ 4
Runway Slope ............................................................................................. 5
Airplane Configurations............................................................................... 5
COMPARTMENT LOADING LIMITATIONS ...................................................... 5
LOAD LIMITATIONS.......................................................................................... 5
Center of Gravity Limitations....................................................................... 5
Figure 2.1 - LOADING and FLIGHT ENVELOPE -
POUNDS/FEET ................................................................................. 6
Figure 2.2 - LOADING and FLIGHT ENVELOPE -
KILOGRAMS/METERS ..................................................................... 7
ICE PROTECTION LIMITATIONS ..................................................................... 9
Icing General............................................................................................... 9
Airframe Icing .............................................................................................. 9
Wing/Tail Antice System ............................................................................. 9
Engine Icing ................................................................................................ 9
SEVERE ICING CONDITIONS LIMITATIONS ................................................ 10
ENGINE LIMITATIONS.................................................................................... 11
Engine Type .............................................................................................. 11
Engine Limitations..................................................................................... 11
Approved Engine Oils ............................................................................... 12
Engine Oil Consumption ........................................................................... 12
Engine Fuel Computer .............................................................................. 12
Engine Synchronizer ................................................................................. 12
Automatic Performance Reserve (APR) ................................................... 12
Engine Instrument Markings ..................................................................... 12
Thrust Reversers....................................................................................... 12
Engine Ice Protection System ................................................................... 12
FUEL LIMITATIONS ........................................................................................ 13
Fuel Specifications .................................................................................... 13
Fuel Additives............................................................................................ 14
Maximum Fuel Temperature ..................................................................... 15

FAA Approved Page 1

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Page
Minimum Fuel Temperature ...................................................................... 15
Fuel Quantity ............................................................................................. 15
Fuel Loading.............................................................................................. 16
Pressure Refueling.................................................................................... 16
Fuel System Management ........................................................................ 16
ELECTRICAL LIMITATIONS ........................................................................... 16
Battery Limitations..................................................................................... 16
Generator Limitations ................................................................................ 16
Main Engine Starter Duty Cycle ................................................................ 16
Operation of Electrical Circuit Breakers .................................................... 16
AVIONICS LIMITATIONS ................................................................................ 17
General...................................................................................................... 17
HF Radio ................................................................................................... 17
Electronic Standby Instrument System (ESIS).......................................... 17
Flight Management System....................................................................... 17
Autopilot .................................................................................................... 19
VNAV......................................................................................................... 20
EGPWS ..................................................................................................... 21
TCAS II...................................................................................................... 21
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS ............................................................................... 22
Maximum Operating Speed....................................................................... 22
Maximum Operating Mach Number .......................................................... 22
Maneuvering Speed .................................................................................. 22
Wing Flaps Extended/Operating Speed .................................................... 22
Procedural Use of Flaps 15° for Descent and Holding.............................. 22
Air Brakes.................................................................................................. 23
Landing Gear Extended/Operating Speed ................................................ 23
Bird Strike Speed ...................................................................................... 23
MISCELLANEOUS LIMITATIONS ................................................................... 25
Air Brakes.................................................................................................. 25
Cabin Emergency Overwing Exit............................................................... 25
Cabin High Datum ..................................................................................... 25
Crew Seats................................................................................................ 25
Inter-compartment Door ............................................................................ 25
Lift Dump ................................................................................................... 25
Maneuvering Load Factor Limitations ....................................................... 25
Minimum Flight Crew................................................................................. 25
Nosewheel Tires........................................................................................ 25
Number of Occupants ............................................................................... 25
Pressure Cabin.......................................................................................... 25
Rudder Bias............................................................................................... 25
Smoking .................................................................................................... 26
Weather Radar .......................................................................................... 26
Wheel Brakes ............................................................................................ 26
Table 1 - Take-off Weights for
Wheel Brakes Waiting Periods................................... 27

Page 2 Section - 2 FAA Approved

LIMITATIONS Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
KINDS OF OPERATION
This airplane is eligible for certification in the Transport Category and is approved for the
following kinds of operation when the appropriate instruments and equipment required by the
airworthiness and/or operating certificate are installed and approved and are in operable
condition.
• Atmospheric icing conditions
• Day and night VFR
• IFR
However, the certificate of airworthiness may restrict this airplane to some other category and
to a particular use.

WEIGHT LIMITATIONS

Maximum Taxiing (Ramp) Weight ..................... 28,120 lb (12,755 kg)

Maximum Takeoff Weight .................................. 28,000 lb (12,701 kg)
Maximum Landing Weight................................. 23,350 lb (10,591 kg)
Maximum Zero Fuel Weight .............................. 18,450 lb (8369 kg)
Minimum Zero Fuel Weight ............................... 14,120 lb (6405 kg)

PERFORMANCE LIMITATIONS

Take-off Weight
Maximum Take-off Weight is limited by the most restrictive of the following:
• 28,000 lb (12,701 kg).
• As depicted on the MAXIMUM TAKEOFF WEIGHT FOR ALTITUDE AND TEMPERATURE
graphs in Sub-section 5.15.

• The maximum permitted by field length considerations (see Sub-section 5.20).

• The maximum permitted by maximum brake energy considerations (see Sub-section 5.20).

• The maximum permitted by obstacle clearance considerations (see Sub-section 5.25).

Landing Weight
Maximum Landing Weight is limited by the most restrictive of the following:
• 23,350 lb (10,591 kg).

• As shown on the MAXIMUM LANDING WEIGHT FOR ALTITUDE AND TEMPERATURE

graph in Sub-section 5.45.

• The maximum permitted by field length considerations, see Sub-section 5.50.

FAA Approved Section - 2 Page 3

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 LIMITATIONS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Take-off Field Length
The take-off weight shall not exceed the maximum permitted by field length considerations as
described in Sub-section 5.20 for the restricted range of conditions listed.
When complying with the above, the following conditions shall be met:
• The take-off distance used in the graphs shall not be greater than the length of runway plus
the length of clearway if present, except that the length of clearway shall not be greater than
one-half of the length of the runway.

• The take-off run used in the graphs shall not be greater than the length of the runway.

OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS
Altitude
Maximum/Minimum field pressure altitudes
for takeoff or landing ........................................... 13,000 ft and -2000 ft

NOTE: Performance appropriate to the lowest published elevation shall be used when the
field pressure altitude is below the lowest published elevation.

Maximum Permissible Altitude

Maximum permissible operating altitude is 41,000 ft.
Maximum permissible altitude with flaps lowered or landing gear extended is 20,000 ft.

Air Temperature
Maximum
All Flight Regimes .........................................ISA +35 °C
Ground
• Prior to engine start, if airplane shielded from direct sunlight............. ISA +35 °C
• Prior to engine start, if airplane unshielded from direct sunlight......... ISA +31 °C

NOTE: Direct sunlight is defined as sky with less than 10% cloud cover.

Minimum
• Takeoff/Landing.................................................................................. -40 °C
• Enroute ............................................................................................... -75 °C

NOTE: When the temperature is below the lowest scheduled, performance appropriate to the
lowest scheduled temperature shall be used.

Wind Component
The maximum tailwind component for takeoff and landing appropriate to a height of
(33 ft / 10.1 m) is 10 knots.

Page 4 Section - 2 FAA Approved

LIMITATIONS Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Runway Slope
The maximum effective runway slopes for takeoff are 2% uphill and 2% downhill.
Airplane Configurations
The airplane configurations as stated in Sub-section 5.05 must be observed.

COMPARTMENT LOADING LIMITATIONS

The airplane must be loaded in accordance with Section 6 - WEIGHT & BALANCE of this
Airplane Flight Manual and as provided on placards in the Baggage/Stowage Compartments.

LOAD LIMITATIONS
Center Of Gravity Limitations
The center of gravity must always lie between the forward and aft limits as defined in the
envelope shown in Figures 2.1 and 2.2.
The limits apply with the landing gear up. The effect of the landing gear in the down position is
negligible.
The center of gravity datum is (11 ft / 3.4 m) forward of the reference point on the fuselage. The
reference point is defined by a screw on the fuselage skin located beneath the right engine pod.

FAA Approved Section - 2 Page 5

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 LIMITATIONS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
LOADING and FLIGHT ENVELOPE - POUNDS/FEET

Percent Standard Mean Chord

Figure 2.1
(Landing Gear Retraction Moment Change is Negligible)

Page 6 Section - 2 FAA Approved

LIMITATIONS Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
LOADING and FLIGHT ENVELOPE - KILOGRAMS/METERS

Percent Standard Mean Chord

Figure 2.2
(Landing Gear Retraction Moment Change is Negligible)

FAA Approved Section - 2 Page 7

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 LIMITATIONS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 8 Section - 2 FAA Approved

LIMITATIONS Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
ICE PROTECTION LIMITATIONS
Icing General
Icing conditions exist when Outside Air Temperature (OAT) on the ground and during takeoff,
or Total Air Temperature (TAT) in flight is 10°C or below, and visible moisture in any form is
present (e.g. clouds, fog with visibility of 1 mile (1600 meters) or less, rain, snow, sleet and ice
crystals).
Icing conditions also exist when the OAT on the ground and for takeoff is 10°C or below when
operating on ramps, taxiways, or runways where surface snow, ice, standing water or slush may
be ingested by the engines or freeze on the engines, nacelles or engine sensor probes.
Airframe Icing
The airplane must be clear of snow, ice and frost before takeoff with the exception of the
following areas:
• Frost is allowable on the underside of the wings over the general area of the fuel tanks
provided that the depth does not exceed 0.125 inch (3.175 mm).

If frost is present in this region, the WAT limited take-off weight must be reduced by 1000 lb
(454 kg) and the net flight path reference and fourth segment climb gradients must be
obtained using a weight 1000 lb (454 kg) higher than the actual weight.

• Frost is allowable on the fuselage provided the layer is thin enough to distinguish the surface
features such as paint lines or markings underneath, but all vents, probes and ports must be
clear of frost.
Wing/Tail Antice System
Only de-ice fluids TKS80, R328 or fluid to specification DTD 406B must be used.

NOTE: A tank indicating FULL provides priming and protection for a period of at least
85 minutes.

Engine Icing
Refer to ENGINE LIMITATIONS - this section.

FAA Approved Section - 2 Page 9

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 LIMITATIONS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
SEVERE ICING CONDITIONS LIMITATIONS

WARNING: SEVERE ICING MAY RESULT FROM ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS OUT-

SIDE OF THOSE FOR WHICH THE AIRPLANE IS CERTIFICATED.

FLIGHT IN FREEZING RAIN, FREEZING DRIZZLE, OR MIXED ICING

CONDITIONS (SUPERCOOLED LIQUID WATER AND ICE CRYSTALS) MAY
RESULT IN ICE BUILD-UP ON PROTECTED SURFACES EXCEEDING THE
CAPABILITY OF THE ICE PROTECTION SYSTEM, OR MAY RESULT IN ICE
FORMING AFT OF THE PROTECTED SURFACES.

THIS ICE MAY NOT BE SHED USING THE ICE PROTECTION SYSTEMS, AND
MAY SERIOUSLY DEGRADE THE PERFORMANCE AND CONTROLLABILITY
OF THE AIRPLANE.
During flight, severe icing conditions that exceed those for which the airplane is certificated shall
be determined by the following visual cues.
If one or more of these visual cues exists, immediately request priority handling from Air Traffic
Control to facilitate a route or an altitude change to exit the icing conditions:
• Extensive ice accumulation on the airframe in areas not normally observed to collect ice.

• Accumulation of ice on the wing aft of the protected area.

Since the autopilot may mask tactile cues that indicate adverse changes in handling
characteristics, use of the autopilot is prohibited when any of the visual cues specified above
exist, or when unusual lateral trim requirements or autopilot trim warnings are encountered while
the airplane is in icing conditions.
All icing detection light(s) must be operative prior to flight into icing conditions at night.

NOTE: This supersedes any relief provided by the Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL).

Page 10 Section - 2 FAA Approved

LIMITATIONS Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
ENGINE LIMITATIONS
Engine Type
Two Allied Signal TFE731-5BR-1H turbofan engines.
Engine Limitations

% RPM
CONDITION MAX ITT °C TIME LIMIT
N1 N2

978 Unrestricted
Start or Relight * ---- ---- 996 10 Seconds
over 996 5 Seconds
Takeoff 100 100 978 5 Minutes

Maximum Take-off Thrust * 996 5 Minutes

(APR Operating) 100 100.8 1006 5 Seconds
(see NOTE 1) 1016 2 Seconds

Initial Maximum Take-off 978 5 Minutes

Thrust * 100 100 1006 5 Seconds
(APR Not Operating) 1016 2 Seconds

Unrestricted
Maximum Continuous * 100 100 968
(see NOTE 2)

Maximum Overspeed * 103 103 ---- 5 Seconds

* These conditions appear on placards.

Maximum ......................................... 127°C up to 30,000 ft
Maximum ......................................... 140°C above 30,000 ft
Oil Transient Maximum...........................149°C (2 minutes)
Temp
Minimum (Starting) ...........................-40°C
Minimum (Takeoff) ............................30°C

Takeoff and Maximum Continuous

and Climb .........................................38 lb/in2 (262 kPa) to 46 lb/in2 (317.2 kPa)
Oil
Press Idle....................................................25 lb/in2 (172.4 kPa) minimum
Transient Maximum...........................55 lb/in2 (379.2 kPa) (3 minutes)

NOTES:
1. Initial maximum take-off thrust is selected by the pilot on takeoff. When the Automatic
Performance Reserve (APR) System is operative, maximum take-off (APR) thrust will
be obtained automatically on one engine if the other engine fails during takeoff.

The five minute limit of maximum APR thrust must include the duration of operation at
initial maximum take-off thrust prior to the operation of APR. Any normal take-off
limitations exceeded during APR operation must be recorded in the technical log.

2. This is not a normal cruise setting.

FAA Approved Section - 2 Page 11

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 LIMITATIONS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Approved Engine Oils
• Exxon 2380
• Mobil Jet Oil II
• Mobil Jet 254
• Castrol 5000
• Aeroshell 500
• Aeroshell 560
Engine Oil Consumption
The maximum permissible oil consumption rate of an engine during any flight is 0.01 U.S.
gallons (0.036 liters) per hour.
Engine Fuel Computer
Flight must not be initiated with an engine fuel computer inoperative.
Engine Synchronizer
The ENG SYNC switch must be selected OFF for takeoff.
Automatic Performance Reserve (APR)
The Automatic Performance Reserve (APR) system must be armed for takeoff, except for crew
training only, when it need not be armed.
Engine Instrument Markings
Red Radial Mark ............................................... Maximum or minimum limit

Yellow Arc .......................................................... Cautionary range permissible for short duration

or in special circumstances -
refer to individual limitations.
Green Arc ......................................................... Normal operating range
Thrust Reversers
• Deployment of either thrust reverser is restricted to ground operations only.
• The thrust reverse levers must not be selected until the airplane is on the ground.
• Engine starts with thrust reversers deployed are prohibited.
• Reverse thrust must not be used to taxi rearwards.
• Thrust in excess of reverse idle must not be selected below speeds of 50 KIAS, except in an
emergency.

• When operating on unpaved surfaces, reverse idle thrust must not be exceeded except in an
emergency.

• If the thrust reverser system is known to be inoperative or unserviceable, it must be disabled

and locked in the forward thrust position.

Engine Ice Protection System

The ENG ANTICE switches for the engine intake ice protection system may be selected ON at
any engine speed including the use of maximum take-off thrust for takeoff and go-around.

Page 12 Section - 2 FAA Approved

LIMITATIONS Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
FUEL LIMITATIONS
The following fuels and additives are approved for use with this engine installation.
Fuel Specifications

Aviation kerosene to the current approved issue of the following specifications:

British DEF STAN 91-87 (D.E.R.D. 2453)

DEF STAN 91-91 (D.E.R.D. 2494)

American ASTM D1655/JET A

ASTM D1655/JET A-1

MIL-T-83133/JP8

Canadian CAN/CGSB 3.23/JET A

CAN/CGSB 3.23/JET A-1

Russian GOST 10227-86 TS-1

GOST 10227-86 T-1

GOST 10227-86 RT

Chinese GB 6537-94/No. 3 JET FUEL

Aviation wide-cut fuel to the current approved issue of the following specifications:

British DEF STAN 91-88 (D.E.R.D. 2454)

American ASTM D1655/JET B

MIL-T-5624/JP4

MIL-T-5624/JP5

Canadian CAN/CGSB 3.22/JET B

Russian GOST 10227-86 T-2

FAA Approved Section - 2 Page 13

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 LIMITATIONS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Fuel Additives

Anti-static
STADIS 450 additive may be used in concentrations not exceeding 3 parts per million (ppm) by
volume.
SIGBOL additive TU38-101741-78 may be used in concentrations not exceeding 0.0005% by
volume.

Anti-icing and biocidal additives

For anti-icing and preventative continuous Biocidal treatment DEF STAN 68-252, MIL-I-27686
or MIL-I-85470 may be used in concentrations not exceeding 0.15% by volume.

NOTE: The above additives should not be added to fuel to specification DEF STAN 91-87,
MIL-T-5624 and MIL-T-83133 as they are already present in these fuels.

TGF to GOST 17477-86; TGF(M) to TU 6-10-1457-79; I to GOST 8313-88; I(M) to

TU 6-10-1458-79 may be used in concentrations not exceeding 0.3% by volume.
Biobor JF may be used at concentrations not exceeding 135 parts per million by weight, as
preventative biocidal treatment.
For biocidal shock treatment, Biobor JF may be used at concentrations not exceeding 270 ppm
by weight, provided it is subsequently off-loaded prior to engine start (135 ppm is the maximum
concentration for engine operation).

Anti-corrosive Additive
Fuels may contain additives complying with DEF STAN 68-251 or MIL-I-25017 at concentrations
permitted by the fuel specification.

NOTE: Fuel to specification DEF STAN 91-87 already includes HITEC E515.

Page 14 Section - 2 FAA Approved

LIMITATIONS Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Maximum Fuel Temperature
The maximum permissible fuel temperature is 57°C.
Minimum Fuel Temperature
To avoid the possibility of fuel freezing or exceeding engine limitations, the following ambient
air and indicated fuel temperature limitations should be observed:

MINIMUM FUEL FUEL

MINIMUM FUEL OR
FUEL TEMP IN FREEZING
AMBIENT AIR TEMP
FLIGHT TEMP
AT TAKEOFF

DEF STAN 91-91 (D.E.R.D 2494)

DEF STAN 91-87 (D.E.R.D 2453)
ASTM D1655/JET A-1 -42°C -45°C -47°C
MIL-T-83133/JP8
CAN/CGSB 3.23/JET A-1

ASTM D1655/JET A
CAN/CGSB 3.23/JET A -35°C -38°C -40°C
GB 6537-94/No. 3 JET FUEL
DEF-STAN 91-88 (D.E.R.D 2454)
-53°C -54°C -58°C
MIL-T-5624/JP4
-35°C -38°C -40°C
MIL-T-5624/JP5

ASTM D1655/JET B
-45°C -48°C -50°C
CAN/CGSB 3.22/JET B

GOST 10277-86 TS-1

GOST 10277-86 T-1 -54°C -54°C -60°C
GOST 10277-86 T-2
GOST 10277-86 RT -50°C -53°C -55°C

Fuel Quantity
The usable fuel capacity of each tank when gravity filled is as follows:

EQUIVALENT
LOCATION
U.S. GALLONS LITERS

Wing tank (either side) 634 2400

Ventral tank 233 882

Credit shall not be taken for any fuel remaining in the tanks when the fuel quantity indicators
read zero in level flight.
After pressure refueling, the contents of each wing tank will be 2.4 US Gallons (9.1 Liters) less
and the contents of the ventral tank will be 3.6 US Gallons (13.6 Liters) less.
The contents of the ventral tank are reduced by 4.8 US Gallons (18.2 Liters) for airplanes which
have an external toilet servicing facility.

FAA Approved Section - 2 Page 15

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 LIMITATIONS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Fuel Loading
Fuel tanks may be replenished in any sequence provided that the appropriate refueling
instructions are observed and that the following preflight fuel loading conditions are achieved:
1. Fuel contained in the wing tanks shall be equally disposed between the two wing tanks.

2. Fuel must not be carried in the ventral tank unless each main wing tank contains at least
3450 lb (1565 kg) of fuel.

3. Before flights on which it is to be utilized, the ventral tank must be filled completely.
For other flights it must be empty.

Pressure Refueling
Takeoff must not be initiated if the amber FUEL annunciator on the MWS panel and the amber
REFUEL ON annunciator on the roof panel are illuminated.
Flight with the Refuel Power Switch ON is prohibited.

Fuel System Management

1. During flight, including takeoff and landing, the difference in fuel quantity between the two
wing tanks must not exceed 500 lb (227 kg).

2. Fuel carried in the ventral fuel tank shall be transferred into the wing tanks when the fuel level
in the wing tanks has fallen to 3300 lb (1497 kg) per side.

3. Overweight landing procedure and inspection is required for any landing with fuel in the
ventral tank.

ELECTRICAL LIMITATIONS
Battery Limitations
Maximum battery charge on the main airplane batteries (B1 and B2) immediately before
takeoff shall not be greater than 20 AMPS.
Generator Limitations
Maximum continuous engine generator load: 300 AMPS

NOTE: Transient excursions above this limit are permitted for a maximum of 2 minutes.

Main Engine Starter Duty Cycle

On the ground, the maximum permitted starter operating time is 30 seconds. After an aborted
start, a minimum of 1 minute cooling time must be allowed before making another attempt to
start. A further 1 minute is required before making a third attempt. The cycle may be repeated
after a further period of 30 minutes.
Operation of Electrical Circuit Breakers
If, during flight, a systems failure is accompanied by a circuit breaker operation, no attempt
must be made to reset the circuit breaker unless specified in the appropriate Emergency or
Abnormal procedure or, if deemed necessary for the continuation of safe flight, a circuit breaker
may be reset once.

Page 16 Section - 2 FAA Approved

LIMITATIONS Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
AVIONICS LIMITATIONS
General
1. The following documents must be carried onboard the airplane at all times:

• Collins Pro Line 21 Avionics System for the Hawker 800XP Pilot’s Guide P/N 523-0780409,
1st Edition dated May 31, 2001 or later revision.

• Collins FMS-6000 Flight Management System for the Hawker 800XP Pilot’s Guide,
P/N 523-0780705, 1st Edition dated April 17, 2001 or later revision.

• Mk V Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System Pilot Guide, P/N 060-4241-0000, Rev D,
dated March 2000 or later revision.

These publications contain the description and operation of the Collins Pro Line 21 avionics, the
FMS-6000, TCAS II and EGPWS installations and must be available for use.

2. The pilot’s and copilot’s Air Data Computers must be operative for takeoff.

3. AHRS 1 and 2 must be operative for takeoff.

HF Radio
1. When the ADF is being used for approaches, the use of the HF radio is prohibited.

2. Fuel quantity indications are not to be used during HF radio transmissions.

Electronic Standby Instrument System (ESIS)

1. The red airspeed warning on the ESIS airspeed tape does not provide an associated aural
warning.

2. During operations solely with references to the ESIS, the standby VMO/MMO indication must
not be exceeded, as the ESIS altitude and airspeed indications are not corrected for static
error.

Flight Management System

1. IFR enroute and terminal navigation is prohibited unless the pilot verifies either the currency
of the database or the accuracy of each selected waypoint and navaid by reference to current
approved data.

2. The FMS position must be checked for accuracy prior to use as a means of navigation and
under the following conditions:

• At or prior to arrival at each enroute waypoint during FMS navigation along approved RNAV
routes.

• Prior to requesting off-airway routing, and at hourly intervals thereafter during FMS
navigation off approved RNAV routes.

• Prior to each compulsory reporting point during IFR operation when not under radar
surveillance control.

3. During periods of dead reckoning, the FMS shall not be used for navigation.

FAA Approved Section - 2 Page 17

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 LIMITATIONS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
4. All FMS navigation operations are approved within the U.S. National Airspace System and
latitudes bounded by 60° North latitude and 60° South latitude at any longitude.

• Operation to 70° North latitude is acceptable East of 75° West longitude and West of 120°
West longitude.

• Operation to 80° North latitude is acceptable East of 50° West longitude and West of 70°
East longitude.

• Operation to 70° South latitude is acceptable except for the 45° between 120° East and 165°
East longitude.

• The WGS-84 coordinate reference datum in accordance with the criteria of AC 20-130A, AC
91-49, and AC 120-33 must be used. Satellite navigation data is based upon use of only the
Global Positioning System (GPS) operated by the United States.

5. FMS-based Instrument approaches must be accomplished in accordance with approved

instrument approach procedures that are retrieved from the FMS-6000 data base.

• Instrument approaches must be conducted in the approach mode and GPS integrity
monitoring (RAIM) must be available at the Final Approach Fix.

• Accomplishment of ILS, LOC, LOC-BC, LDA and SDF approaches are not authorized
utilizing the FMS.

• When an alternate airport is required by the applicable operating rules, it must be served by
an approach based on other than GPS navigation, the airplane must have operational
equipment capable of using that navigation aid, and the required navigation aid must be
operational.

• The FMS is approved for RNAV approaches provided the VHF navigation receiver is tuned
to the reference facility.

6. Provided the FMS is receiving adequate usable sensor inputs, it has been demonstrated
capable of and has been shown to meet the accuracy specifications of:

• VFR/IFR enroute RNAV operation in accordance with the criteria of AC 20-130A.

• GPS primary means of navigation in oceanic and remote airspace in accordance with AC
20-130A, when used in conjunction with the Collins Fault Detection and Exclusion software,
dual Collins FMS-6000 Flight Management Systems and dual GPS-4000A receivers or a
single FMS-6000 Flight Management System and/or Collins GPS-4000A receiver when
operating on routes approved for single GPS navigation.

This does not constitute an operational approval.

NOTE: With single Flight Management System operation, cross reference must be made to
the Airplane Flight Manual for operating procedures and performance data.

Page 18 Section - 2 FAA Approved

LIMITATIONS Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
• Operation in European B-RNAV/RNP-5 airspace in accordance with AC 90-96 and AC 20-
130A. This does not constitute an operational approval.

• Minimum Navigation Performance Specification (MNPS) airspace when equipped with dual
Collins FMS-6000 Flight Management Systems and dual Collins GPS-4000A GPS receivers,
or a single FMS-6000 Flight Management System and/or single GPS-4000A receiver on
routes approved for single GPS navigation. This does not constitute an operational approval.

• VFR/IFR enroute, terminal and approach VNAV operation in accordance with AC 20-129.

7. Use of FMS to capture and track a DME arc outside the published end points is prohibited.

8. Fuel management parameters are advisory only and do not replace the primary fuel quantity
indications.

Autopilot
1. Before a flight requiring the use of the autopilot system, a satisfactory preflight check of the
system must be performed.

2. During autopilot operations, a pilot must be seated at the controls with seat belt and shoulder
harness fastened,

3. The autopilot and yaw damper must not be used for takeoff and landing.

4. Do not manually override the autopilot during normal flight.

WARNING: OVERRIDING THE AUTOPILOT IN PITCH DOES NOT CANCEL THE

AUTOPILOT AUTOMATIC TRIM. IF A FORCE IS APPLIED TO THE COLUMN
WITH THE AUTOPILOT ENGAGED, THEN AUTOMATIC TRIM WILL RUN TO
OPPOSE THE APPLIED FORCE. THIS CAN LEAD TO A SEVERE OUT-OF-
TRIM CONDITION DURING ANY PHASE OF FLIGHT.

5. Maximum airspeed for operation of the autopilot system must not exceed the airplane
indicated maximum speed VMO/MMO.

6. Operation of the autopilot system with a pitch trim malfunction is prohibited.

7. Do not use the autopilot or yaw damper below 200 ft above terrain during non-precision or
Category I precision approach operations, or 600 ft above terrain during all other operations.

8. The maximum demonstrated adverse wind conditions for autopilot coupled approaches are
17 knots crosswind component and 11 knots tailwind component.

9. Nav and localizer captures must be accomplished with an intercept angle of less than 90°.

FAA Approved Section - 2 Page 19

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 LIMITATIONS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
10. Category II approaches must be executed while coupled to the autopilot with the following
limits:

Runway Visual Range (RVR)...............1200 ft minimum

Decision Height (DH)...........................100 ft minimum
Headwind.............................................17 knots
Tailwind ................................................11 knots
Crosswind ............................................17 knots
Autopilot must be disengaged at .........80 ft
Two engine operations only
11. During a Category II approach, if the autopilot malfunctions or disengages below 1000 ft
AGL, the Category II approach must be discontinued. Hand flying the approach to Category
I minimums is allowable.

VNAV
1. When using the VNAV system, the barometric altimeters must be used as the primary
altitude reference for all operations.

2. Use of VNAV guidance for a V-MDA approach that includes a step-down fix between the final
approach fix and missed approach point is prohibited.

3. VNAV altitudes must be displayed on the MFD map page or CDU legs page when utilizing
VNAV for flight guidance.

4. Use of VNAV while conducting a missed approach procedure is prohibited.

5. Provided the FMS is receiving adequate usable sensor inputs, it has been demonstrated
capable of and has been shown to meet the accuracy specifications of VNAV operation in
accordance with the criteria of AC 20-129.

Page 20 Section - 2 FAA Approved

LIMITATIONS Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
EGPWS
1. Navigation must not be predicated upon the use of the TAD. The Terrain Display is intended
to serve as a situational awareness tool only and may not provide the accuracy and/or fidelity
on which to solely base terrain avoidance maneuvering.

2. Pilots are authorized to deviate from their current air traffic control (ATC) clearance to the
extent necessary to comply with an EGPWS warning.

3. In order to avoid giving unwanted alerts, the Terrain Awareness alerting must be inhibited by
selecting the GPWS TERR INHIBIT switchlight when within 15 nautical miles of takeoff,
approach or landing at an airport not contained in the EGPWS Airport Database.
Refer to Honeywell document 060-4326-000 for airports contained in the installed EGPWS
Terrain Database.

4. When the FMS is operating in the DR mode, the Terrain Awareness alerting must be inhibited
by selecting the GPWS TERR INHIBIT switchlight.

NOTE: The terrain database, displays and alerting algorithms currently account for limited
cataloged human-made obstructions in North America and Europe. If obstacle
data is not in the database for a particular obstacle, the Obstacle Awareness
alerting is not available for that obstacle.

TCAS II
Pilots are authorized to deviate from their current ATC clearance to the extent necessary to
comply with a TCAS resolution advisory.
If ATC requires the transponder altitude reporting to be disabled, TCAS II must be turned off.

FAA Approved Section - 2 Page 21

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 LIMITATIONS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS
Maximum Operating Speed
VMO .....................................................................280 KIAS (Ventral fuel tank not empty, Flaps 0°)

VMO .....................................................................335 KIAS (Ventral fuel tank empty, Flaps 0°)

Sea Level to 12,000 ft, reducing by 1 kt per
680 ft to 310 KIAS at 29,000 ft.

Maximum Operating Mach Number

MMO ....................................................................0.80 IMN

MMO ....................................................................0.73 IMN with Mach Trim System Fail/

Inoperative and Autopilot disengaged.

NOTE: The maximum operating speeds and operating Mach numbers as given above shall
not be deliberately exceeded in any regime of flight (climb, cruise or descent) except
for the purpose of pilot training or routine test flights in accordance with Sub-section
4.10 of this manual. If the limits are inadvertently exceeded, speed shall be reduced
to or below the limiting values as quickly as possible.

Maneuvering Speed
VA .......................................................................196 KIAS

Wing Flaps Extended/Operating Speed

VFE/VFO ...............................................................220 KIAS (Flaps 15°)
175 KIAS (Flaps 25°)
165 KIAS (Flaps 45°)

Procedural Use of Flaps 15° for Descent and Holding

The maximum airspeed for procedural use of flaps 15° for descent and holding is 220 KIAS.
The maximum altitude for use is 15,000 ft. Such use of wing flaps is not permitted in icing
conditions.

Page 22 Section - 2 FAA Approved

LIMITATIONS Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Air Brakes
Air Brakes (Flaps 0° Only) .................................No Limit

Landing Gear Extended/Operating Speed

VLE/VLO ...............................................................220 KIAS

Bird Strike Speed

Under normal conditions the maximum permissible airspeed to meet bird strike requirements
is 280 KIAS up to 8000 ft.
Following an airplane ground soak at temperatures below -10°C, the windscreen heat should
be operative and selected ON for a minimum of 5 minutes prior to takeoff in ambient
temperatures of below -10°C and for a minimum of 15 minutes prior to takeoff when ambient
temperatures are below -20°C.
If the minimum times for windscreen heat operation have not been achieved or in the case of
windscreen heat failure followed by flight in ambient temperature below -10°C, the maximum
permissible airspeed is 257 KIAS up to 8000 ft.

FAA Approved Section - 2 Page 23

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 LIMITATIONS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 24 Section - 2 FAA Approved

LIMITATIONS Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
MISCELLANEOUS LIMITATIONS
Air Brakes
In flight, the air brakes must not be operated when the flaps are extended to any position.

Cabin Emergency Overwing Exit

The internal cabin emergency overwing exit locking pin, if installed, must be removed and
stowed before each flight.
Cabin High Datum
Cabin High Datum shall only be selected when operating into airfields greater than 9000 ft
elevation.
Crew Seats
Both crew seats shall be locked in position during takeoff and landing. When installed and in
use, the supernumerary seat shall be locked in position; when not in use, it shall be folded and
stowed or removed from the airplane.
Inter-compartment Door
When a door is provided between the crew and passenger compartments, it shall be secured
in the open position during takeoff and landing.
Lift Dump
Lift dump is to be used only when the airplane is on the ground.
Maneuvering Load Factor Limitations
Operation is limited to normal flying maneuvers and aerobatic maneuvers are not permitted.
The maximum accelerations (i.e. load factors) for which the structure is approved are 2.0g with
flaps extended and 2.73g with flaps fully retracted.
Maneuvers exceeding these values can cause permanent distortion of the structure and must
be avoided.
Minimum Flight Crew
The minimum crew is two pilots.
Nosewheel Tires
The airplane must be installed with chined nosewheel tires.
Number of Occupants
The total number of persons carried shall not exceed 17 nor that for which approved seating
accommodation is provided.

Pressure Cabin
The cabin shall not be pressurized during takeoff and landing. Maximum pressure differential
for normal operations is 8.55 lb/in2.

NOTE: The safety valve is set to operate between 8.6 to 8.8 lb/in2 (59.3 to 60.7 kPa)

Rudder Bias

The rudder bias switches must be ON and the systems operative during each takeoff.

FAA Approved Section - 2 Page 25

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 LIMITATIONS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Smoking
When the airplane is being operated in the Transport Category (Passenger), smoking in the
toilet compartment is prohibited.
Placards summarizing this limitation shall be provided inside and outside each toilet and shall
not be obscured.

Weather Radar
Do not use the weather radar in the vicinity of ground personnel. A hazardous area extends up
to 2 feet in front of the radar dish.

Wheel Brakes
NOTE: If any of the wheels’ fusible plugs blow, the brakes must be inspected and certified
serviceable before the next takeoff.
After the airplane has made a normal landing or a stop from a rejected takeoff, a waiting period
should be established to make sure the brakes are both sufficiently cool and in a serviceable
condition for a further rejected takeoff (critical case).

After Rejected Takeoff

Required period from completion of taxi-in following a rejected takeoff from a speed of 90 KIAS
or less, to before start of taxi-out for takeoff.

After a single rejected takeoff .................................... 25 minutes

After two or more successive rejected takeoffs ......... 45 minutes

If the rejected takeoff is made from a speed greater than 90 KIAS, the brakes must be inspected
and certified to be serviceable before the next takeoff.

Page 26 Section - 2 FAA Approved

LIMITATIONS Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
After Normal Landing
The required waiting period from completion of taxi-in from landing to before start of taxi-out for takeoff
is 5 minutes, except when the take-off weight exceeds the values given in Table 1. When the weight
exceeds these values, a period of 30 minutes must be allowed. The table is based on still air and a
downhill slope not exceeding 1/2%. Corrections for more adverse conditions are given in the NOTES
below.

Table 1 - Take-off Weights for Wheel Brakes Waiting Period

Field Temperature °C
Pressure -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Altitude ~
Take-off Weight
feet
21,100 lb 20,500 lb 20,000 lb 19,500 lb 19,300 lb 19,100 lb
14,000
9,570 kg 9,298 kg 9,071 kg 8,845 kg 8,754 kg 8,663 kg
21,600 lb 21,000 lb 20,400 lb 19,900 lb 19,700 lb 19,500 lb
13,000
9,797 kg 9,525 kg 9,253 kg 9,026 kg 8,935 kg 8,845 kg
22,100 lb 21,500 lb 20,900 lb 20,400 lb 20,000 lb 19,900 lb
12,000
10,014 kg 9,752 kg 9,480 kg 9,253 kg 9,071 kg 9,026 kg
22,600 lb 22,000 lb 21,400 lb 20,900 lb 20,400 lb 20,300 lb
11,000
10,251 kg 9,979 kg 9,706 kg 9,480 kg 9,253 kg 9,208 kg
23,100 lb 22,500 lb 21,900 lb 21,300 lb 20,800 lb 20,600 lb
10,000
10,478 kg 10,205 kg 9,933 kg 9,661 kg 9,434 kg 9,344 kg
23,800 lb 23,100 lb 22,400 lb 21,800 lb 21,200 lb 21,000 lb 21,000 lb
9,000
10,795 kg 10,478 kg 10,160 kg 9,888 kg 9,616 kg 9,525 kg 9,525 kg
24,500 lb 23,700 lb 22,900 lb 22,300 lb 21,700 lb 21,400 lb 21,300 lb
8,000
11,113 kg 10,750 kg 10,387 kg 10,115 kg 9,843 kg 9,706 kg 9,661 kg
25,100 lb 24,400 lb 23,500 lb 22,900 lb 22,200 lb 21,700 lb 21,700 lb
7,000
11,385 kg 11,067 kg 10,659 kg 10,387 kg 10,069 kg 9,843 kg 9,843 kg
25,600 lb 25,000 lb 24,000 lb 23,500 lb 22,700 lb 22,000 lb 22,000 lb
6,000
11,612 kg 11,339 kg 10,886 kg 10,659 kg 10,296 kg 9,979 kg 9,979 kg
26,300 lb 25,600 lb 24,800 lb 24,200 lb 23,400 lb 22,700 lb 22,400 lb
5,000
11,929 kg 11612 kg 11,249 kg 10,977 kg 10,614 kg 10,296 kg 10,160 kg
27,000 lb 26,200 lb 25,500 lb 24,900 lb 24,100 lb 23,200 lb 22,800 lb 22,800 lb
4,000
12,247 kg 11,884 kg 11,566 kg 11,294 kg 10,931 kg 10,523 kg 10,342 kg 10,342 kg
27,600 lb 26,800 lb 26,100 lb 25,500 lb 24,700 lb 23,900 lb 23,200 lb 23,200 lb
3,000
12,519 kg 12,156 kg 11,838 kg 11,566 kg 11,203 kg 10,840 kg 10,523 kg 10,523 kg
28,000 lb 27,500 lb 26,700 lb 26,000 lb 25,400 lb 24,500 lb 23,700 lb 23,600 lb
2,000
12,700 kg 12,473 kg 12,111 kg 11,793 kg 11,521 kg 11,113 kg 10,750 kg 10.704 kg
28,000 lb 28,000 lb 27,300 lb 26,700 lb 26,000 lb 25,200 lb 24,300 lb 23,900 lb
1,000
12,700 kg 12,700 kg 12,383 kg 12,111 kg 11,793 kg 11,430 kg 11,022 kg 10,840 kg
28,000 lb 28,000 lb 28,000 lb 27,300 lb 26,600 lb 25,800 lb 24,900 lb 24,300 lb
SL
12,700 kg 12,700 kg 12,700 kg 12,383 kg 12,065 kg 11,702 kg 11,294 kg 11,022 kg

NOTES:
1. In 1 - 5 knot tailwind subtract 1500 lb (680 kg).
2. In 6 - 10 knots tailwind subtract 3000 lb (1360 kg).
3. If the downhill slope exceeds 1/2%, subtract 250 lb (113 kg).
4. Take-off weight as limited by climb requirements may be more
restrictive when operating in shaded areas.
5. Performance appropriate to sea level shall be used when the field
pressure altitude is below sea level.

FAA Approved Section - 2 Page 27

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 LIMITATIONS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
Table of Contents
Page

ENGINES
ENGINE FIRE, FAILURE or INADVERTENT THRUST REVERSER
DEPLOYMENT DURING TAKEOFF
Below V1 - Takeoff Aborted........................................................................3
ENGINE FIRE, FAILURE or INADVERTENT THRUST REVERSER
DEPLOYMENT DURING TAKEOFF
After V1 - Takeoff Continued ......................................................................3
ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT ..........................................................................4
ENGINE FIRE ON GROUND .....................................................................5
ENGINE SHUTDOWN or FAILURE IN FLIGHT.........................................6
ENGINE FAILURE IN LANDING CONFIGURATION.................................7
OIL LOW PRESSURE................................................................................7
DOUBLE ENGINE FAILURE......................................................................8
INADVERTENT THRUST REVERSER DEPLOYMENT IN FLIGHT .........9
AIR CONDITIONING & PRESSURIZATION
DEPRESSURIZATION.............................................................................11
REAR EQUIPMENT BAY OVERHEAT ....................................................13
HIGH PRESSURE AIR OVERHEAT........................................................14
EMERGENCY DESCENT ........................................................................14
ELECTRICAL
DOUBLE GENERATOR FAILURE...........................................................15
XE FAIL ....................................................................................................18
XS 1 and XE FAIL ....................................................................................19
FIRE OR SMOKE
ELECTRICAL FIRE OR SMOKE..............................................................21
FUSELAGE FIRE OR SMOKE.................................................................22
SMOKE FROM AIR CONDITIONING DUCTS.........................................23
LANDING GEAR
THREE GREENS NOT INDICATED ........................................................25
NOSEWHEEL NOT CENTERED WITH
LANDING GEAR LOCKED DOWN ..........................................................27
WHEEL BRAKES
BRAKE FAILURE .....................................................................................29
AVIONICS
EGPWS WARNING
(PULL UP MESSAGE ON PFD and/or PULL UP, or
TERRAIN, TERRAIN PULL UP or
OBSTACLE, OBSTACLE, PULL UP AURAL ALERT) .............................31

FAA Approved Page 1

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Page
WINDSHEAR WARNING
(RED WINDSHEAR MESSAGE ON PFD and/or
WINDSHEAR, WINDSHEAR, WINDSHEAR AURAL ALERT) ................ 31

AUTOPILOT MALFUNCTIONS ............................................................... 32

ALTITUDE LOSSES........................................................................... 32
AUTOPILOT MISTRIM ANNUNCIATION........................................... 32
AUTOPILOT TRIM FAIL ANNUNCIATION ........................................ 33
AUTOPILOT DISENGAGEMENT....................................................... 33
CAT II FAILURE ................................................................................. 33

ELECTRONIC STANDBY INSTRUMENT SYSTEM (ESIS).................... 33

FLIGHT DISPLAY FAILURE FLAGS ....................................................... 34
ALT ..................................................................................................... 34
AOA .................................................................................................... 34
AP....................................................................................................... 34
ATT..................................................................................................... 34
DCP .................................................................................................... 34
FD....................................................................................................... 34
FMS # ................................................................................................. 35
G/S ..................................................................................................... 35
HDG.................................................................................................... 35
IAS...................................................................................................... 35
LOC # ................................................................................................. 35
RA....................................................................................................... 35
VOR #................................................................................................. 35
VS....................................................................................................... 35
VNV .................................................................................................... 35
EMERGENCY EVACUATION.......................................................................... 37

Page 2 Section - 3 FAA Approved

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

ENGINES
ENGINE FIRE, FAILURE or INADVERTENT THRUST REVERSER DEPLOYMENT
DURING TAKEOFF

Below V1 - Takeoff Aborted

Brakes ............................................................... Apply

Thrust levers..................................................... Close
AIR BRAKES..................................................... Deploy
Thrust reversers ............................................... Deploy

Complete as applicable:

ENGINE FIRE ON GROUND procedure - this section.

EMERGENCY EVACUATION procedure - this section.

ENGINE FIRE, FAILURE or INADVERTENT THRUST REVERSER DEPLOYMENT

DURING TAKEOFF

After V1 - Takeoff Continued

LANDING GEAR
(when positive climb established) .................. UP
MAIN AIR VALVES............................................. CLOSE Both
F/DK VALVE ....................................................... CLOSE

Airspeed .....................................................................Maintain V2
APR............................................................................Verify Operation
FLAPS....................................................................... Up - after level-off and attaining
V2 +10 kts

After attaining a minimum altitude of 400 ft AGL, complete as applicable:

ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT procedure - this section.

ENGINE SHUTDOWN or FAILURE IN FLIGHT procedure - this section.

INADVERTENT THRUST REVERSER DEPLOYMENT IN FLIGHT procedure - this section.

FAA Approved Section - 3 Page 3

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT

ENG 1 ENG 1
Fire Bell Sounds and
FIRE FIRE
or or

ENG 2 Fire Bell Sounds and ENG 2

FIRE FIRE

Thrust lever (affected engine) ..........................Close

If Fire Warning Persists

HP COCK (affected engine) ..............................Close

LP COCK (affected engine) ..............................Close
ENG EXT ............................................................SHOT 1
If Engine Shutdown Occurs During Initial Climb

MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2.........................................CLOSE

F/DK VLV ...........................................................CLOSE

GEN (affected engine) ...............................................TRIP

BUS TIE (if open) .......................................................CLOSE
MAIN AIR VLV (affected engine)................................CLOSE
F/DK VLV (No. 2 engine only) ....................................CLOSE
ENG SYNC ................................................................OFF
ALTERNATOR (affected engine) ................................OFF
WING FUEL/X-FEED/TRANSFER lever ....................X-FEED - Use pumps selectively to
balance fuel
TCAS .........................................................................TA only

If Fire Warning Persists

ENG EXT ...................................................................SHOT 2

If Fire Warning Persists

Land at the nearest suitable airport.

If GEN AMPS Above Limit (300 AMPS)

Non-essential electrical loads ....................................Progressively reduce until GEN
AMPS less than limit
NOTES:
1. Always select the GEN to TRIP.
2. Do not attempt to restart engine.
3. If descending in icing conditions, select MAIN AIR VLV of operating engine to LP ON.

Page 4 Section - 3 FAA Approved

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

ENGINE FIRE ON GROUND

ENG 1 ENG 1
Fire Bell Sounds and
FIRE FIRE

or or

ENG 2 Fire Bell Sounds and ENG 2

FIRE FIRE

START PWR switch (starting only) ..................PUSH FOR ABORT

HP COCK (affected engine)..............................Close
LP COCK (affected engine) ..............................Close
ENG EXT (affected engine) ..............................SHOT 1

GEN ...........................................................................TRIP
BUS TIE (if open) .......................................................CLOSE
WHEEL BRAKE lever ................................................PARK

After 30 seconds, if ENG FIRE remains illuminated:

ENG EXT (affected engine) .......................................SHOT 2
Other HP COCK.........................................................Close
Other LP COCK .........................................................Close
Fuel pumps ................................................................Both OFF

If Necessary, Complete EMERGENCY EVACUATION Procedure - this section.

NOTES:
1. The fire extinguisher second shot is only available if generated power or external power
is supplied.

2. Closing the No.1 LP Cock will automatically shut down the APU (if installed) if it is
running.

3. Do not attempt to restart the engine after a fire warning.

FAA Approved Section - 3 Page 5

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
ENGINE SHUTDOWN or FAILURE IN FLIGHT

Mechanical Failure, Malfunction, Separation or Inability to Maintain ITT or RPM Within

Limits

If failure occurs during initial climb, complete all of the following checks
MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2 ................................................CLOSE
F/DK VLV ...................................................................CLOSE

If failure occurs other than initial climb, complete only the following checks
AP & YD.....................................................................Disengage
HP COCK (affected engine).......................................Close
LP COCK (affected engine) .......................................Close
GEN (affected engine) ...............................................TRIP
BUS TIE (if open) .......................................................CLOSE
MAIN AIR VLV (affected engine)................................CLOSE
F/DK VLV (No. 2 engine only) ....................................CLOSE
ENG SYNC ................................................................OFF
ALTERNATOR (affected engine) ................................OFF
WING FUEL/X-FEED/TRANSFER lever ....................X-FEED - Use pumps selectively to
balance fuel
TCAS .........................................................................TA only

If GEN AMPS Above Limit (300 AMPS)

Non-essential electrical loads ....................................Progressively reduce until GEN
AMPS less than limit
NOTES:
1. Always select the GEN to TRIP.

2. If descending in icing conditions, select MAIN AIR VLV, of the operating engine, to LP
ON.

3. Do not attempt to restart engine if there are any reasons to suspect mechanical
malfunction or failure.

Page 6 Section - 3 FAA Approved

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
ENGINE FAILURE IN LANDING CONFIGURATION

If Landing Is Assured
Thrust (operating engine)...........................................As required
Airspeed .....................................................................VREF minimum
HP COCK (affected engine).......................................Close
LANDING CHECKS ...................................................Complete

If Landing Is Not Assured

A/P & YD ....................................................................Disengage
Thrust (operating engine)...........................................As required
FLAPS........................................................................Retract to 25°
Airspeed .....................................................................VREF +20 KIAS
A/P & YD ....................................................................As required

When Landing Is Assured

A/P & YD ................................................................. Disengage
FLAPS..................................................................... As required
Airspeed .................................................................. VREF +5 KIAS (Flaps 25°)
VREF (Flaps 45°)

OIL LOW PRESSURE

OIL 1 OIL 2
or
LO PRESS LO PRESS

OIL PRESSURE ............................................... Check gauge reading

If Below 25 PSI

HP COCK (affected engine) ............................ Close

Complete ENGINE SHUTDOWN or FAILURE IN FLIGHT procedure - this section.

FAA Approved Section - 3 Page 7

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
DOUBLE ENGINE FAILURE

NOTE: Headsets and hats must be removed before donning oxygen mask.

ENG IGNITION 1 & 2 .........................................ON

Thrust levers .....................................................Close
Crew oxygen .....................................................Don masks
if above 15,000 ft
Mic selector.......................................................OXY-MIC
if above 15,000 ft
Engine indications............................................Monitor

If Immediate Relight Is Unsuccessful

HP COCKS................................................................Close
ENG IGNITION 1 & 2 ................................................OFF
PANEL LTS (if at night) ..............................................EMERG
MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2 ................................................CLOSE
F/DK VLV ...................................................................CLOSE
Descend to 30,000 ft at a speed up to VMO/MMO.

At or below 30,000 ft, attempt WINDMILL RELIGHT or STARTER ASSISTED

(NORMAL) RELIGHT procedure - ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Sub-section 4.05.

NOTE: Use Electronic Standby Instrument System for flight and navigation.

If engine relight attempts are unsuccessful, glide at VERC + 5 KIAS.

Weight (lb X 1000) 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

VERC + 5 Kts 150 155 160 164 169 173 177 181 185 188 192

Make further relight attempts at 10,000 ft intervals.

Page 8 Section - 3 FAA Approved

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
INADVERTENT THRUST REVERSER DEPLOYMENT IN FLIGHT

UNLCK and/or REVRS

HP COCK (affected engine)..............................CLOSE

If Thrust Reverser Does Not Stow

A/P & YD................................................................... Disengage
Airspeed.................................................................... Maintain 150 KIAS
THRUST REVERSER POWER (affected engine) .... OFF

Complete ENGINE SHUTDOWN or FAILURE IN FLIGHT procedure, this section.

Refer to LANDING WITH ONE THRUST REVERSER DEPLOYED procedure -

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES - Sub-section 4.05.

If Thrust Reverser Stows

THRUST REVERSER POWER (affected engine) .... OFF

Complete ENGINE SHUTDOWN or FAILURE IN FLIGHT Procedure, this section.

NOTES:
1. With one thrust reverser deployed, significant airframe buffet may occur. Rudder bias
alone will not provide sufficient rudder force to overcome the yaw. The excess rudder
force may be relieved by rudder trim. Level flight can be maintained with gear and
FLAPS retracted, at the minimum landing weight, up to approximately 10,000 ft.

2. If necessary for increased engine power, the main air valve on the operating engine
may be closed below 12,000 ft.

3. If an engine is shut down and the airplane is descending in icing conditions, the
operating engine main air valve should be selected to LP ON.

4. If the affected reverser restows, do not attempt an engine restart.

5. Do not pull or reset any circuit breakers associated with the Thrust Reverser system.

FAA Approved Section - 3 Page 9

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 10 Section - 3 FAA Approved

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

AIR CONDITIONING & PRESSURIZATION

DEPRESSURIZATION

CABIN
Horn sounds and
ALTITUDE

NOTE: Headsets and hats must be removed before donning oxygen mask.

Crew oxygen ..................................................... Don masks

Mic selector ...................................................... OXY-MIC

If Cabin Depressurization Has Occurred

MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2 ................................................CLOSE
F/DK VLV ...................................................................OPEN fully
Cabin notices .............................................................ON
Cabin altitude .............................................................Check
If above 15,000 ft, complete EMERGENCY DESCENT procedure - this section.
If above 12,500 ft, confirm passenger oxygen masks have dropped.
If masks have not dropped, pull the PASSENGER SUPPLY EMERGENCY control
knob.

WARNING: THE HIGHEST RECOMMENDED CABIN ALTITUDE FOR SUSTAINED FLIGHT

IS 25,000 FT.

DUMP VALVE ............................................................Check SHUT

MANUAL CABIN ALTITUDE CONTROL ................... Check full DECREASE

NOTES:
1. With the Flight Deck Valve open and No. 2 engine at high power, a cabin altitude of
approximately 9000 ft can be maintained at 40,000 ft, assuming no abnormal leaks.

2. The flight compartment will become very hot. Bleed air temperature can be controlled
by modulating right engine power.

Subsequent Action

When the airplane is below 15,000 ft

F/DK VLV ...................................................................CLOSE
DUMP VALVE ............................................................As required for ventilation

FAA Approved Section - 3 Page 11

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
If Cabin Altitude Rising (Cabin Pressure Decreasing) or Cabin Altitude Fluctuating
(Cabin Pressure Oscillating)
Altitude .......................................................................35,000 ft or below
No. 2 engine ..............................................................Set high power
MAIN AIR VLV 2 .........................................................CLOSE
F/DK VLV ....................................................................OPEN fully
MAIN AIR VLV 1 .........................................................CLOSE
Cabin altitude..............................................................Check
If approximately 8000 ft - continue flight.
If rising rapidly towards, or above 15,000 ft - complete EMERGENCY DESCENT
procedure - this section.

NOTE: The fight compartment and cabin temperature will become very hot with the F/DK VLV
fully open.

If Pressurization System Not Controlling

MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2 ................................................ OPEN

F/DK VLV ................................................................... CLOSE
No. 2 engine .............................................................. Power as required
MANUAL CABIN ALTITUDE CONTROL .................. Slowly turn towards INCREASE
until cabin altitude increases
slightly, or an increase in rate of
climb is noted
GROUND PRESS TEST VALVE .............................. GROUND TEST
MANUAL CABIN ALTITUDE CONTROL .................. Control as necessary

Page 12 Section - 3 FAA Approved

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

REAR EQUIPMENT BAY OVERHEAT

REAR BAY
OVHT

MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2.........................................CLOSE

F/DK VLV ............................................................OPEN fully

REAR BAY OVHT warning annunciator..................... Check

If Warning Annunciator Remains Illuminated

NOTE: Headsets and hats must be removed before donning oxygen mask.

Crew oxygen .............................................................. Don masks

Mic selector................................................................ OXY-MIC
F/DK VLV ................................................................... CLOSE
Cabin notices ............................................................. ON
Cabin altitude ............................................................. Check -
If above 15,000 ft, complete EMERGENCY DESCENT procedure - this section.
If above 12,500 ft, confirm passenger oxygen masks have dropped.
If masks have not dropped, pull the PASSENGER SUPPLY EMERGENCY control knob.

WARNING: THE HIGHEST RECOMMENDED CABIN ALTITUDE FOR SUSTAINED FLIGHT

IS 25,000 FT.

Subsequent Action
Land at the nearest suitable airport.
When Below 15,000 ft
DUMP VALVE ............................................................ As required for ventilation

If Warning Annunciator Extinguishes

Descend as necessary to maintain comfortable cabin and cockpit conditions.

NOTES:
1. With the Flight Deck Valve open and No. 2 engine at high power, a cabin altitude of
approximately 9000 ft can be maintained at 40,000 ft, assuming no abnormal leaks.

2. The flight compartment will become very hot. Bleed air temperature can be controlled
by modulating right engine power.

FAA Approved Section - 3 Page 13

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
HIGH PRESSURE AIR OVERHEAT

HP AIR 1 HP AIR 2
OVHT or
OVHT

MAIN AIR VLV (affected engine)...................... CLOSE

F/DK VLV ........................................................... CLOSE

When Warning Extinguishes

MAIN AIR VLV (affected engine) ............................... LP ON
F/DK VLV ................................................................... As required

EMERGENCY DESCENT

Thrust levers ......................................................Close

Speed .................................................................MMO/VMO - unless structural
damage is suspected

AIR BRAKE ........................................................OPEN

A/P.............................................................................Disengage
Cabin notices.............................................................ON
Notify ATC and obtain local altimeter setting.
Transponder...............................................................7700 if required

Continue maximum rate of descent until cabin altitude stabilizes below 15,000 ft,
observing the minimum en-route altitude limitation.

Page 14 Section - 3 FAA Approved

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

ELECTRICAL
DOUBLE GENERATOR FAILURE

BATT 1
CNTCTR
and ELECT
BATT 2
CNTCTR
GEN 1 BUS TIE GEN 2
FAIL OPEN FAIL
and

XS 1 XE XS 2
FAIL FAIL FAIL
INV 1 STBY INV INV 2
FAIL ON FAIL

NOTES:
1. Co-pilot displays will be inoperative.

2. Avoid flight in icing conditions. Airframe ice protection will not be available and ice
accumulation may cause significant deterioration of performance.

PANEL LTS (if required) .............................................EMERG

BATT .........................................................................EMERG
GEN 1 and 2 ..............................................................TRIP both
One generator............................................................Attempt to reset

NOTE: To attempt a reset, hold one GEN switch to CLOSE for 5 seconds and then release.

If unsuccessful, hold the other GEN switch to CLOSE for 5 seconds and then release.

Do not make more than one reset attempt with each generator. If either generator is
reset, do not attempt to reset the other one; proceed as for SINGLE GENERATOR
FAILURE - ABNORMAL PROCEDURES - Sub-section 4.05 and reset electrical
services as required.

FAA Approved Section - 3 Page 15

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
If Generator Reset Unsuccessful
ENG CMPTERs 1 & 2 ................................................OFF
ENG ANTICE 1 & 2....................................................ON
STBY INV.................................................................. Check ARM
XE FAIL .................................................................... If illuminated -
proceed as for XE FAIL
Electrical loads...........................................................Reduce to minimum
NOTES:
1. It is essential that electrical loads are kept to a minimum for flight. If this procedure is
followed, there is sufficient battery power to maintain emergency loads for
approximately 30 minutes. This assumes the continuous use of the following:

Left pitot heater; pilot’s audio system; pilot’s PFD; pilot’s MFD; FMS 1; GPS 1; CDU 1;
COMM 1; VHF NAV 1; DME 1; Transponder 1; ADF 1; ADC 1 and AHRS 1 and
intermittent use of:

Chart lights............................................................. 10 minutes total use

Cabin temperature control...................................... In MANUAL mode

2. Other PE services must be switched off or isolated by pulling the relevant circuit
breakers.The following loads may be selected on at the pilot’s discretion:

Service Duty Cycle Reduction In Flight Time

In Minutes In Minutes
5 2
Single Fuel Pump
10 4
5 2
Landing Light
10 4
ENG IGNITION ON
10 0.5
Single Engine
ENG IGNITION ON
10 1
Two Engines
5 0.75
One Engine Computer
10 1.5
5 1.5
Two Engine Computers
10 3

3. The emergency flight time quoted is based upon the assumption that at the time double
generator failure occurs, the airplane batteries are at a minimum allowable capacity of
80% and with an electrolyte temperature of -20 °C.

These are the anticipated most severe conditions. More favorable conditions will extend
the emergency flight time as will circumstances which permit limiting the use of all the
services available.

Page 16 Section - 3 FAA Approved

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
If More Than 30 Minutes From Landing
Main airplane batteries should provide electrical power to the Pilot’s PFD, MFD, FMS 1,
CDU 1, VOR 1, ADF 1, DME 1, Transponder 1, Pilot’s Audio Panel, AHRS 1 and ADC
1 for a minimum of 30 minutes.
B1 & B2 voltage ......................................................... Monitor

When B1 & B2 voltages decrease to approximately 21 volts:

Pilot’s MFD ................................................................ REV
EMERG RADIO ......................................................... On (located above DA-A
circuit breaker panel)
CTL-23 Tuner............................................................. ON

As the main airplane batteries deplete, the Pilot’s PFD, FMS 1, ADF 1 and DME 1 will
fail. Standby battery No. 3 will provide power to AHRS 1, ADC 1 and a full display on
the Pilot’s MFD for approximately 8 minutes.
After that time, standby batteries No. 3 and 4 will provide power to CDU 1, VOR 1,
COMM 1, Transponder 1 and the Pilot’s Audio Panel. Refer to the Electronic Standby
Instrument System (ESIS) for flight and navigation information, which will be powered
by standby battery No. 6.
The CTL-23 tuner will be available for control of communication and navigation
frequencies.

FAA Approved Section - 3 Page 17

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
XE FAIL
XE
and ELECT
FAIL

STBY INV ON annunciator ........................................Check

Proceed as appropriate:

If STBY INV ON Annunciator Illuminated If STBY INV ON Annunciator Extinguished

STBY INV ......................... Select OFF No further action.

TRIM SYNCHRO 1 Continue flight without XE services.

circuit breaker .................... Pull (DA-D, G2)

STBY INV .......................... Select ARM

XE FAIL annunciator.......... Check

If XE FAIL Annunciator Remains Illuminated If XE FAIL Annunciator Extinguished

STBY INV ........................... OFF TRIM SYNCHRO 1

circuit breaker .............. Reset (DA-D, G2)
Continue flight without XE services.
If XE FAIL Annunciator Illuminates

TRIM SYNCHRO 1
circuit breaker .............. Pull (DA-D, G2)

NOTE: Loss of XE will result in the loss of Mach Trim and Auto Pitch Trim.

Page 18 Section - 3 FAA Approved

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
XS 1 and XE FAIL

XS 1 XE and ELECT
FAIL FAIL

XE BUS PROT circuit breaker ................................... Pull (DA-D, A1)

STBY INV circuit breaker ......................................... Reset (DA-D, B9)

If Tripped and Cannot Be Reset

TRIM SYNCHRO 1 circuit breaker............................. Pull (DA-A, G2)
STBY INV circuit breaker ........................................... Reset (DA-D, B9)
STBY INV switch........................................................ Select OFF then ARM
XE FAIL annunciator .................................................. Check

Proceed as appropriate:

If XE FAIL Annunciator Remains Illuminated If XE FAIL Annunciator Extinguished

Proceed without XE and XS1 busbar services TRIM SYNCHRO 1

circuit breaker ..............Reset (DA-D, G2)

Proceed without XS1 busbar services

If XE FAIL Annunciator Illuminates

TRIM SYNCHRO 1
circuit breaker ..............Pull (DA-D, G2)

Proceed without XS1 and XE busbar

services

NOTES:
1. Loss of XS1 will result in the loss of Stall IDENT 1, AOA Indicator, AOA Indexer Lights,
Mach Trim and Auto Pitch Trim.

2. Loss of XE will result in the loss of Mach Trim and Auto Pitch Trim.

FAA Approved Section - 3 Page 19

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 20 Section - 3 FAA Approved

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

FIRE OR SMOKE
ELECTRICAL FIRE OR SMOKE

NOTE: Headsets and hats must be removed before donning oxygen mask.

Crew oxygen......................................................Don masks - 100% EMERG

Mic selector .......................................................OXY-MIC
Smoke goggles .................................................Don and vent
Cabin notices ....................................................ON

DUMP VALVE ........................................................... OPEN slowly to assist smoke

clearance but maintain cabin
pressure
PANEL LTS (if required) ............................................ EMERG
AUTOPILOT & YAW DAMPER .................................. DISENGAGE
BATT ......................................................................... EMERG
GEN 1 & 2................................................................. TRIP both
ALTERNATORS 1 & 2 ............................................... OFF
ENG CMPTER 1 & 2................................................. OFF
SMOKE DECREASES SMOKE PERSISTS
NOTE: It may take up to 2 minutes to determine if smoke is decreasing or persisting.

Fault is on PS Fault is on PE

BATT ............................ON EMERG RADIO............ON (located above DA-A

GEN 2 ..........................CLOSE circuit breaker panel)
CTL-23 Tuner ...............ON
BATT.............................OFF
SMOKE RECURS
Refer to ESIS for flight and navigation

Fault is on PS2 SMOKE PERSISTS

GEN 2 .......................... TRIP

GEN 1 .......................... CLOSE BATT ........................... ON
EMERG RADIO ........... Off
SMOKE PERSISTS Avionics Master Feeder
PE circuit breaker ..... Pull (H17)
GEN 1.......................... TRIP Electronic Standby Instrument System
(ESIS)....................... Off
Perform DOUBLE GENERATOR GEN 1 & 2 ................... CLOSE
FAILURE procedure, this section BUS TIE....................... CLOSE
ALTERNATOR 1 & 2 .... ON
ENG CMPTR 1 & 2...... AUTO
INV 1 & 2 ..................... START
CTL-23 Tuner............... OFF

NOTE: The following items will be inoperative.

COMM 1; NAV 1; ADF 1; DME 1; Transponder 1;
Pilot’s Audio Panel; CTL-23 and ESIS

FAA Approved Section - 3 Page 21

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

SMOKE CEASES

Services may be re-instated individually as required.

Identify defective service and leave off.

Visually verify that any fire has been extinguished and land at the nearest suitable
airport.

WARNING: FLIGHT TIME IS LIMITED WITH BOTH GENERATORS TRIPPED.

NOTE: If depressurized, the DUMP VALVE may be opened fully to improve smoke clearance.

FUSELAGE FIRE OR SMOKE

Fire or smoke from cabin furnishings or equipment other than from electrical/electronic
sources.

NOTE: Headsets and hats must be removed before donning oxygen mask.

Crew oxygen .....................................................Don masks - 100% EMERG

Mic selector .......................................................OXY-MIC
Smoke goggles .................................................Don and vent
Cabin notices ....................................................ON

DUMP VALVE ............................................................OPEN slowly to assist smoke

clearance but maintain cabin
pressure
One crew member don Protective Breathing Equipment (PBE) and use the hand-held
fire extinguisher to take appropriate action.
Visually verify that any fire has been extinguished and land at the nearest suitable
airport.

Page 22 Section - 3 FAA Approved

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

SMOKE FROM AIR CONDITIONING DUCTS

NOTE: Headsets and hats must be removed before donning oxygen mask.

Crew oxygen......................................................Don masks - 100% EMERG

Mic selector .......................................................OXY-MIC
Smoke goggles .................................................Don and vent
Cabin notices ....................................................ON

DUMP VALVE ...........................................................OPEN slowly to assist smoke

clearance but maintain cabin
pressure
MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2 ............................................... LP ON
F/DK VLV .................................................................. CLOSE
SMOKE DECREASES SMOKE PERSISTS
NOTE: It may take up to 2 minutes to determine if smoke is decreasing or persisting.

Identify affected engine by reference to MAIN AIR VLV 1 ........... CLOSE

Oil Pressure and Temperature or other MAIN AIR VLV 2 ........... OPEN
indications including vibration. Monitor Oil Pressure and Temperature
and other indications including
vibration to identify affected engine.

SMOKE PERSISTS

MAIN AIR VLV 1........... OPEN

MAIN AIR VLV 2...........CLOSE

SMOKE CEASES SMOKE PERSISTS

MAIN AIR VLVs ............ CLOSE - Descend if necessary

Cabin altitude ...............Check
If above 15,000 ft, complete EMERGENCY DESCENT
procedure - this section.
If above 12,500 ft, confirm passenger oxygen masks have
dropped.
If masks have not dropped, pull the PASSENGER SUPPLY
EMERGENCY control knob.

Look for other source of smoke.

NON-AFFECTED ENGINE AFFECTED ENGINE

MAIN AIR VLV .............OPEN MAIN AIR VLV.............. CLOSE
If the engine is to be shutdown, complete
ENGINE SHUTDOWN or FAILURE IN FLIGHT
procedure - this section.

FAA Approved Section - 3 Page 23

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
WARNING: THE HIGHEST RECOMMENDED CABIN ALTITUDE FOR SUSTAINED FLIGHT
IS 25,000 FT.

Visually verify that any fire has been extinguished. If verification is not established, land
at the nearest suitable airport.

NOTE: When depressurized, open DUMP VALVE fully to improve smoke clearance.

Page 24 Section - 3 FAA Approved

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

LANDING GEAR
THREE GREENS NOT INDICATED

Annunciators ............................................................. Test

HORN........................................................................ Pull circuit breaker (DA-D, K1)
EGPWS ..................................................................... Pull circuit breaker (DA-A, F8)

Are all gear locked down as shown by standby indicators?

NO YES Make a normal landing

AUX HYD SYSTEM................................................... Pull handle - Do not reset

HAND PUMP............................................................. Operate

CAUTION: WHEN OPERATING THE AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC SYSTEM TO LOWER THE

LANDING GEAR, THE HAND PUMP ACTION MUST BE CONTINUED, AFTER
3 GREENS ARE ACHIEVED, UNTIL POSITIVE RESISTANCE IS FELT TO
MAKE SURE THE LANDING GEAR IS DOWN AND LOCKED.

Proceed according to how many gear are locked down

NOTE: The position of the landing gear shall be established by checking both the normal
(green) and standby indicators.
1. All Gear Locked Down:

LANDING GEAR handle ........................................... Confirm DOWN -

Make a normal landing
2. Only Two Gear Locked Down:

NOTE: The flight crew has the choice to land with the gear down or to retract the gear and
perform an all gear up landing, as below. The Captain has the final responsibility and
should proceed according to the conditions at hand and landing gear configuration
experienced.

LANDING GEAR handle ........................................... Confirm DOWN -

Go to Prepare For Landing
procedure, next page
3. Only One Gear Locked Down or No Gear Locked Down:

Make sure all landing gear are fully retracted by:

HAND PUMP............................................................. Fully down

AUX HYD SYSTEM................................................... Push handle in
LANDING GEAR handle ........................................... Select UP
Confirm all gear are locked in the up position and go to Prepare For Landing
procedure - next page.

FAA Approved Section - 3 Page 25

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Prepare For Landing
Passengers................................................................Brief for emergency landing
Loose equipment .......................................................Secure
Emergency exit ..........................................................Confirm clear
MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2 ...............................................CLOSE
DUMP VALVE ............................................................OPEN

Landing
• Land at as low a weight as possible

• Use normal landing flap setting

• Touchdown at as low a speed as practicable

• Do not use lift dump

• Do not deploy thrust reversers

After Touchdown

With Two Gear Locked Down

• Keep the unsupported wing or nose off the ground until at a low speed, but lower wing or
nose before control is lost.

• After lowering the unsupported wing or nose, use wheel brakes and nosewheel steering,
if appropriate, to keep in a straight line.

• If the nose gear is not locked down, select HP COCKS closed at touchdown.
With All Gear Up
• Select HP COCKS closed at touchdown.

Page 26 Section - 3 FAA Approved

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
NOSEWHEEL NOT CENTERED WITH LANDING GEAR LOCKED DOWN

If steering handwheel is offset to such a position that the nose gear is likely to steer the
airplane off the runway:

Turn the handwheel to the center position

Does the handwheel remain centered with hand removed?

NO YES Make a normal landing

Perform an all gear up landing

HORN ........................................................................ Pull circuit breaker (DA-D, K1)
EGPWS ..................................................................... Pull circuit breaker (DA-A, F8)
LANDING GEAR handle ............................................ Select UP
All gear locked up ...................................................... Confirm

Prepare For Landing

Passengers ...............................................................Brief for emergency landing
Loose equipment.......................................................Secure
Emergency exit..........................................................Confirm clear
MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2 ...............................................CLOSE
DUMP VALVE ............................................................OPEN

Landing
• Land at as low a weight as possible.

• Use normal landing flap setting.

• Touchdown at as low a speed as practicable.

• Do not use lift dump.

• Do not deploy thrust reversers.

After Touchdown
• Select HP COCKS closed at touchdown.

FAA Approved Section - 3 Page 27

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 28 Section - 3 FAA Approved

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

WHEEL BRAKES
BRAKE FAILURE

Total or partial (asymmetric) failure of normal braking.

Brake pedals .....................................................Release

WHEEL BRAKE lever........................................EMERGY
Brake pedals .....................................................Apply gently - Use one
continuous application if
possible

NOTES:
1. Anti-skid will be inoperative.

2. If nosewheel steering has failed, directional control can be maintained by differential

braking and, at high speed, by rudder and aileron control.

3. If partial (asymmetric) braking is caused by brake hose failure, nosewheel steering may
be available for up to 40 seconds.

4. Do not attempt to taxi.

FAA Approved Section - 3 Page 29

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 30 Section - 3 FAA Approved

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
AVIONICS
EGPWS WARNING

(PULL UP MESSAGE ON PFD and/or PULL UP, or TERRAIN, TERRAIN PULL UP or

OBSTACLE, OBSTACLE, PULL UP AURAL ALERT)

NOTES:
1. Only vertical maneuvers are recommended, unless operating in visual meteorological
conditions (VMC), and/or the pilot determines, based on available information, that
turning in addition to the vertical escape maneuver is the safest course of action.

2. Manual activation of the APR may provide extra thrust if deemed necessary.

Go - Around button........................................... Push

Thrust ................................................................ Takeoff N1
Pitch attitude..................................................... Increase and climb as
required to avoid terrain/
obstacle

FLAPS........................................................................Retract to 15°
LANDING GEAR ........................................................Up
FLAPS........................................................................Up
AIR BRAKES .............................................................SHUT
EGPWS terrain display ..............................................Monitor
Pitch attitude ..............................................................Maintain until warning ceases
ATC ............................................................................Notify (if required)

WINDSHEAR WARNING

(RED WINDSHEAR MESSAGE ON PFD and/or WINDSHEAR, WINDSHEAR,

WINDSHEAR AURAL ALERT)

NOTE: Manual activation of the APR may provide extra thrust if deemed necessary.

Go - Around button........................................... Push

Thrust ................................................................ Takeoff N1
Pitch attitude..................................................... Increase as required to
arrest descent, allowing
airspeed to decrease to
intermittent stick shaker
activation

AIR BRAKES .............................................................SHUT

ATC ............................................................................Notify (if required)

FAA Approved Section - 3 Page 31

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
AUTOPILOT MALFUNCTIONS

ALTITUDE LOSSES
The maximum altitude losses observed during autopilot malfunction tests were:

Climb .........................................................................450 ft
Cruise ........................................................................300 ft
Descent .....................................................................550 ft
Maneuvering..............................................................170 ft
Non-Precision Approach (one or two engine)..............75 ft
Precision Approach (one or two engine) .................... 75 ft

AUTOPILOT MISTRIM ANNUNCIATION

Illumination of a red boxed E (Elevator) or A (Aileron) annunciation on the PFDs indicate that the
autopilot is flying the airplane in a mistrimmed condition. If the mistrim indication continues for
more than a few seconds:

NOTE: Intentional or automatic free-stick disengagement of the autopilot into an annunciated

red elevator mistrim indication will produce a significant airplane response in the
direction of the mistrim force.

If a continuous mistrim indication is presented, the pilot should brace the flight controls
and disconnect the autopilot. Upon disconnect, the pilot will experience a force in
excess of 25 pounds. Re-engagement of the autopilot should not be attempted until
the reason for the out of trim state has been isolated and corrected, and the airplane
has been returned to a trimmed condition.

Flight controls ............................................................Hold firmly

A/P.............................................................................Disengage
Retrim airplane if necessary
Fuel balance ..............................................................Check and balance as required
A/P.............................................................................As required

Page 32 Section - 3 FAA Approved

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
AUTOPILOT TRIM FAIL ANNUNCIATION
Illumination of a red TRIM annunciation on the PFDs indicates that the autopilot pitch trim system
has failed. The autopilot will not automatically disengage, but it may not function properly.

NOTE: A mistrimmed condition may occur in conjunction with the pitch trim failure. When the
autopilot is disengaged in a mistrimmed condition, expect an abrupt change in control
force.

Flight controls ............................................................ Hold firmly

A/P ............................................................................ Disengage
Retrim airplane if necessary
A/P ............................................................................ As required

AUTOPILOT DISENGAGEMENT
The autopilot can be disengaged by:

1. Pushing the AP switch on either control wheel (Yaw Damper will disengage)

2. Pushing the GO-AROUND button on either control wheel (Yaw Damper remains engaged)

3. Actuation of either control wheel trim switch (Yaw Damper remains engaged)

4. Pushing the AP ENG button on the Flight Guidance Panel (Yaw Damper remains engaged)

5. Lowering the AP/YD DISC bar on the Flight Guidance Panel (Yaw Damper will disengage)

Autopilot disengagement will initiate an aural tone which can be cancelled by a second actuation
of the:

1. AP switch

2. GO-AROUND button

3. Control wheel trim switch

CAT II FAILURE
If a red CAT II is observed on either PFD during a CAT II approach, execute a missed approach.

ELECTRONIC STANDBY INSTRUMENT SYSTEM (ESIS)

When a red ATT fail flag and a yellow HDG flag are displayed, the ESIS HDG information can
continue to be used in straight and level unaccelerated flight.

FAA Approved Section - 3 Page 33

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
FLIGHT DISPLAY FAILURE FLAGS

The following failure flags are available for display on the PFD. The flags will appear flashing red
for 5 seconds and then remain illuminated.

In the following steps, # is 1 when referencing the pilot’s side and 2 when referencing the copilot’s
side.

ALT
This annunciation indicates invalid altitude data from the selected ADC. The altitude tape and
digital thousands readout are removed.

Relevant ADC reversion switch..................................Select operative ADC

AOA
This annunciation indicates invalid data from the angle of attack system. The Reference
Approach Speed (RAS) and Impending Stall Speed (ISS) cues will be removed and replaced
with the default low speed cue. The stick shaker, stick pusher, AOA indicator and AOA indexer
lights may be inoperative.

No in-flight action required.

NOTE: With the stick shaker and stick pusher inoperative, normal stall protection is not
available. Continue flight with caution.

AP
This annunciation indicates a disengagement of the autopilot. The Yaw Damper may also
disengage.

Automatic Disengagement
A/P & YD Disengage button ......................................Push
Determine cause of disengagement
A/P & YD ...................................................................As required

ATT
This annunciation indicates failure of the attitude data from the selected AHRS. The attitude
display is removed.

Relevant AHRS reversion switch ...............................Select operative AHRS

DCP
This annunciation indicates failure of the respective display control panel. Display format,
selected navigation and bearing sources remain unaffected, but control of the respective
displays is lost.

No in-flight action required.

FD
This annunciation indicates that the respective flight director has failed. If coupled to the failed
flight director, the autopilot will also disengage. If only one PFD is affected, flight director and
autopilot functions may be regained by transferring control to the operative side.

Page 34 Section - 3 FAA Approved

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
FMS #
This annunciation indicates that the selected FMS navigation data is invalid. The course pointer,
lateral deviation bar and to/from pointer are removed.

Nav source ................................................................ Select another source

G/S
This annunciation indicates that glideslope data is invalid and the glideslope pointer is removed.

If glideslope data is valid on the other PFD, the approach should be flown by referencing the
operable side, or selecting the operable nav source.

HDG
This annunciation indicates invalid heading data from the selected source. The compass rose/
arc will rotate to north-up.

Relevant AHRS reversion switch ............................... Select operative AHRS

IAS
This annunciation indicates invalid airspeed data from the selected ADC. The airspeed readout
and scale are removed.

Relevant ADC reversion switch ................................. Select operative ADC

LOC #
This annunciation indicates that the selected localizer data is invalid. The course pointer and
lateral deviation bar are removed. If localizer data is valid on the other PFD, the approach should
be flown by referencing the operable side, or selecting the operable nav source.

RA
This annunciation indicates that the radio altitude data is invalid. The radio altitude digital display,
radio minimums functions and the analog radio altitude display on the PFD will be inoperative.

EGPWS and TCAS functions will continue, but certain features will be inoperative.

VOR #
This annunciation indicates that the selected VOR data is invalid. The course pointer, lateral
deviation bar and to/from pointer are removed. If VOR data is valid on the other PFD, continue
flight by referencing the operable side, or selecting the operable VOR source.

VS
This annunciation indicates invalid vertical speed data from the selected ADC. The vertical speed
pointer, scale and digital readout are removed.

Relevant ADC reversion switch ................................. Select operative ADC

VNV
This annunciation indicates invalid VNAV data. The VNAV deviation pointer is removed.

No in-flight action required.

FAA Approved Section - 3 Page 35

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 36 Section - 3 FAA Approved

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

EMERGENCY EVACUATION
In order to evacuate the airplane quickly, where possible the following procedures may be
conducted concurrently. The Captain should brief actions to the First Officer as appropriate.

Airplane ............................................................ Stop

WHEEL BRAKE lever....................................... PARK
HP COCKS........................................................ Close
LP COCKS ........................................................ Close
EMERG LIGHTS (if required) .......................... MAN
PA ...................................................................... Order evacuation
DUMP VALVE .................................................... OPEN
BATT.................................................................. OFF

NOTES:
1. Apply the parking brake as soon as possible to make sure the airplane does not move
during evacuation.

2. Complete the ENGINE FIRE ON GROUND procedure, this section and the APU Fire
procedure (if installed) if required.

3. If practicable, take account of the effect of wind conditions on the spread of fire.

4. The battery must be left on to make sure the PA functions.

5. COMM 1 must be used if communications with ATC is required.

FAA Approved Section - 3 Page 37

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
SECTION 4 - ABNORMAL / NORMAL PROCEDURES
This section is divided into the following Sub-sections:

Sub-section 4.05 ...........................................ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

Sub-section 4.10 ...........................................NORMAL PROCEDURES

FAA Approved
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 Page 1
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Section - 4 FAA Approved

Page 2 Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
ABNORMAL / NORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
SUB-SECTION 4.05
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
Table of Contents
Page

ENGINES
ENGINE RELIGHT.....................................................................................5
IMMEDIATE RELIGHT ...............................................................................5
WINDMILL RELIGHT .................................................................................6
STARTER ASSISTED (NORMAL) RELIGHT .............................................7
ENGINE RELIGHT ENVELOPE.................................................................8
Figure 4.05.1 - Engine Relight Envelope ...........................................8
ENGINE COMPUTER FAILURE ................................................................9
ABNORMAL INDICATIONS OR BEHAVIOR............................................10
HIGH ENGINE VIBRATION......................................................................11
OPERATIONS
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE APPROACH and LANDING .....................13
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE GO-AROUND...........................................13
OVERWEIGHT LANDING ........................................................................14
FLAPS UP or 15° APPROACH and LANDING ........................................14
FLAPS 25° APPROACH and LANDING...................................................15
LANDING ABOVE WAT LIMIT..................................................................15
THRUST REVERSERS
RUDDER BIAS NOT INHIBITED..............................................................17
UNLOCK AND/OR ARM INDICATIONS IN FLIGHT ................................17
AUTOSTOW .............................................................................................17
REVERSE INDICATION IN FLIGHT (Green Annunciator) .......................17
LANDING WITH ONE THRUST REVERSER DEPLOYED ......................18
FUEL
FUEL LOW LEVEL ...................................................................................19
FUEL LOW PRESSURE ..........................................................................19
AUXILIARY FUEL TRANSFER FAILURE.................................................20
ENGINE FUEL MALFUNCTION ..............................................................20
AIR CONDITIONING & PRESSURIZATION
DUCT OVERHEAT ...................................................................................21
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL FAILURE ...............................21
FLIGHT DECK HEAT VALVE STUCK OPEN ...........................................22
MAIN AIR VALVE NOT IN SELECTED POSITION ..................................22
FAILURE TO PRESSURIZE.....................................................................22
ELECTRICAL
SINGLE GENERATOR FAILURE .............................................................23
BUS TIE OPEN ........................................................................................23
GENERATORS OUT OF BALANCE ........................................................24

FAA Approved Page 1

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Page
BATTERY CONTACTOR .......................................................................... 24
XS 1 OR XS 2 FAIL.................................................................................. 25
SINGLE INVERTER FAILURE................................................................. 26
DOUBLE INVERTER FAILURE ............................................................... 26
MWS DIMMER FAIL ................................................................................ 26
FLIGHT CONTROLS
OUT OF TRIM WARNING ....................................................................... 27
MACH TRIM FAIL .................................................................................... 27
RUDDER BIAS MALFUNCTION.............................................................. 27
LANDING WITH ASYMMETRIC AIR BRAKE.......................................... 27
LANDING BY USE OF TRIM SYSTEM ................................................... 28
STALL WARNING & IDENTIFICATION
STALL IDENTIFICATION ........................................................................ 31
STALL IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM.......................................................... 31
STALL IDENTIFICATION COMPONENT MALFUNCTIONS.................... 31
HYDRAULICS
MAIN HYDRAULIC FAILURE .................................................................. 33
EMERGENCY BRAKE LOW PRESSURE............................................... 34
HYDRAULIC LOW PRESSURE .............................................................. 34
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OVERHEAT ........................................................ 35
HYDRAULIC AUXILIARY SYSTEM LOW FLUID LEVEL......................... 35
LANDING GEAR
LANDING GEAR DOES NOT RETRACT ................................................ 37
LANDING GEAR LEVER CANNOT BE MOVED ..................................... 37
ICE PROTECTION
ENGINE ANTICE ..................................................................................... 39
ANTICE LOW QUANTITY........................................................................ 39
ANTICE LOW PRESSURE ...................................................................... 39
AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONS.................. 39
PITOT HEATER FAILURE........................................................................ 40
VANE HEATER FAILURE......................................................................... 40
WINDSCREEN OVERHEAT .................................................................... 41
SIDESCREEN OVERHEAT ..................................................................... 41
WINDSCREEN DAMAGE ........................................................................ 41
ALTERNATOR FAILURE .......................................................................... 42
AVIONICS
AFD FAILURE .......................................................................................... 43
AVIONICS SYSTEMS.............................................................................. 43
Single ADC Failure............................................................................. 43
Dual ADC Failure ............................................................................... 43
Single AHRS Failure .......................................................................... 44
Dual AHRS Failure............................................................................. 44
Single CDU Failure ............................................................................ 44
Dual CDU Failure ............................................................................... 44

Page 2 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Page
CVR Fault (CVR Fault Annunciator Illuminated) ................................ 44
Single Audio System Failure .............................................................. 45
Dual Audio System Failure................................................................. 45
CAT II Malfunction.............................................................................. 45
Autopilot Mistrim Annunciation........................................................... 45
Radio Equipment Failure ................................................................... 46
Fan Failure ......................................................................................... 46
COMPARATORS...................................................................................... 47
Miscompare Annunciators ................................................................. 47
HDG................................................................................................... 47
PIT or ROL or ATT ............................................................................. 47
ALT or IAS.......................................................................................... 47
LOC .................................................................................................... 48
GS ...................................................................................................... 48
FD ...................................................................................................... 48
N1 or N2 or ITT ................................................................................... 48
VSPD ................................................................................................. 48
No Compare Annunciators ................................................................ 49
Crosstalk Fail ..................................................................................... 49
EGPWS CAUTION
(GND PROX CAUTION ANNUNCIATION and/or ACTIVATION
OF SINK RATE, or DON’T SINK, or TOO LOW FLAPS, or
TOO LOW GEAR, or TOO LOW TERRAIN, or GLIDESLOPE, or
CAUTION, TERRAIN or CAUTION, OBSTACLE AURAL ALERT ............ 50

WINDSHEAR CAUTION
(WINDSHEAR CAUTION ANNUNCIATION and/or
ACTIVATION OF WINDSHEAR AURAL ALERT)..................................... 50

EGPWS MODE FAILURE

(GPWS, WS or TERR) OR TERRAIN FAIL MESSAGE .......................... 51

GPS-FMS DISAGREE OR GPS NOT AVAILABLE FMS MESSAGE ...... 51

TCAS FAIL (PFD) or TCAS OFF (PFD) or TD FAIL (MFD) ..................... 51

MISCELLANEOUS
ENTRY DOOR UNLOCKED .................................................................... 52
REAR BAY DOOR ................................................................................... 52
EMERGENCY LIGHTS NOT SELECTED ............................................... 52

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 3

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 4 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

ENGINES
ENGINE RELIGHT
CAUTION: RELIGHTS SHOULD NOT BE ATTEMPTED IF ENGINE FAILURE IS
ACCOMPANIED BY SYMPTOMS OF INTERNAL ENGINE DAMAGE
OR THERE IS NO INDICATION OF N1.

IMMEDIATE RELIGHT

This procedure may be used if flame-out is detected quickly.

CAUTION: IF N2 FALLS BELOW 15%, CLOSE THE HP COCK AND COMPLETE THE
NORMAL RELIGHT procedure - this section.

ENG IGNITION (affected engine).............................. ON

Thrust lever (affected engine).................................... Close
NOTE: During relight, there may be a slow or erratic indication of fuel flow.
ITT ............................................................................. Monitor

If relight unsuccessful (N1 and N2 RPM do not increase within 10 seconds) or

If ITT rapidly approaches 978 °C

HP COCK (affected engine) ...................................... Close

ENG IGNITION (affected engine).............................. OFF

If Engine Does Not Relight

Complete ENGINE SHUTDOWN or FAILURE IN FLIGHT procedure -

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES - Section 3.

If Engine Has Relit

Thrust lever (affected engine).................................... Set as required

ENG IGNITION (affected engine).............................. OFF
Engine indications ..................................................... Normal
GEN........................................................................... CLOSE
BUS TIE (if open) ...................................................... CLOSE

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 5

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
WINDMILL RELIGHT

Airspeed and altitude ................................................ Within envelope shown in

Figure 4.05.1
N1 RPM...................................................................... Indicating
N2 RPM...................................................................... 10% or more
HP COCK .................................................................. Close
LP COCK ................................................................... OPEN
ENG ANTICE ............................................................ OFF
Fuel pump.................................................................. ON
NOTE: It is recommended that windmill relights should not be attempted with the engine
computer inoperative.
ENG CMPTER (affected engine) ............................... Check ON
ENG SYNC ................................................................ OFF
MAIN AIR VLV ........................................................... CLOSE
ENG IGNITION .......................................................... ON
HP COCK .................................................................. OPEN
NOTE: During relight, there may be a slow or erratic indication of fuel flow.
ITT ............................................................................ Monitor

If Relight Unsuccessful (N1 and N2 RPM do not increase within 10 seconds) or

If ITT Rapidly Approaches 978 °C or
If No Oil Pressure Indicated Within 10 Seconds of N1 and N2 RPM Indication.

HP COCK...................................................................Close

CAUTION: IF RELIGHT IS UNSUCCESSFUL, WAIT A MINIMUM OF 10 SECONDS BEFORE

MAKING ANOTHER ATTEMPT.

After Start
ENG IGNITION .........................................................OFF
GEN ...........................................................................Check on line
BUS TIE (if open) .......................................................CLOSE
Engine indications ......................................................Normal
MAIN AIR VLV ............................................................OPEN
Thrust lever ................................................................Set as required
ALTERNATOR ............................................................ON
ENG SYNC ...............................................................As required
WING FUEL/ X-FEED/TRANSFER lever ...................WING FUEL - when fuel balanced

Page 6 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
STARTER ASSISTED (NORMAL) RELIGHT

Airspeed and altitude................................................. Within envelope shown in

Figure 4.05.1
N1 & N2 RPM.............................................................. Both indicating
HP COCK .................................................................. Close
LP COCK................................................................... OPEN
ENG ANTICE............................................................. OFF
Fuel pump.................................................................. ON
ENG SYNC................................................................ OFF
MAIN AIR VLV ........................................................... CLOSE
START PWR ............................................................. Push - light illuminates
ENG starter .............................................................. Push - light illuminates
HP COCK .................................................................. ON at or above 10% N2
NOTE: During relight, there may be a slow or erratic indication of fuel flow.
ITT ............................................................................. Monitor

If Relight Unsuccessful (N1 and N2 RPM do not increase within 10 seconds) or

If ITT Rapidly Approaches 978 °C or
If No Oil Pressure Indicated Within 10 Seconds of N1 and N2 RPM Indication.

HP COCK...................................................................Close
START PWR ..............................................................PUSH FOR ABORT

CAUTION: IF RELIGHT IS UNSUCCESSFUL, WAIT A MINIMUM OF 10 SECONDS BEFORE

MAKING ANOTHER ATTEMPT.

After Start
ENG starter ................................................................Light out above 45% N2
START PWR .............................................................Off - light extinguishes
GEN ...........................................................................Check on line
BUS TIE (if open) .......................................................CLOSE
Engine indications......................................................Normal
MAIN AIR VLV............................................................OPEN
Thrust lever ................................................................Set as required
ALTERNATOR ............................................................ON
ENG SYNC ...............................................................As required
WING FUEL/X-FEED/TRANSFER lever ....................WING FUEL - when fuel balanced

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 7

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
ENGINE RELIGHT ENVELOPE

35
ALTITUDE - THOUSANDS OF FEET

30

STARTER ASSISTED RELIGHT

25
COMPUTER

HT
OPERATIVE

IG
REL
20

ED
COMPUTER

S IS T
OPERATIVE
or
15

R AS
INOPERATIVE

E
TART
10

or S
LING
DMIL
5

W IN
0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350
9078/1-AW
KNOTS INDICATED AIRSPEED

Starter Assisted Relight Windmill Relight

Engine Computer Complete envelope

Complete shaded area of
OPERATIVE (including shaded area)
envelope available.
available.
Shaded and unshaded
Engine Computer Shaded area of envelope
envelope below 20,000 ft.
INOPERATIVE below 20,000 ft available.
available.

NOTE: It is recommended that windmill relights should not be attempted with the engine
computer inoperative.

Figure 4.05.1

Page 8 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
ENGINE COMPUTER FAILURE

ENG 1 ENG 2
or
CMPTER CMPTER

NOTE: The engine synchronizer disengages with an engine computer failure.

If Malfunction Occurs During Takeoff

Below 80 KIAS........................................................... Abort
Above 80 KIAS .......................................................... Continue takeoff - Keep engine
within N1 REF

If Malfunction Occurs Airborne

ENG CMPTER........................................................... OVSPD PROT
Thrust lever................................................................ Adjust to keep required RPM & ITT -
Monitor limitations

If Malfunction Occurs at Maximum Continuous Power

Thrust lever................................................................ Adjust to achieve maximum

continuous ITT (968 °C)
Engine indications ..................................................... Monitor limitations
NOTES:
1. Time required for a slam acceleration, from idle to take-off power, will be greatly
increased.

2. To minimize acceleration time on the effected engine, ENG ANTICE should be selected
OFF and the MAIN AIR VLV selected to CLOSE.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 9

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
ABNORMAL INDICATIONS OR BEHAVIOR

If ITT or RPM Above Limits

Thrust lever ................................................................Close
If Indications Not Controlled Within Limits:
HP COCK...................................................................Close

Complete ENGINE SHUTDOWN or FAILURE IN FLIGHT procedure -

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES - Section 3.

If RPM Fluctuating or Not Controllable

Thrust lever ................................................................Mid-range position

ENG CMPTER ...........................................................OVSPD PROT
Thrust lever ................................................................Adjust to keep required RPM -
Monitor ITT Limitations
ENG SYNC ................................................................OFF

If Oil Temperature Above Limits

Thrust lever (affected engine).....................................Reduce as required
Oil temperature...........................................................Monitor
Oil pressure................................................................Monitor
If oil temperature does not return to within limits within 2 minutes, or if oil pressure is not
maintained within allowable limits:
Thrust lever (affected engine)..................................Close

Complete ENGINE SHUTDOWN or FAILURE IN FLIGHT procedure -

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES - Section 3.

Note Maximum Temperature and Duration.

If oil temperature returns to within limits:

Continue flight with the affected engine at the reduced power setting.

Page 10 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
HIGH ENGINE VIBRATION

If engine malfunction is confirmed or general vibration is present, complete ENGINE

SHUTDOWN or FAILURE IN FLIGHT procedure - EMERGENCY PROCEDURES - Section 3.

If high engine vibration is suspected, complete the following procedure on each engine, one at a
time:

• Slowly retard the engine thrust lever to idle and monitor the engine instruments for any
abnormalities. Note if there is any reduction in the vibration levels as the thrust lever is being
retarded.

• Slowly move the thrust lever to its original position and note if there is any increase in vibration
levels or if there are any abnormalities on the engine instruments.

• If it has been determined from this procedure that there are high levels of vibration from one
of the engines, complete ENGINE SHUTDOWN or FAILURE IN FLIGHT procedure -
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES - Section 3, on the affected engine.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 11

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 12 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
OPERATIONS
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE APPROACH and LANDING

Altimeters ...................................................................Set and checked

Fuel ............................................................................Check quantity and balance
F/DK VLV ...................................................................CLOSE
EXTERIOR LIGHTS...................................................As required
Cabin notices .............................................................On
Seats and harnesses .................................................Secure
Nosewheel steering ...................................................Handwheel clear
VREF/VAPP , Landing distance ....................................Set and computed
AIR BRAKES .............................................................SHUT
APR............................................................................ARM
FLAPS........................................................................15°
Airspeed .....................................................................VREF +25 KIAS minimum
LANDING GEAR ........................................................Down
Nosewheel steering ...................................................Centered

If flying a precision approach, at the final approach fix

FLAPS........................................................................25°
Airspeed .....................................................................VREF +20 KIAS

When it is certain there is no possibility of a go-around

FLAPS........................................................................45°
Airspeed .....................................................................VREF (111 KIAS minimum)
A/P & YD....................................................................Disengage

NOTE: If reverse thrust is used, it is recommended that both thrust reversers be deployed.

ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE GO-AROUND

Thrust (operating engine)...........................................Take-off N1

GA mode....................................................................Select
Pitch attitude ..............................................................10° to 12°
Airspeed .....................................................................VREF minimum
FLAPS........................................................................Retract to 15°
LANDING GEAR ........................................................Retract after positive climb
Airspeed .....................................................................Accelerate to VREF +10 Kts
FLAPS........................................................................Up

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 13

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
OVERWEIGHT LANDING

Perform normal APPROACH and LANDING CHECKS -

NORMAL PROCEDURES - Sub-section 4.10.
NOTES:
1. Touch down as smoothly as possible.

2. For the purpose of brake cooling, an overweight landing should be considered as a

rejected takeoff.

FLAPS UP or 15°° APPROACH and LANDING

NOTE: Lowering the landing gear will improve airspeed stability.

Perform normal APPROACH and LANDING CHECKS -

NORMAL PROCEDURES - Sub-section 4.10.

FLAP OVRD...............................................................Select
Airspeed..................................................................... VREF +30 KIAS
(VREF +45 KIAS in icing conditions)

When Landing Is Assured

Airspeed..................................................................... VREF +15 KIAS
(VREF +30 KIAS in icing conditions)

After Touchdown
Immediately Lower Nosewheel to the Runway
AIR BRAKE................................................................ OPEN
Wheel Brakes ............................................................ As required
Thrust Reversers ....................................................... As required

NOTES:

1. Landing distance will increase approximately 30% above the landing distance with
FLAPS 45°.

2. If a No-Flap approach is made in icing conditions, maintain an airspeed of VREF +45

KIAS. When the landing is assured, slow to VREF + 30 KIAS. No-Flap landing distance,
in icing conditions, is approximately twice the normal landing distance with FLAPS 45°.

Page 14 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
FLAPS 25°° APPROACH and LANDING

Perform normal APPROACH and LANDING CHECKS - NORMAL PROCEDURES -

Sub-section 4.10.

FLAP OVRD...............................................................Select
Airspeed .....................................................................VREF +20 KIAS

When Landing Is Assured

Airspeed .....................................................................VREF +5 KIAS

After Touchdown
Lower Nosewheel to the Runway
AIR BRAKE ................................................................OPEN
Wheel Brakes.............................................................As required
Thrust Reversers........................................................As required
NOTE: Landing distance will increase approximately 10% above the landing distance with
FLAPS 45°.

LANDING ABOVE WAT LIMIT

Perform normal APPROACH and LANDING CHECKS - NORMAL PROCEDURES -

Sub -section 4.10.

During the approach

FLAPS ....................................................................... 15°
Airspeed .................................................................... VREF +25 KIAS

When landing is assured

FLAPS ....................................................................... 25°
Airspeed .................................................................... VREF +5 KIAS

After touchdown
AIR BRAKE ............................................................... OPEN, immediately after
touchdown
Wheel brakes............................................................. As required
Thrust reversers ........................................................ As required

NOTES:
1. If one engine is inoperative and if reverse thrust is used, it is recommended that both
thrust reversers be deployed.

2. Landing distance will increase by approximately 6% above the landing distance with
FLAPS 45°

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 15

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 16 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
THRUST REVERSERS
RUDDER BIAS NOT INHIBITED

REVERSER

On the Ground With Thrust Reverse Selected

Both Thrust Reverse Levers ......................................Reverse Idle

UNLOCK AND/OR ARM INDICATIONS IN FLIGHT

UNLCK and/or ARM

Associated THRUST REVERSER

POWER switch .......................................................... OFF

AUTOSTOW

UNLCK ARM In Flight REVERSER

Associated THRUST REVERSER

POWER switch .......................................................... OFF

If Abnormal Indications Persist

Select engine to idle and land at the nearest suitable airport.

If Abnormal Indications Extinguish

Engine may be used as required.

REVERSE INDICATION IN FLIGHT

REVRS

If REVRS annunciator is illuminated and/or in-flight deployment of thrust reverser is suspected

or confirmed, refer to LANDING WITH ONE THRUST REVERSER DEPLOYED procedure -
this section.
FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 17
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
LANDING WITH ONE THRUST REVERSER DEPLOYED

Final Approach
Airspeed.....................................................................150 KIAS maximum
Landing Gear .............................................................Down
FLAPS........................................................................Up
Rudder Trim ...............................................................Neutral position prior to touchdown

At Landing Threshold
Airspeed.....................................................................VREF +15 KIAS

After Touchdown
Airbrakes ....................................................................OPEN - Lift Dump not available
Wheel Brakes.............................................................As required
Thrust Reverser (operating engine) ...........................Deploy
Reverse Thrust (operating engine) ............................As required

NOTE: Landing Distance will increase by approximately 24% above the landing distance with
FLAPS 45°.

Page 18 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
FUEL
FUEL LOW LEVEL

When the fuel contents of either wing tank are reduced to less than 320 lb (150 kg), set the WING
FUEL/X-FEED/TRANSFER lever to X-FEED.

A fuel quantity of at least 400 lb (180 kg) is required to complete a go-around and subsequent
traffic pattern and landing. If fuel contents are reduced to below 400 lb (180 kg), a go-around
should not be attempted.

FUEL LOW PRESSURE

FUEL 1 FUEL 2
and/or and FUEL
LO PRESS LO PRESS

Fuel pump (affected engine)...................................... Check ON

WING FUEL/X-FEED/TRANSFER lever ................... X-FEED
FUEL LO PRESS annunciator................................... Check extinguished
Fuel pump (affected engine) ..................................... OFF

Proceed as appropriate:

If Ventral Tank Not Empty

Use AUX FUEL TRANSFER lever selectively to maintain wing fuel balance within 500 lb
(227 kg).

If Ventral Tank Empty

Select WING FUEL/X-FEED/TRANSFER lever alternately to X-FEED and TRANSFER to keep

wing fuel balance within 500 lb (227 kg).

Prior to landing:
WING FUEL/X-FEED/TRANSFER lever ................... WING FUEL

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 19

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
AUXILIARY FUEL TRANSFER FAILURE

AUX FUEL
and FUEL
TFR

VENTRAL TANK indicator does not change from FULL within two minutes of selecting the
AUX FUEL TRANSFER lever to the down position.

Wing FUEL contents ..................................................Check

Proceed as appropriate:

If Wing Contents Increasing

Continue flight.

Leave the AUX FUEL TRANSFER lever in the down position for 20 minutes, plus an additional 5
minutes in cruise.

If Wing Contents Decreasing

Continued flight is permitted, but land before the airplane weight goes below 22, 500 lbs.

NOTE: Overweight landing procedure and inspection required for any landing with fuel in the
ventral tank, complete OVERWEIGHT LANDING procedure, this section.

ENGINE FUEL MALFUNCTION

ENG 1 ENG 2
or and FUEL
FUEL FUEL

Thrust lever (affected engine).....................................Reduce power until the warning is

cancelled, or to idle

If warning persists and is accompanied by engine malfunction, complete ENGINE

SHUTDOWN or FAILURE IN FLIGHT procedure -
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES - Section 3.

NOTE: The malfunction indicates either fuel filter blocked or fuel overheat.

Page 20 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
AIR CONDITIONING & PRESSURIZATION
DUCT OVERHEAT

DUCT
OVHT

CABIN TEMP .............................................................FLT DK

CABIN TEMP selector ...............................................Manual - Hold full COOL

NOTE: Temperature changes in MANUAL mode should be made by short applications of the
control. Allow sufficient time for each change to take effect.

If Warning Persists
CABIN TEMP selector ...............................................AUTO - Full COOL

If Warning Persists
MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2 ................................................LP ON

Wait 2 Minutes - If Warning Persists

No. 2 Engine ..............................................................Increase power to a high setting
MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2 ................................................CLOSE
F/DK VLV ...................................................................OPEN fully
Any Time Warning Ceases
CABIN TEMP selector ...............................................Use in current mode

NOTE: With the F/DK VLV open, the hot bleed air can maintain a cabin altitude of
approximately 9000 ft at 40,000 ft airplane altitude, assuming no abnormal leaks in
the cabin. The temperature in the flight compartment and cabin will become very hot.

AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL FAILURE

CABIN TEMP .............................................................FLT DK

CABIN TEMP selector ...............................................Manual - Select COOL or HOT as
required.
NOTE: Temperature changes in manual mode should be made by short applications of the
control. Allow sufficient time for each change to take effect.

If the MANUAL Temperature Control is Not Effective, Proceed as Follows

(a) If the Temperature is Too Low

MAIN AIR VLV No. 2 ..................................................LP ON

F/DK VLV ...................................................................OPEN as required

(b) If the Temperature is Too High

MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2 ................................................LP ON

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 21
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
FLIGHT DECK HEAT VALVE STUCK OPEN

Air Conditioning Noise and Warm Incoming Air with F/DK VLV Selected CLOSE
F/DECK AIR VLV circuit breaker................................ Check (DA-D, E2)
F/DK VLV .................................................................. OPEN then CLOSE

If Flight Deck Valve Remains Open

MAIN AIR VLV 2 .........................................................LP ON

MAIN AIR VALVE NOT IN SELECTED POSITION

MAIN AIR MAIN AIR

or
VALVE 1 VALVE 2

Airplane In Flight
MAIN AIR VLV circuit breaker (affected side).............Check (DA-D, E1 & F1)
MAIN AIR VLV (affected side) ....................................CLOSE then OPEN

If Warning Recurs -

MAIN AIR VLV (affected side) ...................................CLOSE

Airplane On Ground

Annunciator will illuminate whenever the MAIN AIR VLV is OPEN. If the annunciator is
illuminated with MAIN AIR VLV selected CLOSE, have fault corrected before take-off.

FAILURE TO PRESSURIZE

DUMP VALVE.............................................................Check SHUT

If DUMP VALVE was found to be open
Wait for approximately 1 minute to make sure pressurization is operable.
If DUMP VALVE was found to be closed
PRESSN switch..........................................................OVRD
If pressurization remains inoperative
Altitude .......................................................................Remain below 15,000 ft but not
below the minimum safe altitude

If pressurization is regained
Continue flight at pilot’s discretion.

Page 22 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
ELECTRICAL
SINGLE GENERATOR FAILURE

GEN 1 GEN 2
or and ELECT
FAIL FAIL

Failed GEN.................................................................TRIP
BUS TIE (if open) .......................................................CLOSE
GEN AMPS (operative unit) .......................................Check - If above limit (300 AMPS),
reduce non-essential loads
NOTE: It is recommended that no attempt be made to reinstate a failed generator. If flight
conditions dictate, only one attempt to reinstate may be accomplished by the following
procedure:

BUS TIE .....................................................................OPEN

Applicable GEN switch ...............................................CLOSE and hold for 5 seconds

If This is Unsuccessful
GEN ...........................................................................TRIP
BUS TIE ....................................................................CLOSE

BUS TIE OPEN

BUS TIE
and ELECT
OPEN

If Voltage High (above 29.5) or Low (below 24.5)

DC VOLTS..................................................................Check PS1 and PS2 - Identify
affected generator
GEN (abnormal side) .................................................TRIP
BUS TIE .....................................................................CLOSE
GEN AMPS (operative unit) .......................................Check - If above limit (300 AMPS),
reduce non-essential loads

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 23

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
GENERATORS OUT OF BALANCE

IF GENERATORS DIFFER BY
MORE THAN 40 AMPS

BUS TIE ........................ OPEN

GEN 1 and
GEN 2 AMPS ................ Check each less
than limit
(300AMPS)

PS1 and PS2 volts ........ Check each within

24.5 to 29.5 volts IF CURRENTS AND VOLTAGES
ARE NORMAL

IF AN ABNORMALITY IS OBSERVED BUS TIE........................ CLOSE

ONE GENERATOR CURRENT ONE BUSBAR VOLTAGE IS NOT

IS ABOVE LIMIT (300 AMPS) BETWEEN 24.5 TO 29.5 VOLTS

Shed non-essential loads on the abnormal side. GEN (affected side) .................. TRIP

If the current cannot be reduced below the limit: BUS TIE .................................... CLOSE

GEN (affected side)........................... TRIP

Fuel pump (affected side) ................. EMERG

NOTE: Do not CLOSE the BUS TIE

BATTERY CONTACTOR

BATT 1 BATT 2 and

and/or ELECT
CNTCTR CNTCTR

No In-Flight Action

Illumination indicates the applicable battery is no longer charging or the Emergency

Contactor has opened.

Page 24 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
XS 1 or XS 2 FAIL

XS 1 XS 2
or and ELECT
FAIL FAIL

By use of the AC voltmeter, establish whether supplies are available on the affected busbar.

Proceed as appropriate:

If Supplies Not Available

If failure is in conjunction with an associated inverter failure, one attempt to reset the inverter may
be made:
Inverter (affected side)............................................... STOP momentarily, then START
If inverter resets and the AC bus is restored, flight can be continued.

If inverter does not reset:

Inverter (affected side)............................................... STOP
Continue flight at the pilot’s discretion without the associated AC bus.

If failure is not in conjunction with an associated inverter failure:

No further action. Continue flight at the pilot’s discretion without the associated AC bus.

If Supplies Available
No further action. Continue flight at the pilot’s discretion.

NOTES:
1. Loss of XS 1 will result in the loss of Stall IDENT 1 (refer to STALL WARNING &
IDENTIFICATION procedures - this Sub-section), AOA Indicator, AOA Indexer Lights,
Mach Trim (refer to MACH TRIM FAIL procedures - this Sub-section) and Autopilot
Pitch Trim.

2. Loss of XS 2 will result in the loss of Stall IDENT 2 (refer to STALL WARNING &
IDENTIFICATION procedures - this Sub-section), Ice Detector and Cabin
Pressurization Fan Venturi. Avoid flight in icing conditions. Do not introduce
pressurization air on the ground from either the APU (if installed) or the Main Air Valves.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 25

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
SINGLE INVERTER FAILURE

INV 1 INV 2
or and ELECT
FAIL FAIL

All AC systems are available

Do Not Attempt To Reset If INV 1 FAIL or INV 2 FAIL Annunciators Illuminate.

DOUBLE INVERTER FAILURE

XS 1 XS 2
FAIL FAIL
and ELECT
INV 1 STBY INV INV 2
FAIL ON FAIL

If Both INV 1 FAIL and INV 2 FAIL Annunciators Illuminate, A Reset of One Inverter May Be
Attempted If The Flight Condition Dictates.
Refer to XS 1 or XS 2 FAIL procedure - this section, for inoperative components.

MWS DIMMER FAIL

MWS
DIM
FAIL

MWS NORM/DIM OVRD switch.................................DIM OVRD

Page 26 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
FLIGHT CONTROLS
OUT OF TRIM INDICATION
ELEV/AIL
TRIM

If On Takeoff and Below 80 KIAS

Brakes ....................................................................... Apply

Thrust levers .............................................................. Close
AIR BRAKES ............................................................. As required
Thrust reversers......................................................... As required

MACH TRIM FAIL

MACH TRIM
FAIL

Restrict speed to Mach 0.73 or less unless autopilot is engaged.

RUDDER BIAS MALFUNCTION

Rudder bias gives unwanted rudder deflection when both engines are operating normally at the
same N2.

If Failure Occurs During Takeoff, Prior to V1

Brakes ....................................................................... Apply
Thrust levers .............................................................. Close
AIR BRAKES ............................................................. As required
Thrust reversers......................................................... As required
If Failure Occurs in Flight
RUDDER BIAS (A/B) ................................................. OFF
RUDDER BIAS (A/B) ................................................. ON - In turn to identify faulty system
RUDDER BIAS (faulty system) .................................. OFF

LANDING WITH ASYMMETRIC AIR BRAKE

If an airbrake asymmetric condition occurs, land with flaps retracted. Refer to the FLAPS UP or
15°° APPROACH and LANDING procedure - OPERATIONS, this Sub-section.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 27

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
LANDING BY USE OF TRIM SYSTEM

Perform Normal APPROACH and LANDING CHECKS -

NORMAL PROCEDURES - Sub-section 4.10.
NOTES:
1. Steep turns should be avoided.

2. Attempt to utilize a runway that will result in as small a crosswind component as possible.

FLAPS ........................................................................15°
Landing Gear .............................................................Down
Airspeed .....................................................................160 KIAS

If Rudder is Unusable

FLAPS ........................................................................45°
Airspeed .....................................................................VREF +10 KIAS
Yaw Damper ...............................................................Disengage prior to touchdown

NOTE: Landing Distance will increase by approximately 16% above the landing distance with
FLAPS 45°.

If Elevator is Unusable

Use pitch trim to control the airplane longitudinally

FLAPS ........................................................................45°
Airspeed .....................................................................VREF +10 KIAS
Descent rate ...............................................................Control with engine thrust
Approach....................................................................Fly a flat, straight-in approach
Thrust levers...............................................................Slowly reduce to idle at touchdown

Touch down using pitch trim to produce the minimum flare required.

NOTE: Landing distance will increase by approximately 16% above the landing distance with
FLAPS 45°.

Page 28 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Rudder and Elevator Unusable in Conjunction with an Engine Failure

FLAP OVRD ............................................................... Select

FLAPS........................................................................ 25°
Airspeed ..................................................................... VREF +20 KIAS

Maintain this configuration and speed until touchdown.

NOTES:
1. Landing distance will increase by approximately 29% above the landing distance with
FLAPS 45°.

2. Lift dump is inoperative with FLAPS at 25°.

Aileron Unusable

Rudder and aileron trim should be used for lateral control.

FLAP OVRD ............................................................... Select
FLAPS........................................................................ Up
Airspeed ..................................................................... VREF +25 KIAS, minimum

NOTES:
1. Landing distance will increase by approximately 43% above the landing distance with
FLAPS 45°.

2. Lift dump is inoperative with FLAPS UP.

WARNING: A GREATER AIRSPEEED MAY BE REQUIRED TO RETAIN LATERAL

CONTROL.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 29

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 30 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
STALL WARNING & IDENTIFICATION
STALL IDENTIFICATION

Operation of the STALL WARNING (stick shake) or STALL IDENTIFICATION (stick push) must
be accepted as indicative of a stall. Proceed with normal stall recovery actions.

If Stick Shake Persists

Circuit Breakers:
STALL WARN MOTOR L and R
Panel DA-D, B6 & B7 ................................................. Pull
If Stick Push Persists

STALL IDENT switches 1 and 2................................. Push both together - System is now
inhibited
NOTE: With stall identification system inhibited or stall warning system disabled, normal stall
protection is not available. Continue flight with caution.

STALL IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM

STALL
IDENT # and
IDENT

Relevant STALL IDENT switch................................... Push - Relevant INHIB annunciator

illuminates
NOTE: Remaining channels of stall identification system will continue to provide stick pusher
stall protection.

STALL IDENTIFICATION COMPONENT MALFUNCTIONS

SSU SQUAT
and STALL
IDENT
FLAP

SSU - Indicates a failure of one or both of the Signal Summing Units. Stall warning and
identification may not operate. Continue flight with caution.

FLAP - Indicates a flap asymmetry has been detected. Complete either the FLAPS UP or 15°°
APPROACH and LANDING or FLAPS 25°° APPROACH and LANDING procedure -
this Sub-section, OPERATIONS if applicable.

SQUAT - Indicates a landing gear weight on wheels switch asymmetry between the left and right
sensors.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 31

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
If Indication Occurs During Taxi
PITOT/VANE HEAT L & R ..........................................OFF
SCREEN HEAT L & R ................................................OFF
MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2.................................................CLOSE
APU BLEED AIR (if installed).....................................OFF
Thrust Reversers may not function.
The fault must be corrected before flight.

If Indication Occurs In-Flight

ICE DET .....................................................................OVRD
PRESSN ....................................................................OVRD
THRUST REVERSERS..............................................OFF
Avoid flight in icing conditions as the following systems may not function:
Left and Right "A" Windscreen Heat
Left and Right Static Plate Heat
Left and Right Pitot Heat
Stall Identification and Stall Warning may not be available. Continue flight with caution.

The Landing Gear Handle may not be movable from the down position unless the
LANDING GEAR BAULK OVRD button is pushed.

Page 32 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
HYDRAULICS
MAIN HYDRAULIC FAILURE

HYD 1 HYD 2
and
LO PRESS LO PRESS

If Hydraulic Supply Pressure Reduces to Approximately 2300 PSI or Below

Refer to the Lowering of LANDING GEAR and FLAPS procedure below:

NOTE: 35,000 ft is the maximum altitude from which an emergency descent can be
accomplished within the 4 minute criteria as specified in 14 CFR Part 135, without the
use of airbrakes.
Altitude .......................................................................35,000 ft or below

Use of the Auxiliary Hydraulic System will be necessary to lower the LANDING GEAR and
FLAPS.

If EMRG BRK LO PRESS Annunciator is Illuminated -

Refer to EMERGENCY BRAKE LOW PRESSURE procedure - this Sub-section.

NOTE: Thrust reversers should be available for one deploy and one stow operation.

Lowering of LANDING GEAR and FLAPS

AUX HYD SYSTEM PULL handle .............................Pull - Do not reset
Hand pump ................................................................Operate until gear locks down

LANDING GEAR lever ...............................................Select down

FLAP selector ...........................................................When required - set to desired
position
Hand pump ................................................................Operate until desired position is
achieved
CAUTION: WHEN OPERATING THE AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC SYSTEM TO LOWER THE
LANDING GEAR, THE HAND PUMP ACTION MUST BE CONTINUED, AFTER 3
GREENS ARE ACHIEVED, UNTIL POSITIVE RESISTANCE IS FELT TO MAKE
SURE THE LANDING GEAR IS DOWN AND LOCKED.

NOTES:
1. The Air Brake, Lift Dump and Nosewheel Steering will all be inoperative.

2. If normal brakes with anti-skid are available, landing distance will increase by
approximately 24% above the landing distance with FLAPS 45°.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 33

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Wheelbrake Operation

Before Landing
WHEEL BRAKE lever ................................................ If SUPPLY pressure is
approximately 2300 PSI, leave in
NORMAL (forward) position.
If SUPPLY pressure is zero, select
EMERGY
Brake pedals .............................................................. Avoid use before landing

Actions On Landing
Brake pedals .............................................................. Apply gently - Use one continuous
application if possible - Do not taxi

If Normal Braking Fails

Complete BRAKE FAILURE procedure - EMERGENCY PROCEDURES - Section 3.

NOTE: Anti-skid will be Inoperative.

EMERGENCY BRAKE LOW PRESSURE

MAIN HYDRAULIC FAILURE and EMRG BRK
LO PRESS

Emergency brake system probably inoperative. On landing, use normal braking sparingly to
conserve remaining pressure.

HYDRAULIC LOW PRESSURE

HYD 1 HYD 2
or
LO PRESS LO PRESS

No in-flight action.

Page 34 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OVERHEAT

HYD
OVHT

During Taxi (High Ambient Temperatures)

Cycle the flaps twice over the operating range. If warning extinguishes continue taxi. If warning
remains illuminated, have fault corrected before flight.

During Flight

No in-flight action.

HYDRAULIC AUXILIARY SYSTEM LOW FLUID LEVEL

AUX HYD
LO LEVEL

AUX HYD LO LEVEL annunciator is illuminated whenever the auxiliary system is used.

If this annunciator illuminates without using the auxiliary system, it indicates insufficient hydraulic
fluid may exist for extension of the gear and flaps while using the auxiliary system.

Correct prior to the next flight.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 35

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 36 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
LANDING GEAR
LANDING GEAR DOES NOT RETRACT

NOTE: Observe the VLO/VLE of 220 KIAS and the altitude limit of 20,000 ft.

AUX HYD SYSTEM hand pump ............................... Check socket fully down
AUX HYD SYSTEM PULL handle.............................. Set in

If Gear Fails To Retract

LANDING GEAR lever ............................................... Select Down

Weight ........................................................................ If necessary, reduce and land

LANDING GEAR LEVER CANNOT BE MOVED

If Retraction Is Essential

BAULK OVRD button .................................................Push

LANDING GEAR lever ...............................................Select UP
(action together)

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 37

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 38 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
ICE PROTECTION
ENGINE ANTICE
ENG 1 ENG 2
and/or
A/ICE A/ICE

Thrust lever (affected engine) ....................................Gradually increase in small

increments

If Annunciator Remains Illuminated

Avoid icing conditions if possible.

ANTICE LOW QUANTITY

ANTICE and
ICE
LO QTY PROT

Monitor antice fluid quantity.

Approximately 30 minutes operation of the airframe antice system is available when the warning
illuminates.

ANTICE LOW PRESSURE

ANTICE ICE
and
LO PRESS PROT

Avoid icing conditions. Airframe ice protection system has failed.

AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONS

If a Malfunction is Apparent, or Suspected, During Flight Proceed as Follows

• Leave icing conditions as soon as possible.

• Before starting the landing approach, observe the wing leading edge to determine if ice is
present.

(a) If ice is present and atmospheric conditions permit, attempt to shed residual ice
accumulations prior to landing.

(b) If ice cannot be shed, make a no flap landing.

Refer to FLAPS UP or 15°° APPROACH and LANDING procedure - OPERATIONS,
this Sub-section.

(c) If ice is not present, make a normal landing.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 39

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
PITOT HEATER FAILURE

L PITOT or
R PITOT ICE
and
HTR FAIL HTR FAIL PROT

PITOT HEAT circuit breaker (affected side)................Check (DA-D, E4 & E5)

PITOT/VANE HEAT (affected side).............................Check failed annunciator L or R
switches ON
Associated instruments ..............................................Monitor
Avoid flight in icing conditions.

Prior to entering an area of known or suspected icing or if altitude/airspeed discrepancies

occur:
A/P & YD ....................................................................Couple to non-affected side
ADC (affected side) ....................................................REV

The following equipment may fail to operate satisfactorily:

L PITOT HTR FAIL: Left air data computer and associated displays, overspeed warnings,
150 KIAS gear warning horn.

R PITOT HTR FAIL: Right air data computer and associated displays, overspeed warnings,
150 KIAS gear warning horn and ESIS airspeed.
NOTE: The fault must be corrected before next flight.

VANE HEATER FAILURE

L VANE or
R VANE ICE
and
HTR FAIL HTR FAIL PROT

Avoid flight in icing conditions.

NOTES:
1. Accumulation of ice on the stall vanes may cause an intermittent stick shake.

2. The fault must be corrected before next flight.

Page 40 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
WINDSCREEN OVERHEAT

L SCREEN R SCREEN ICE

and/or and
OVHT OVHT PROT

SCREEN HEAT switch (affected side) ....................... OFF then ON

The warning will extinguish when the switch is turned OFF, but may recur either immediately or
subsequently when the switch is turned ON.

Leave the switch ON and continue in that condition if necessary. The relevant screen will be
controlled at a higher temperature than normal.

SIDESCREEN OVERHEAT

SIDE SCRN ICE

and
OVHT PROT

Left and Right SCREEN HEAT switches ................... OFF then ON, one at a time to
identify the overheating screen.
NOTE: Left SCREEN HEAT switch controls LH Windscreen + RH Sidescreen.
Right SCREEN HEAT switch controls RH Windscreen + LH Sidescreen.

If Any of the SCREEN OVHT or SIDE SCRN OVHT Warnings Persist or Are Repeated,
Leave the Relevant Switch in the ON Position.

WINDSCREEN DAMAGE

Cracks or other visible damage

SCREEN HEAT (affected side).................................. OFF

Avoid flight in icing conditions.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 41

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
ALTERNATOR FAILURE

ALTR 1 and/or ALTR 2 ICE

and
FAIL FAIL PROT

ALTERNATOR (affected side).................................OFF then ON

Warning Persists:
ALTERNATOR (affected side).................................OFF

NOTE: Both windscreens (A panels) will remain heated but both sidescreens (B panels) will
be unheated.

Warning Cancels:

No further action.

Page 42 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
AVIONICS
AFD FAILURE

In the event of any failures, the airplane should be flown by the pilot who has the fully operational
system, or the better system in the case of multiple failures.

Display reversion switch .............................................Select operative display

If all displays fail
Use Electronic Standby Instrument System.

AVIONICS SYSTEMS

Single ADC Failure

ADC circuit breakers ..................................................Check
(DA-A - E16, E17, F16 or F17)
ADC reversion switch .................................................Select operative ADC

• Mach trim will be inoperative.

• The autopilot will revert to and continue to function in basic roll/pitch modes.

• ADC comparators will be inoperative.

Dual ADC Failure

ADC circuit breakers ..................................................Check
(DA-A - E16, E17, F16 or F17)
Use Electronic Standby Instrument System and land at the nearest suitable airport.

• TCAS will be inoperative.

• Transponder Mode C will be inoperative.

• Autopilot and Yaw Damper will be inoperative.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 43

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Single AHRS Failure
AHRS circuit breakers ................................................Check
(DA-A - E18, E19, F18 or F19)
AHRS reversion switch...............................................Select operative AHRS

• The autopilot and yaw damper will disconnect and will no longer function.

• TCAS is functional, but relative bearing to the displayed targets may not be accurate.

• Weather radar stabilization will be inoperative.

• AHRS comparators will be inoperative.

Dual AHRS Failure

AHRS circuit breakers ................................................Check
(DA-A - E18, E19, F18 or F19)

Use Electronic Standby Instrument System and land at the nearest suitable airport.

• The autopilot and yaw damper will disconnect and will no longer function.

• TCAS is functional, but relative bearing to the displayed targets may not be accurate.

• Weather radar stabilization will be inoperative.

Single CDU Failure

CDU circuit breakers ..................................................Check (DA-A - E13, E14 or F13)
CDU reversion switch .................................................Select operative CDU

Dual CDU Failure

CDU circuit breakers ..................................................Check (DA-A - E13, E14 or F13)
EMERG RADIO..........................................................Select

NOTES:
1. Only VOR 1 and COMM 1 will be available and frequency tuning must be made using the
CTL-23 control.

2. The EMERG RADIO switch will only function if PE power is available.

CVR Fault (CVR Fault Annunciator Illuminated)

Correct prior to flight or before the next flight if annunciator illuminates during flight.

Page 44 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Single Audio System Failure
Audio switch (affected side)........................................ EMERG

Audio volume control is provided through the other crewmember’s audio panel.

Dual Audio System Failure

No in flight action.

Only Comm 1 audio is available through the headset. The boom microphone must be used as
the hand microphone will be inoperative. Aural warnings will be inoperative.

CAT II Malfunctions
Discontinue the CAT II approach when any of the following occur:
• Any comparator illuminates

• GS, LOC, ATT, FD or HDG flag appears on the PFD

• Mistrim annunciator

• Autopilot malfunction/disengagement below 1000 ft Radio Altitude

• Amber or red CAT II annunciation

Autopilot Mistrim Annunciation

Illumination of an amber boxed E (Elevator) or A (Aileron) annunciation on the PFDs indicate that
the autopilot is flying the airplane in a mistrimmed condition. If the mistrim indication continues
for more than a few seconds:

NOTE: Intentional or automatic free-stick disengagement of the autopilot into an annunciated

amber elevator mistrim indication will produce a significant airplane response in the
direction of the mistrim force.

If a continuous mistrim indication is presented, the pilot should brace the flight controls
and disconnect the autopilot. Upon disconnect, the pilot will experience a force of
between 15 and 20 pounds.

Re-engagement of the autopilot should not be attempted until the reason for the out
of trim state has been isolated and corrected, and the airplane has been returned to
a trimmed condition.

Flight controls ............................................................ Hold firmly

A/P.............................................................................Disengage
Retrim airplane if necessary
Fuel balance.............................................................. Check and balance as required
A/P.............................................................................As required

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 45

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Radio Equipment Failure

If power failure to individual radio system components is observed or suspected, power may be
regained by operation of the PE, PS1 and/or PS2 Avionics Master Bypass switches, located on
the DA-A circuit breaker panel, behind the co-pilot.

Each Bypass switch controls the following:

PE Bypass Switch PS1 Bypass Switch PS2 Bypass Switch

ADF 1 EGPWS Audio 2
Audio 1 HF 1 DME 2
CTL-23 PA System GPS 2
DME 1 Radar Transponder 2
VHF 1 Radar Altimeter VHF 2
VOR 1 SELCAL VOR 2
Transponder 1 TCAS

Fan Failure

FAN
FAIL
L R

Illumination indicates failure of the relevant fan providing cooling air to the pilot’s and/or co-pilot’s
PFD, MFD and controllers.

During Taxi

Correct prior to flight.

During Flight

No in-flight action is required.

Page 46 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
COMPARATORS

Miscompare Annunciators

Miscompare annunciators are displayed on the PFD to alert the pilots that redundant data from
dual systems is not agreeing within limits. Attitude, heading, altitude and airspeed data are
monitored full time. Full time comparators are provided for engine N1, N2 and ITT.

Miscompare annunciators are displayed in yellow, flash for 5 seconds initially and then remain
illuminated. The annunciators will extinguish when the miscompare condition is removed.

Two independent sources are required for each comparator function and the comparators are
disabled if ADC or AHRS reversion is selected or either side has failed.

If miscompare annunciations are observed, the crew should attempt to ascertain which system/
component is erroneous. Use of the Electronic Standby Instrument System may assist this
process. The applicable reversionary mode for ADC or AHRS will provide cross-side data for
display. No reversionary capability for engine miscompares is available.

HDG

This annunciation indicates a mismatch between the pilot’s and copilot’s displayed heading data.

Establish airplane in straight and level, unaccelerated flight.

Compare indications with the Electronic Standby Instrument System.
Determine if pilot’s or copilot’s heading display is in error.
Relevant AHRS Transfer switch .................................REV

PIT or ROL or ATT

This annunciation indicates a mismatch between the pilot’s and copilot’s displayed attitude data.

Establish airplane in straight and level, unaccelerated flight.

Compare indications with the Electronic Standby Instrument System.
Determine if pilot’s or copilot’s attitude display is in error.
Relevant AHRS Transfer switch .................................REV

ALT or IAS

This annunciation indicates a mismatch between the pilot’s and copilot’s displayed air data.

Establish airplane in straight and level, unaccelerated flight.

Compare indications with the Electronic Standby Instrument System.
Determine if pilot’s or copilot’s air data display is in error.
Relevant ADC Transfer switch ....................................REV

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 47

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
LOC

This annunciation indicates a mismatch between the pilot’s and copilot’s displayed localizer data.

Determine correct NAV source and select as necessary.

If unable to determine the correct source, proceed visually if able or execute a missed
approach.

GS

This annunciation indicates a mismatch between the pilot’s and copilot’s displayed glideslope
data.

Determine correct NAV source and select as necessary.

If unable to determine the correct source, proceed visually if able and either descend to
localizer only minimums or execute a missed approach.

FD

This annunciation indicates a mismatch between the pilot’s and copilot’s flight director data.

A/P & YD ....................................................................Disengage

Continue the approach visually if able. Otherwise:
Execute a missed approach.

N1 or N2 or ITT

This annunciation indicates a mismatch between the independent sources of engine data.

Thrust .........................................................................If flight conditions warrant, reduce

as required to maintain engine
within limits.

Use the DCP ENGINE button to cycle the displayed engine data between the sources to
aid in determining the erroneous source.

VSPD

This annunciation indicates a mismatch between the FMS-generated VSPEEDS posted to the
pilot’s and copilot’s PFD.

Determine the cause for the miscompare and correct. If unable to determine the cause,
manually post VSPEEDS to the PFD.

Page 48 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
No Compare Annunciators

No Compare annunciators are displayed on the PFD when compared parameters are valid, but
no valid data is being received from a second source allowing the comparators to function.

No Compare annunciators are displayed in white, flash for 5 seconds initially and then remain
illuminated. They are extinguished when the No Compare condition is removed.

No in-flight action is required.

No Compare
Comparator Function
Annunciations
Heading XAHS
Pitch XAHS
Roll XAHS
Pitch and Roll XAHS
Altitude XADC
Airspeed XADC
Left N1 or N2 or ITT ENG 1
Right N1 or N2 or ITT ENG 2

Crosstalk Fail

A yellow boxed XTLK flag appears above the location of the ATT and IAS comparator flags on
the PFD, and equivalent MFD location when applicable, when any flight display loses crosstalk
input from any other PFD or MFD. The yellow boxed XTLK will be removed when communication
is restored.

Displays that have been deselected by pilot reversion will not cause the yellow boxed XTLK flag
to come into view.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 49

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
EGPWS CAUTION

(GND PROX CAUTION ANNUNCIATION and/or ACTIVATION OF SINK RATE, or

DON’T SINK, or TOO LOW FLAPS, or TOO LOW GEAR, or TOO LOW TERRAIN, or
GLIDESLOPE, or CAUTION, TERRAIN or CAUTION, OBSTACLE AURAL ALERT)

SINK RATE................................................................ Monitor terrain clearance visually or

with terrain display and reduce sink
rate as necessary.
DON’T SINK .............................................................. Correct sink rate and continue take
off climb as required.
TOO LOW, GEAR...................................................... Extend landing gear or execute a
go-around.
TOO LOW, FLAPS ....................................................Extend flaps or execute a go-around
or select flap ovrd for an abnormal
configuration landing.
TOO LOW, TERRAIN or CAUTION,
TERRAIN or CAUTION, OBSTACLE ........................ Monitor terrain or obstacle
clearance visually or with terrain
display and reduce or stop sink rate
or climb as necessary.
GLIDESLOPE ............................................................ Correct flight path back to
glideslope centerline or select G/S
OVRD.

WINDSHEAR CAUTION

(WINDSHEAR CAUTION ANNUNCIATION and/or ACTIVATION OF WINDSHEAR

AURAL ALERT)

TAKE OFF ................................................................. Verify take-off thrust is set and

maintain take-off path attitude.
APPROACH...............................................................Consider a go-around. If approach
is continued, closely monitor
airspeed and glidepath and avoid
prolonged thrust reduction.

Page 50 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
EGPWS MODE FAILURE

(GPWS, WS or TERR) OR TERRAIN FAIL MESSAGE

GPWS........................................................................ One or more of the basic GPWS

modes (1-6) are inoperative and
some or all of the aural alerts and
visual warnings and cautions may
not be provided.
WS............................................................................. Windshear GPWS mode (7) is
inoperative and associated aural
alerts and visual warnings and
cautions may not be provided.
TERR......................................................................... Enhanced EGPWS TAD and/or TCF
mode is inoperative and associated
aural alerts and visual warnings and
cautions may not be provided.
TERRAIN FAIL .......................................................... Terrain display on MFD is
inoperative.

GPS-FMS DISAGREE OR GPS NOT AVAILABLE FMS MESSAGE

TERR INHIB .............................................................. Select

TCAS FAIL (PFD) or TCAS OFF (PFD) or TD FAIL (MFD)

TCAS circuit breaker ................................................. Check (DA-A, E8)

TCAS data is not being properly received by the PFD or MFD, or TCAS is selected OFF and the
TCAS display is enabled. Correct the failed item or select TCAS on.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.05 Page 51

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
MISCELLANEOUS
ENTRY DOOR UNLOCKED

ENT DOOR
UNLOCKED

WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO CHECK THE SECURITY OF THE CABIN ENTRY

DOOR DURING FLIGHT. REMAIN AS FAR FROM THE DOOR AS POSSIBLE
WITH SEAT BELTS SECURELY FASTENED.

Make sure all occupants have seat belts fastened and remain clear of the door.

Cabin notices .............................................................ON

Cabin differential pressure .........................................Reduce to lowest practical value
(zero preferred) by descending
and/or selecting higher cabin
altitude setting
(not to exceed 9000 ft)
Oxygen (crew & passenger).......................................As required
Mic selector ................................................................OXY-MIC (if required)

Land at the nearest suitable airport.

REAR BAY DOOR

REAR BAY
DOOR

In Flight - No action

On Ground - Check Rear Bay Door, Refueling Door and Toilet Service Door (if installed)

EMERGENCY LIGHTS NOT SELECTED (if installed)

EMRG LTS
NOT SLCT

EMRG lights ...............................................................AUTO

Page 52 Sub-section - 4.05 FAA Approved

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
SUB-SECTION 4.10
NORMAL PROCEDURES
Table of Contents
Page

Figure 4.10.1 - Recommended Walk-Around Pattern ........................2

EXTERNAL CHECKS ....................................................................................... 3
BEFORE START CHECKS .............................................................................. 3
START CHECKS .............................................................................................. 7
AFTER START CHECKS ................................................................................. 8
BEFORE TAKE-OFF CHECKS ........................................................................ 8
LINE UP CHECKS ............................................................................................ 9
AFTER TAKE-OFF CHECKS ........................................................................... 9
CLIMB CHECKS ............................................................................................... 9
CRUISE CHECKS ............................................................................................ 9
CABIN ALTITUDE SETTING FOR LANDING ................................................ 10
DESCENT CHECKS ....................................................................................... 10
APPROACH CHECKS .................................................................................... 11
LANDING CHECKS ........................................................................................ 11
MISSED APPROACH CHECKS .....................................................................11
AFTER LANDING CHECKS ........................................................................... 12
SHUT DOWN CHECKS .................................................................................. 12
LEAVING AIRPLANE (TERMINATING FLIGHT) CHECKS............................ 13
EGPWS PRE-FLIGHT CHECKS .................................................................... 14
TCAS CHECKS .............................................................................................. 15
BEFORE TAKE-OFF CHECKS .............................................................. 15
IN FLIGHT OPERATION ........................................................................ 15
CAT II CHECKS .............................................................................................. 18
ICING CONDITIONS ...................................................................................... 18
TAKEOFF and LANDING at AIRFIELDS ABOVE 9000 ft ELEVATION ......... 19
BEFORE START CHECKS .................................................................... 19
AFTER START CHECKS ....................................................................... 19
BEFORE TAKE-OFF CHECKS .............................................................. 19
AFTER TAKE-OFF CHECKS ................................................................. 20
DESCENT CHECKS............................................................................... 20
BEFORE LANDING CHECKS ................................................................ 21
AFTER LANDING CHECKS ................................................................... 21

FAA Approved Page 1

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
RECOMMENDED WALK-AROUND PATTERN

NOTE: Dashed lines indicate check areas underneath the airplane.

Figure 4.10.1

Page 2 Sub-section - 4.10 FAA Approved

NORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
EXTERNAL CHECKS

NOTE: If the airframe ice protection system is to be checked, it must be primed for at least 2
minutes prior to the walk-around checks.
All surfaces .................................................................. Free from snow, ice and frost -
see LIMITATIONS
Protective covers, blanks and plugs............................. Remove and stow
Engine, APU (if installed) and CAU ............................. Intake and exhaust ports clear
Landing gear................................................................ Extension normal - Check tires
brake and hoses
Landing gear locking pins (3)....................................... Remove
Nose wheel steering pin .............................................. Check
Nose gear doors .......................................................... Closed - Manual release secure
Nose tires..................................................................... Check condition
Static plates ................................................................. Free from dents, corrosion and
contaminants
Nose skin (forward of static plates).............................. Free from dents, paint bubbles and
sealant bulges
Avionics access doors ................................................. Correctly seated and secured
Fasteners and panels .................................................. All secure
Thrust reversers........................................................... Stowed
Thrust reverser safety pins (2) ..................................... Check removed
Engine oil ..................................................................... Check level
Engine nacelles and pylons ......................................... Undamaged - Free from oil, fuel, or
hydraulic leaks
Wing and Horizontal Tail .............................................. Check antice fluid distributed at
panels

BEFORE START CHECKS

Cabin ........................................................................... Check

Cabin overwing emergency exit locking pin ................. Check removed and stowed
REFUEL switches ........................................................ All OFF
Circuit breakers............................................................ Set
Safety equipment ......................................................... Check and stow
Pump handle................................................................ Stowed

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE GEAR OVRD BUTTON IS NOT PUSHED.

LANDING GEAR.......................................................... Selector down - Nose gear

indicator visible

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.10 Page 3

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Brakes ..........................................................................PARK
All trims ........................................................................Check and set
Thrust reverse levers....................................................Stow - POWER OFF
HP COCKS ..................................................................Close
LP COCKS...................................................................Levers up
X-FEED and TRANSFER ............................................Levers up
BATT ............................................................................ON - Check gear 3 greens
BATT ISOLATE.............................................................NORM
BUS TIE OPEN annunciator ........................................Check illuminated

NOTE: Any battery which does not indicate a minimum of 23 volts must be recharged or
replaced before flight.

Battery volts ................................................................Check all above 23

Fire extinguisher switches ............................................Off (2) Indicators clear (2)

NOTE: If the battery temperature is suspected to be below -10 °C, the engines should be dry
motored to warm the batteries before attempting a start.

CAUTION: VERIFY N1 ROTOR ROTATION PRIOR TO PLACING THE HP COCK TO ON.

CHECK THE OPERATING ANNUNCIATOR EXTINGUISHES AT

APPROXIMATELY 45% N2 RPM.

IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCUR, ABORT THE START BY

IMMEDIATELY CLOSING THE HP COCK, THEN PUSH THE PWR ON PUSH
FOR ABORT SWITCH:

• NO LIGHT-OFF WITHIN 10 SECONDS OF OPENING THE HP COCK.

• ITT RAPIDLY APPROACHES 978 °C.
• IDLE RPM (APPROXIMATELY 27% N1 WITH 48-67% N2) NOT REACHED BY 50
SECONDS AFTER LIGHT-OFF.

• OIL LO PRESS ANNUNCIATOR NOT EXTINGUISHED BEFORE IDLE RPM.

• N1 OR N2 STOPS INCREASING BEFORE REACHING IDLE RPM.

Page 4 Sub-section - 4.10 FAA Approved

NORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

External or APU (if installed) Power Battery Power

EXT PWR ........................... As required EXT PWR............................OFF

EXT BATT CHG .................. Off TEST Panel.........................Test ENG FIRE
APU (if installed)................. Start 1&2
BEACON .............................ON
R PUMP ..............................ON
NOTE: For APU operation, refer to
ENG CMPTER 2 .................AUTO
Section 7 - STC supplement.
No. 2 MAIN AIR VLV ...........CLOSE
START PWR........................ON
No. 2 Engine .......................Push
OPERATING
START PWR........................OFF

BUS TIE (if EXT PWR OFF)........................................ CLOSE

STBY INV .................................................................... ARM - Check XE Volts
Inverters ...................................................................... ON and check
Air conditioning............................................................ As required
Electronic Standby Instrument System (ESIS)............ On - Remain static for 3 minutes
Radio 1 & 2 Masters.................................................... ON
PASSENGER SUPPLY Oxygen .................................. ON
OXYGEN ..................................................................... SUPPLY ON - Check contents
LH mask and microphone ........................................... Check
LH side panels ............................................................ Check
CABIN HIGH DATUM .................................................. As required
EGPWS switches ........................................................ Deselected
MWS .......................................................................... TEST - DIM OVRD to NORM
AHRS Mode (L & R) .................................................... NORM
Transfer switches (L & R) ............................................ Extinguished
AUX HYD SYSTEM handle ......................................... Fully in
DUMP VALVE .............................................................. SHUT
BARO PRESS (L & R)................................................. As required
CAT II........................................................................... DISABLE
Pressurization ............................................................. Set
RH side panels ............................................................ Check
RH mask and microphone........................................... Check
Glareshield .................................................................. Check

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.10 Page 5

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

External or APU (if installed) Power No. 2 Engine Running

OVERHEAD TEST OVERHEAD TEST

Panel............................Test all functions Panel....................... Test all functions except
ENG FIRE 1 & 2

Roof panel....................................................................Check
Autopilot/Yaw Damper ..................................................Check
Electric Trim .................................................................Test
FMS, Navaids and V bugs............................................Set
N1REF ...........................................................................Set
Altimeters (3)................................................................Set and checked
Electronic Standby Instrument System (ESIS) ............Check - No failure flags
Briefing.........................................................................Given
Cabin notices ...............................................................On
EMERG lights ..............................................................ARM

Page 6 Sub-section - 4.10 FAA Approved

NORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
START CHECKS

Brakes ......................................................................... PARK

BEACON ..................................................................... On
ENG CMPTERs .......................................................... AUTO
Fuel pumps ................................................................. ON
START PWR................................................................ ON
NOTE: During start, there may be a slow or erratic indication of fuel flow.

CAUTION: VERIFY N1 ROTOR ROTATION PRIOR TO PLACING THE HP COCK TO ON.

CHECK THE OPERATING ANNUNCIATOR EXTINGUISHES AT

APPROXIMATELY 45% N2 RPM.

IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCUR, ABORT THE START BY

IMMEDIATELY CLOSING THE HP COCK, THEN PUSH THE PWR ON PUSH
FOR ABORT SWITCH:

• NO LIGHT-OFF WITHIN 10 SECONDS OF OPENING THE HP COCK.

• ITT RAPIDLY APPROACHES 978 °C.

• IDLE RPM (APPROXIMATELY 27% N1 WITH 48-67% N2) NOT REACHED BY 50

SECONDS AFTER LIGHT-OFF.

• OIL LO PRESS ANNUNCIATOR NOT EXTINGUISHED BEFORE IDLE RPM.

• N1 OR N2 STOPS INCREASING BEFORE REACHING IDLE RPM.

No. 2 Engine (if not already running)........................... Push OPERATING

No. 1 Engine................................................................ Push OPERATING

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.10 Page 7

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
AFTER START CHECKS

START PWR ................................................................Off

EXT PWR (if used).......................................................Disconnect and OFF
Generators 1 & 2..........................................................Check on line
APU GEN (if APU installed) .........................................TRIP
Volts and Amps ............................................................Check

NOTE: If APU is installed and air is being used for air conditioning, the MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2
should be selected CLOSED.

Air conditioning ............................................................As required

ALTERNATORS............................................................ON
Heaters ........................................................................ON
PITOT AMPS................................................................Check
ENG ANTICE ...............................................................As required
AIR BRAKES ...............................................................SHUT
APR..............................................................................Test

BEFORE TAKE-OFF CHECKS

Brakes ..........................................................................Check
CVR .............................................................................Test
Instruments ..................................................................Check
THRUST REVERSERS ...............................................ARM
ENG CMPTER, RUDDER BIAS & T/R ........................Check
FLAPS..........................................................................Set
Seats and Harnesses ..................................................Secure
Windows ......................................................................Closed
Briefing.........................................................................Review
BATT AMPS .................................................................Below 20
Fuel ..............................................................................Check quantity and balance
FMS .............................................................................Check

TCAS ...........................................................................Test

NOTE: For APU operation, refer to Section 7 - STC supplement.

APU (if installed) ..........................................................As required

Page 8 Sub-section - 4.10 FAA Approved

NORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
LINE UP CHECKS

EXTERIOR LIGHTS ................................................... As required

TCAS ........................................................................... TA/RA
Flying controls.............................................................. Full and free movement
ANTICE and ENG IGNITION....................................... As required
MWS ............................................................................ Check
FATS ............................................................................ Check - FLAPS, Airbrakes, Trims
and VSPEEDS
APR ............................................................................ ARM

AFTER TAKE-OFF CHECKS

NOTE: The recommended airspeed for flight in turbulent conditions is 230 KIAS/0.70 Mach.

LANDING GEAR.......................................................... Up
MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2 .................................................. OPEN
Yaw damper ................................................................. Engage
FLAPS ......................................................................... Up
APR ............................................................................. Disarm
ENG SYNC .................................................................. N1 or N2
ANTICE and ENG IGNITION....................................... As required

CLIMB CHECKS

Altimeters..................................................................... Set and checked

EXTERIOR LIGHTS .................................................... As required
Cabin notices ............................................................... As required
Pressurization .............................................................. Check
OXYGEN...................................................................... Check contents

CRUISE CHECKS

Pressurization .............................................................. Check

OXYGEN...................................................................... Check contents
ANTICE and ENG IGNITION....................................... As required
Systems ....................................................................... Check and monitor

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.10 Page 9

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
CABIN ALTITUDE SETTING FOR LANDING
(Apply setting correction to field pressure altitude)

QNH - mb or HPa 970 975 980 985 990 995 1000

in Hg 28.64 28.79 28.94 29.09 29.23 29.38 29.53
Correction - ft +1500 +1350 +1250 +1100 +950 +800 +650

QNH - mb or HPa 1005 1010 1015 1020 1025 1030 1035

in Hg 29.68 29.82 29.97 30.12 30.27 30.41 30.56
Correction - ft +550 +400 +250 +100 0 -150 -300

Landing Reference Speed (VREF) UP TO Maximum Landing Weight

17,000 lb 18,000 lb 19,000 lb 20,000 lb 21,000 lb 22,000 lb 23,000 lb 23,350 lb

Weight
7711 kg 8165 kg 8618 kg 9072 kg 9525 kg 9979 kg 10,433 kg 10,591 kg
VREF
108 111 114 118 121 123 126 127
KIAS

Landing Reference Speed (VREF) ABOVE Maximum Landing Weight

24,000 lb 25,000 lb 26,000 lb 27,000 lb 28,000 lb

Weight
10,886 kg 11,340 kg 11,793 kg 12,247 kg 12,701 kg
VREF
129 131 134 136 137
KIAS

Minimum Single Engine VREF = 111 KIAS

Icing ..................................Use VREF + 10
No Flap .............................Use VREF + 15
Icing/No Flap.....................Use VREF + 30

DESCENT CHECKS

MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2 ..................................................OPEN

Pressurization ..............................................................Set
Briefing.........................................................................Given

Page 10 Sub-section - 4.10 FAA Approved

NORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
APPROACH CHECKS

Altimeters..................................................................... Set and checked

F/DK VLV ..................................................................... CLOSE
EXTERIOR LIGHTS .................................................... As required
Cabin notices............................................................... On
Seats and harnesses................................................... Secure
Nosewheel steering ..................................................... Handwheel clear
Fuel ............................................................................. Check quantity and balance

NOTE: When set through the FMS, VAPP is automatically set at VREF +10. If desired, VAPP can
be set to another value through the REFs menu on the PFD.

VREF/VAPP/Landing distance ....................................... Set and computed

CAT II checks............................................................... As required

LANDING CHECKS

NOTE: If icing conditions exist, or if ice has formed on the unprotected parts of the airframe
prior to approach, add 10 KIAS to the normal approach and landing speeds. Landing
distance is increased by 15%.

AIR BRAKES ............................................................... SHUT

APR ............................................................................. ARM
LANDING GEAR ......................................................... Down
Nosewheel steering ..................................................... Centered
ENG SYNC.................................................................. OFF
Altimeters..................................................................... Set and checked
FLAPS ......................................................................... Set
MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2 .................................................. CLOSE
AP & YD ...................................................................... Disengage

MISSED APPROACH CHECKS

Thrust .......................................................................... As required

FLAPS ......................................................................... Retract to 15°
Pitch Attitude ............................................................... 12°
Airspeed ...................................................................... VREF minimum or VREF + 10 KIAS
minimum if FLAPS retracted
LANDING GEAR ......................................................... Up

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.10 Page 11

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
AFTER LANDING CHECKS

AIR BRAKES ...............................................................SHUT

FLAPS..........................................................................Up
Exterior lights ...............................................................As required
PITOT/VANE HEAT L & R ............................................OFF
ANTICE........................................................................As required
APR..............................................................................Disarm
Transponder .................................................................STANDBY

WARNING: DO NOT USE RADAR IN THE VICINITY OF GROUND PERSONNEL.

A HAZARDOUS AREA EXTENDS UP TO 2 FEET IN FRONT OF THE RADAR
DISH.

RADAR.........................................................................STANDBY

NOTE: For APU operation, refer to Section 7 - STC supplement.

APU (if installed) ..........................................................As required

Air conditioning ............................................................As required

SHUT DOWN CHECKS

Only the SHUT DOWN CHECKS need to be completed for a short turnaround. Before
the subsequent take-off, go to BEFORE START CHECKS, ignoring EXTERNAL and
INTERNAL CHECKS.

NOTE: Close the HP COCKS after a minimum of 3 minutes at idle RPM, including taxi
time.

Both engines and Both engines running and

APU (if installed) running APU (if installed) not running

Brakes ................................ PARK Brakes ................................ PARK

THRUST REVERSERS ...... OFF THRUST REVERSERS ...... OFF
EMERG LIGHTS ................ OFF EMERG LIGHTS ................ OFF
HP COCKS......................... Close No. 1 MAIN AIR VLV........... CLOSE
Fuel pumps......................... OFF No. 1 HP COCK.................. Close
ENG CMPTERS ................. OFF No. 1 Fuel pump ................. OFF
BEACON ............................ OFF No. 1 ENG CMPTER .......... OFF
Cabin notices...................... As required Cabin notices...................... As required
GEN FAIL 1 & 2 GEN 1 FAIL annunciator..... Illuminated
annunciators ....................... illuminated SCREEN HEAT &
SCREEN HEAT & ALTERNATORS .................. OFF
ALTERNATORS .................. OFF

Page 12 Sub-section - 4.10 FAA Approved

NORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
LEAVING AIRPLANE (TERMINATING FLIGHT) CHECKS

If the LEAVING AIRPLANE (TERMINATING FLIGHT) CHECKS are completed, the

EXTERNAL and INTERNAL CHECKS should be completed before the next flight.

With APU (if installed) only running With No. 2 engine only running

RADIO 1 & 2 Masters .........OFF RADIO 1 & 2 Masters .........OFF

Electronic Standby Electronic Standby
Instrument System Instrument System
(ESIS) .................................Disarm (ESIS) .................................Disarm
NOTE: For APU operation, refer to No. 2 MAIN AIR VLV ...........CLOSE
Section 7 - STC supplement. STBY INV............................OFF
APU (if installed) .................Shut Down No. 2 HP COCK ..................Close
STBY INV............................OFF No. 2 Fuel pump..................OFF
EXTERIOR & No. 2 ENG CMPTER...........OFF
INTERIOR LIGHTS .............OFF GEN 2 FAIL annunciator .....Illuminated
Flying Controls ....................Locked BEACON .............................OFF
OXYGEN SUPPLY ..............OFF EXTERIOR &
INTERIOR LIGHTS .............OFF
BATT ...................................OFF
VESTIBULE LIGHT.............OFF Flying Controls ....................Locked
OXYGEN SUPPLY ..............OFF
BATT ...................................OFF
VESTIBULE LIGHT.............OFF

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.10 Page 13

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
EGPWS PRE-FLIGHT CHECKS

Pilot’s & Copilot’s PFDs and MFDs ..............................Terrain enabled

NOTES:
1. Prior to initiating the self test, make sure PS1, PS2, PE, XS1, XS2 and XE busses are
powered.

2. Aural volume during the test is approximately 6dB lower than the actual volume during
a warning.

3. Holding the test switch for greater than 2 seconds will initiate an expanded self test.

EGPWS TEST ............................................................Push for less than 2 seconds

Verify the following

(a) The cyan TERR TEST message is displayed on the MFDs and PFDs.

(b) The yellow GPWS message is momentarily displayed on the PFDs.

The yellow WS message is momentarily displayed on the PFDs.
The yellow TERR message is momentarily displayed on the PFDs with an amber
TERRAIN FAIL message momentarily displayed on the MFDs and PFDs.
All fail messages are removed.

(c) The amber GND PROX message is displayed on the PFDs.

(d) The aural "GLIDESLOPE" message is announced.

(e) The amber GND PROX message is removed from the PFDs.

(f) The amber GS INHIBIT PBA is momentarily turned on.

(g) The red PULL UP message is displayed on the PFDs.

(h) An aural "PULL UP" message is announced.

(i) The red PULL UP message is removed from the PFDs.

(j) The red WINDSHEAR message is displayed on the PFDs.

(k) The aural siren, with "WINDSHEAR WINDSHEAR WINDSHEAR" message is announced.

(l) The red WINDSHEAR message is removed from the PFDs.

(m) The amber WINDSHEAR message is displayed momentarily on the PFDs.

(n) The Terrain Display Self Test Pattern is displayed on the MFDs and PFDs.

(o) The red PULL UP message is displayed on the PFDs.

(p) The aural "TERRAIN TERRAIN PULL UP" message is announced.

Page 14 Sub-section - 4.10 FAA Approved

NORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
(q) The red PULL UP message is removed from the PFDs.

(r) The GND PROX message is displayed momentarily on the PFDs.

(s) The Terrain Display Self Test Pattern turns off after several sweeps of the terrain display.

(t) The TERR TEST message is removed from the MFDs and PFDs.

TCAS CHECKS

BEFORE TAKE-OFF CHECKS

TCAS........................................................................... TEST

NOTE: The transponder and altitude reporting must be on for the TCAS system to properly test
and function. Upon completion of the test mode, a properly functioning TCAS will issue
an aural alert of TCAS SYSTEM TEST OK.
Selection of the TCAS test in flight will inhibit TCAS operation for approximately 10 seconds.

TCAS Traffic display .................................................... AS REQUIRED

TCAS Altitude limits .................................................... AS REQUIRED

IN FLIGHT OPERATION

1. Selection of TA or TA/RA will respectively provide aural traffic advisories or aural traffic
advisories and aural and visual conflict resolution advisories regardless of PFD or MFD
display formats. The visual RA is provided on the PFD vertical speed scale by green and red
bands depicting acceptable and forbidden commanded vertical speed ranges.

2. TCAS traffic can be displayed on the MFD utilizing the TCAS only display or as an overlay on
compatible map formats. As a minimum, Traffic Advisory (TA), depicted by solid yellow circles
and Resolution Advisory (RA), depicted by solid red squares, can be displayed by selecting
TCAS data for display on the MFD using the TFC legend button on the MFD.

3. The display can be tailored as desired utilizing the traffic select and ALT LIMITS on the TCAS
page and the display range selection on the DCP. Selection of TRAFFIC to ON will present
additional targets outside the TA/RA envelope as defined by the altitude limit (ALT LIMITS)
selection.

The ALT LIMITS allows selection of NORM (traffic located ±2700 ft of your altitude) and
ABOVE (traffic located from 2700 ft below to 9900 ft above your altitude) and BELOW (traffic
located from 2700 ft above to 9900 ft below your altitude). ABOVE and BELOW can be
selected together to provide coverage of ±9900 ft of your altitude. The range of the display can
be changed to provide optimum depiction of traffic targets based on current airplane speed.

4. Traffic Advisory (TA) aural alerts are inhibited below 600 ft AGL in a climb and 400 ft AGL in a
descent. Visual TA (TRAFFIC) messages will continue to be issued.

5. Resolution Advisories (RA) are inhibited below 1100 ft AGL in a climb and 900 ft AGL in a
descent, (a TA ONLY message will be presented under these conditions). Increased climb RAs
are inhibited with FLAPS DN.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.10 Page 15

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
6. The pilot should not initiate evasive maneuvers using information from the traffic display only
or on a Traffic Advisory (TA) only without visually sighting the traffic. These displays and
advisories are intended only for assistance in visually locating the traffic and lack the flight
path trend necessary for use in evasive maneuvering.

However, while climbing or descending, modest changes in vertical speed based on traffic
display information are not considered evasive maneuvering.

7. Compliance with a TCAS Resolution Advisory is accomplished by changing vertical speed

(thrust/airplane configuration) as required to comply with guidance presented by the PFD
vertical speed indicator.

The TCAS II RA algorithms are based on the pilot initiating the initial 0.25g incremental
maneuver within approximately 5 seconds, and within approximately 2.5 seconds if an
individual corrective RA increase or reverse is issued. The reversal is based on a 0.5g
incremental maneuver.

8. Compliance with a TCAS RA is necessary unless the pilot considers it is unsafe to do so, or
unless the pilot has better information about the cause of the RA and can maintain safe
separation (visual acquisition of and safe separation from a nearby aircraft, obvious TCAS II
system failure, etc.)

WARNING: NONCOMPLIANCE WITH A CROSSING RA BY ONE AIRPLANE MAY RESULT

IN REDUCED VERTICAL SEPARATION; THEREFORE SAFE HORIZONTAL
SEPARATION MUST ALSO BE ASSURED BY VISUAL MEANS.

ONCE A NONCROSSING RA HAS BEEN ISSUED, SAFE OPERATION COULD

BE COMPROMISED IF CURRENT VERTICAL SPEED IS CHANGED, EXCEPT
AS NECESSARY TO COMPLY WITH THE RA.

THIS IS BECAUSE TCAS TO TCAS COORDINATION MAY BE IN PROGRESS

WITH THE INTRUDER AIRPLANE, AND ANY CHANGE IN VERTICAL SPEED
THAT DOES NOT COMPLY WITH THE RA MAY NEGATE THE EFFECTIVENESS
OF THE OTHER AIRCRAFT’S COMPLIANCE WITH ITS RA.

NOTE: The consequence of not following an RA may result in additional RAs in which aural
alert and visual annunciations may not agree with each other.

Page 16 Sub-section - 4.10 FAA Approved

NORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
9. A Go-Around procedure should be executed if a CLIMB RA is issued with the airplane in a
landing configuration. Certain climb RAs are inhibited with the FLAPS fully extended. By
reconfiguring the airplane, the TCAS will have greater flexibility in resolving any conflict.

Care has been taken to make sure of airplane capability to comply with issued RAs under
most normal circumstances. Because of the limited number of inputs to TCAS II for
performance inhibits, in some instances where inhibiting RAs may be appropriate it is not
possible to do so.

In these cases, TCAS II may command maneuvers that may significantly reduce stall
margins or result in stall warning. Therefore, the stall warning stick shaker must be respected
when following an RA.

Conditions where this may occur include:

• Bank angle in excess of 15°

• One engine inoperative

• Abnormal configuration such as landing gear not retractable

• Leaving the airplane in inappropriate configurations when the CLIMB RA occurs

• Operations at airports outside 0 to 5300 ft MSL or temperatures outside of ISA ±27.8°C

• Speeds below normal operating speeds

• Buffet margin less than 0.3g

10. Evasive maneuvering must be limited to the minimum required to comply with the RA.
Excessive responses to RAs are not desirable or appropriate because of other potential
traffic and ATC consequences. From level flight, proper response to an RA typically results
in an altitude deviation of 300 to 500 ft in order to successfully resolve a traffic conflict.

11. Preventative advisories are also posted after a corrective advisory has been satisfied and the
TCAS II airplane is projected to have adequate altitude separation. The corrective RA is said
to soften, indicating that a gradual return to the original flight path or clearance is allowed.

As the corrective advisory softens to a preventative advisory, the green arc is removed, the
magnitude of the red arc decreased and MONITOR VERTICAL SPEED is announced. The
new preventative RA restricts the rate (vertical speed) the pilot may use in returning to the
original flight path.

The RA may soften several times before CLEAR OF CONFLICT; MONITOR VERTICAL
SPEED will be announced only after the initial downgrading of the corrective RA. Utilizing the
softening advisory will greatly reduce the ultimate deviation caused by the original corrective
resolution advisory.

12. Following a TCAS II CLEAR OF CONFLICT advisory, the pilot should expeditiously return to
the applicable ATC clearance unless otherwise directed by ATC.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.10 Page 17

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
CAT II CHECKS

Approach Checks (Before Localizer Capture)

Reversion/sensor switches...........................................Normal/Green
Active NAV Source ......................................................LOC 1 (pilot) - LOC 2 (copilot)
Localizer Frequency (both) ..........................................Select and identify
Localizer course (both) ................................................Set
DH (both) .....................................................................Set to Radar Altitude
CAT II Select ................................................................Enable
When Ready To Capture Localizer
Flight Guidance............................................................Arm APP
Autopilot .......................................................................Engaged
When Ready To Capture Glideslope
PFD (both) ...................................................................CAT II annunciated green

ICING CONDITIONS

ENG IGN 1...................................................................ON

ENG IGN 2...................................................................ON
ENG ANTICE 1 ............................................................ON
ENG ANTICE 2 ............................................................ON

NOTES:
1. The airframe system should be maintained fully primed by selecting the timer on for 30
seconds at the start of climb, for 2 minutes at the top of descent and if icing conditions
are expected, preferably for 2 minutes prior to entering icing conditions.

2. When icing conditions prevail, a further period of operation should be selected prior to
the timer reaching zero.

WING/TAIL ANTICE .....................................................Select before entering icing and set

for 10 minutes

NOTE: This is a recommended airspeed. If it is necessary to fly at another airspeed, it may

be adjusted to within the chart shown in the Pilot’s Operating Manual, Section V, Sub-
section 2, Figure 2.

Airspeed.......................................................................230 KIAS Recommended

Page 18 Sub-section - 4.10 FAA Approved

NORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
TAKEOFF and LANDING at AIRFIELDS ABOVE 9000 ft FIELD PRESSURE ALTITUDE

BEFORE START CHECKS

CABIN HI DATUM ............................................ Select

DUMP VALVE ................................................... Check - SHUT

GROUND PRESS TEST VALVE ..................... Check - NORMAL FLIGHT position

MANUAL CABIN ALTITUDE CONTROL ......... Check - Full DECREASE position

F/DK VLV .......................................................... CLOSE

FLOOD ............................................................. CLOSE

FAN................................................................... NORM

PRESSN........................................................... AUTO

MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2 ....................................... Check - CLOSE

MAIN AIR VLV 1 & 2 annunciators .................. Extinguished

CABIN TEMP selector ...................................... Set to the required temperature on the AUTO
scale

CABIN CONTROLLER knob ........................... Set the CABIN ALT at the maximum value

RATE knob ....................................................... Set at mid range

AFTER START CHECKS

If Air Circulation Is Required

MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2 ....................................... Select OPEN

MAIN AIR VLV 1 & 2 annunciators .................. Illuminated

Adjust the temperature selector as required. The F/DK VLV can be used for rapid heating of the
flight deck.

BEFORE TAKE-OFF CHECKS

MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2 ....................................... CLOSE

MAIN AIR VLV 1 & 2 annunciators .................. Extinguished

F/DK VLV .......................................................... CLOSE

PRESSN .......................................................... AUTO

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.10 Page 19

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
AFTER TAKE-OFF CHECKS

MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2 ...................................... OPEN

MAIN AIR VLV 1 & 2 annunciators ................... Extinguished

DUCT OVHT annunciator................................. Extinguished

When Established In The Climb

CABIN CONTROLLER..................................... Set the ACFT ALT to cruise altitude

+ 2000 ft.

RATE knob ....................................................... Set desired rate of descent not to

exceed 300 ft/minute

Once The Cabin Pressure Altitude Drops Below 8500 ft

CABIN HI-DATUM ............................................ De-select

NOTE: CABIN HI DATUM must be de-selected by the time the airplane has reached an altitude
of 25,000 ft.

DESCENT CHECKS

Start Of Descent

CABIN PRESSURE CONTROL ....................... Set to 10,000 ft

CABIN HI-DATUM ............................................ Select

RATE knob ....................................................... Adjust to give the desired rate of climb

Page 20 Sub-section - 4.10 FAA Approved

NORMAL PROCEDURES Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
BEFORE LANDING CHECKS

Apply the correction given in the following table for the appropriate QNH to the field pressure
pressure altitude, then set that value on the CABIN ALT scale of the pressure controller.

QNH - mb 960 965 970 975 980 985 990

QNH - in Hg 28.36 28.51 28.64 28.79 28.94 29.09 29.23
Correction in ft +1750 +1650 +1500 +1350 +1250 +1100 +950

QNH - mb 995 1000 1005 1010 1015 1020 1025

QNH - in Hg 29.38 29.53 29.68 29.82 29.97 30.12 30.27
Correction in ft +800 +650 +550 +400 +250 +150 0

QNH - mb 1030 1035 1040 1045 1050

QNH - in Hg 30.41 30.56 30.92 31.07 31.22
Correction in ft -150 -300 -450 -550 -700

NOTE: If the corrected field pressure altitude is greater then 10,000 ft, set the cabin pressure
controller to 10,000 ft.

Pressurization ............................................................. Set

Prior to 250 ft AGL:

MAIN AIR VLVs 1 & 2 ................................................. CLOSE
F/DK VLV..................................................................... CLOSE

NOTE: If necessary, open the Dump Valve slowly, so as to make sure zero differential pressure
prior to touchdown.

Cabin differential pressure .......................................... 0 psi

DUMP VALVE .............................................................. As required

AFTER LANDING CHECKS

DUMP VALVE (if open)................................................ CLOSE

FAA Approved Sub-section - 4.10 Page 21

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NORMAL PROCEDURES
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE

PERFORMANCE IS PRESENTED IN THIS SECTION FOR CONDITIONS WHICH MAY

EXCEED APPROVED LIMITATIONS.

ALWAYS CONSULT SECTION - 2 FOR AIRPLANE LIMITATIONS.

This Section is divided into the following Sub-sections:

5.05 ..................................................General

5.10 ..................................................Operating Speeds

5.15 ..................................................Take-Off WAT Data

5.20 ..................................................Take-Off Field Length, APR ON

5.25 ..................................................Net Take-Off Flight Path, APR ON

5.30 ..................................................Take-Off Field Length, DE-RATE

5.35 ..................................................Net Take-Off Flight Path, DE-RATE

5.40 ..................................................En-Route Data

5.45 ..................................................Landing WAT Data

5.50 ..................................................Landing Field Lengths

5.55 ..................................................Gross Performance

Take-off performance is given for two flap positions and is identified by a stated flap setting
and the following colors.

Green paper .....................................Take-Off Flaps 15°

Pink paper ........................................Take-Off Flaps 0°

White paper......................................Charts which are common to both take-off flap settings

or for flight regimes other than take-off.

FAA Approved Page 1

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 2 Section - 5 FAA Approved

PERFORMANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
SUB-SECTION 5.05
GENERAL
Table of Contents
Page

INTRODUCTION................................................................................................ 5
Standard Condition of Airplane ................................................................... 5
Procedures and Information ........................................................................ 5
Performance................................................................................................ 5
CONFIGURATION ............................................................................................. 6
Normal Take-off Thrust ............................................................................... 6
Maximum (APR) Thrust............................................................................... 6
Figure 5.05.1 -TAKE- OFF REFERENCE N 1% Part 1 of 2 -
CABIN AIR OFF - ENGINE ANTICE OFF .......................... 7
Figure 5.05.1 - Continued -TAKE-OFF REFERENCE N 1% Part 2 of 2 -
CABIN AIR OFF - ENGINE ANTICE OFF .......................... 8
Figure 5.05.2 -TAKE-OFF REFERENCE N 1%
CABIN AIR OFF - ENGINE ANTICE ON ............................ 9
Maximum Continuous Thrust .................................................................... 10
Maximum Continuous Thrust (MCT) Single Engine .................................. 10
Figure 5.05.3 - MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS THRUST RATING
EN-ROUTE REFERENCE N1%
CABIN AIR ON - ENGINE ANTICE OFF .......................... 11
Figure 5.05.4 - MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS THRUST RATING
EN-ROUTE REFERENCE N1%
CABIN AIR ON - ENGINE ANTICE ON ............................ 12
Air Conditioning ......................................................................................... 13
Engine Intake Ice Protection ..................................................................... 13
Landing Gear............................................................................................. 13
Air Brakes.................................................................................................. 13
Thrust Reversers....................................................................................... 13
Flap Settings ............................................................................................. 13
DEFINITIONS................................................................................................... 14
Gross Performance ................................................................................... 14
Net Performance ....................................................................................... 14
Altitudes..................................................................................................... 14
Reference Humidity................................................................................... 14
Air Temperature ........................................................................................ 14
Airspeeds .................................................................................................. 14
Paved Runway/Hard Runway ................................................................... 14

FAA Approved Page 1

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Page

Wet Runway.............................................................................................. 15
Climb Gradient .......................................................................................... 15
FLIGHT IN ICING CONDITIONS ..................................................................... 15
WIND COMPONENT/CROSSWIND................................................................ 15
Operation In High Surface Winds.............................................................. 15
Maximum Demonstrated Crosswind ......................................................... 15
Critical Engine ........................................................................................... 15
Figure 5.05.5 - WIND COMPONENT ....................................................... 16
STALLS............................................................................................................ 17
Figure 5.05.6 - POWER OFF STALLING SPEEDS.................................. 17
MANEUVERING AT HIGH ALTITUDES .......................................................... 18
Figure 5.05.7 - BUFFET BOUNDARY ...................................................... 18
NOISE CERTIFICATION ................................................................................. 19
General ..................................................................................................... 19
Noise Abatement Procedures ................................................................... 19
Minimum Recommended N1 For Noise Abatement Climb ........................ 19
Figure 5.05.8 - MINIMUM RECOMMENDED N1 FOR
NOISE ABATEMENT CLIMB ............................................ 20
Associated Conditions............................................................................... 21
Instructions for Use of Charts.................................................................... 21
POSITION ERROR CORRECTIONS .............................................................. 21
Airspeed Correction Take-off Ground Roll ................................................ 21
Position and Compressibility Error Correction To
Airspeed Indicator ..................................................................................... 22
Position and Compressibility Error Correction To
ESIS Airspeed........................................................................................... 22
Static Position Error Correction To Altimeter Below 29,000 ft................... 22
Static Position Error Correction to ESIS Altitude....................................... 22
Correction To Indicated Mach Number ..................................................... 22
Correction to Outside Air Thermometer .................................................... 22
Figure 5.05.8A - AIRSPEED CORRECTION
TAKE-OFF GROUND ROLL Flaps UP and 15° ............. 23
Figure 5.05.9 - POSITION AND COMPRESSIBILITY ERROR
CORRECTION TO AIRSPEED INDICATOR .................... 24
Figure 5.05.10 - POSITION AND COMPRESSIBILITY ERROR
CORRECTION TO ESIS Airspeed ................................. 25
Figure 5.05.11 - STATIC POSITION ERROR CORRECTION TO
ALTIMETER BELOW 29,000 FT.....................................26

Page 2 Sub-section - 5.05 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Page

Figure 5.05.11A - STATIC POSITION ERROR CORRECTION TO

ALTIMETER 29,000 FT and ABOVE............................27
Figure 5.05.12 - STATIC POSITION ERROR CORRECTION TO
ESIS ALTITUDE .............................................................28
Figure 5.05.13 - CORRECTION TO
INDICATED MACH NUMBER ........................................29
Figure 5.05.14 - CORRECTION TO
OUTSIDE AIR THERMOMETER ...................................30
CONVERSION FACTORS........................................................................31
Figure 5.05.15 - °C - °F CONVERSION ...................................................32
Figure 5.05.16 - ISA TEMPERATURES ...................................................33
Figure 5.05.17 - WEIGHT CONVERSION................................................34
Figure 5.05.18 - METERS - FEET CONVERSION...................................35

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.05 Page 3

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 4 Sub-section - 5.05 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
INTRODUCTION

This Sub-section contains performance information necessary for operation in compliance with
applicable performance requirements, data required by applicable noise regulations and other
information essential for implementing special operational requirements.

Standard Condition of Airplane

The performance information given in this Section 5 relates to an average airplane as described
in Section 1, powered by two approved turbo-fan engines listed in Section 2 of this Airplane Flight
Manual.

The surface finish should be average gloss with condition and fit of joints, panels, anticing
equipment, doors and other externally mounted items being generally good.

The approved flap settings are listed under CONFIGURATION in this Sub-section 5.05.

Procedures and Information

Details of the airplane procedures essential to achieve the performance standard of this Section
for normal and abnormal operations are given in Section 4 Abnormal/Normal Procedures.

Performance
The performance applies to an airplane equipped with two Allied-Signal Engines TFE731-5BR-
1H and equipped with an Automatic Power Reserve system (APR) and in the configurations
which are stated in the following information. The basic configuration is shown in Figure 1.1,
Section 1.

The take-off performance information in this Section is not valid unless the Automatic Power
Reserve system (APR) is operative and armed for take-off.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.05 Page 5

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
CONFIGURATION

Normal Take-off Thrust

Normal take-off thrust is verified by the fan RPM (N1 REF) and is set with thrust levers fully
forward. Refer to Figures 5.05.1 and 5.05.2.

The target value of N1 at 80 KIAS is N1REF. Due to wind strength and direction, altitude and
temperature, the value of N1 achieved may vary, and up to 80 KIAS it is acceptable to have an
indicated N1 which is less than N1 REF by up to 1%, or which exceeds N 1 REF.

At speeds above 80 KIAS, it is acceptable to have an indicated N 1 which is less than N 1 REF by
up to 2%, or which exceeds N1 REF.

Maximum (APR) Thrust

With the thrust levers fully forward, maximum (APR) thrust is obtained automatically when the
APR is armed and if the N2 differential between engines exceeds 5%.

The APR allows maximum thrust and increases the N1 up to 1.5%.

APR thrust can also be achieved by pushing the APR ARM and APR O/RIDE buttons with thrust
levers fully forward.

Page 6 Sub-section - 5.05 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

TAKE-OFF REFERENCE N1% APR ARMED CABIN AIR OFF

(Part 1 of 2: -50 o C to 0 o C) (NOT OPERATING) ENG ANTICE OFF

Outside Air Temperature °C

ALTITUDE ALTITUDE
FT -50 -45 -40 -35 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 FT

15,000 98.7 99.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 15,000

14,000 98.7 99.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 14,000

13,000 98.7 99.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 13,000

12,000 98.7 99.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 12,000

11,000 98.7 99.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 11,000

10,000 98.7 99.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 10,000

9000 98.1 99.3 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 9000

8000 96.1 97.1 98.1 99.1 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 8000

7000 93.9 95.0 96.0 97.0 98.0 99.0 99.9 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 7000

6000 92.2 93.2 94.2 95.2 96.2 97.2 98.1 99.1 100.0 100.0 100.0 6000

5000 90.7 91.7 92.7 93.7 94.7 95.6 96.6 97.5 98.5 99.4 100.0 5000

4000 89.4 90.4 91.4 92.3 93.3 94.2 95.2 96.1 97.0 97.9 98.8 4000

3000 88.1 89.1 90.0 91.0 91.9 92.9 93.8 94.7 95.6 96.5 97.4 3000

2000 86.8 87.7 88.7 89.7 90.6 91.5 92.4 93.3 94.2 95.1 96.0 2000

1000 85.6 86.6 87.5 88.4 89.3 90.2 91.1 92.0 92.9 93.8 94.7 1000

Sea Level 84.4 85.4 86.3 87.2 88.1 89.0 89.9 90.8 91.6 92.5 93.4 Sea Level

-1000 83.4 84.3 85.2 86.1 87.0 87.9 88.8 89.7 90.5 91.4 92.2 -1000

Continued on page 8

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.05 Figure 5.05.1 Page 7

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

TAKE-OFF REFERENCE N1% APR ARMED CABIN AIR OFF

o
(Part 2 of 2: 0 C to 50 C) o
(NOT OPERATING) ENG ANTICE OFF

Outside Air Temperature °C

ALTITUDE ALTITUDE
FT 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 FT

15,000 100.0 99.4 98.7 97.8 97.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 15,000

14,000 100.0 99.5 98.7 97.9 97.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 14,000

13,000 100.0 99.5 98.7 97.9 97.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 13,000

12,000 100.0 99.5 98.8 98.0 97.1 96.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 12,000

11,000 100.0 99.6 98.8 98.0 97.2 96.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 11,000

10,000 100.0 99.6 98.8 98.1 97.3 96.3 95.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 10,000

9000 100.0 99.6 98.9 98.1 97.3 96.4 95.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 9000

8000 100.0 99.6 98.9 98.1 97.3 96.4 95.3 94.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 8000

7000 100.0 99.6 98.9 98.1 97.3 96.4 95.3 94.1 92.8 0.0 0.0 7000

6000 100.0 99.7 98.9 98.1 97.4 96.5 95.3 94.1 92.8 0.0 0.0 6000

5000 100.0 99.7 99.0 98.2 97.4 96.5 95.4 94.1 92.8 91.5 0.0 5000

4000 98.8 99.7 99.0 98.2 97.4 96.5 95.4 94.2 92.9 91.5 0.0 4000

3000 97.4 98.3 99.0 98.2 97.4 96.5 95.4 94.2 92.9 91.5 90.2 3000

2000 96.0 96.8 97.7 98.2 97.4 96.6 95.4 94.2 92.9 91.5 90.2 2000

1000 94.7 95.5 96.4 97.2 97.5 96.6 95.5 94.3 93.0 91.6 90.2 1000

Sea Level 93.4 94.2 95.0 95.9 96.7 96.6 95.5 94.3 93.0 91.6 90.2 Sea Level

-1000 92.2 93.1 93.9 94.7 95.5 96.3 95.5 94.3 93.0 91.6 90.2 -1000

Page 8 Sub-section - 5.05 Figure 5.05.1 Continued FAA Approved

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
GENERAL
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

TAKE-OFF REFERENCE N1% APR ARMED CABIN AIR OFF

(NOT OPERATING) ENG ANTICE ON

Outside Air Temperature °C

ALTITUDE ALTITUDE
FT -50 -45 -40 -35 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 FT

15,000 98.7 99.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.7 99.0 98.3 97.6 96.8 15,000

14,000 98.7 99.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.8 99.1 98.4 97.6 96.9 14,000

13,000 98.7 99.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.8 99.1 98.4 97.7 96.9 13,000

12,000 98.7 99.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.8 99.2 98.5 97.7 97.0 12,000

11,000 98.7 99.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.9 99.2 98.5 97.8 97.0 11,000

10,000 98.7 99.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.9 99.2 98.5 97.8 97.0 10,000

9000 98.1 99.3 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.9 99.3 98.6 97.8 97.1 9000

8000 96.1 97.1 98.1 99.1 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.3 98.6 97.9 97.1 8000

7000 93.9 95.0 96.0 97.0 98.0 99.0 99.9 100.0 100.0 99.3 98.6 97.9 97.1 7000

6000 92.2 93.2 94.2 95.2 96.2 97.2 98.1 99.1 100.0 99.4 98.6 97.9 97.1 6000

5000 90.7 91.7 92.7 93.7 94.7 95.6 96.6 97.5 98.5 99.4 98.7 97.9 97.2 5000

4000 89.4 90.4 91.4 92.3 93.3 94.2 95.2 96.1 97.0 97.9 98.7 98.0 97.2 4000

3000 88.1 89.1 90.0 91.0 91.9 92.9 93.8 94.7 95.6 96.5 97.4 98.0 97.2 3000

2000 86.8 87.7 88.7 89.7 90.6 91.5 92.4 93.3 94.2 95.1 96.0 96.8 97.3 2000

1000 85.6 86.6 87.5 88.4 89.3 90.2 91.1 92.0 92.9 93.8 94.7 95.5 96.4 1000

Sea Level 84.4 85.4 86.3 87.2 88.1 89.0 89.9 90.8 91.6 92.5 93.4 94.2 95.0 Sea Level

-1000 83.4 84.3 85.2 86.1 87.0 87.9 88.8 89.7 90.5 91.4 92.2 93.1 93.9 -1000

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.05 Figure 5.05.2 Page 9

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Maximum Continuous Thrust

Maximum continuous thrust is defined by fan RPM (compensated N 1 ), and is scheduled by
altitude and air temperature. APR must be disarmed. Refer to Figures 5.05.3 and 5.05.4.

Maximum Continuous Thrust (MCT) Single Engine

Maximum Continuous Thrust (MCT) is the setting to be used to meet performance stated in this
manual for:

(a) Final Takeoff Segment (Sub-section 5.25 Net Take-off Flight Path) follow ing an engine
failure on takeoff. The required N 1 values are N 1 REF -1% , where N 1 REF is the reference N 1
used during the take-off run.

(b) En-route configuration (Sub-section 5.40 En-route Data) following an engine failure. The
required N 1 values are the N 1 values presented in Figures 5.05.3 or 5.05.4.

Setting MCT After Engine Failure on Take-off

5 minutes from start of takeoff:

APR ........................................................................... Push ARM to deselect

N 1 REF -1% ................................................................. Set
N 2 and ITT ................................................................. Keep within MCT lim itations

At the end of the Final Take-off Segment (normally 1500 ft AGL), accelerate to V ERC and:

M A IN AIR VLV (operative engine) ............................. OPEN

En route MCT ............................................................ Set (See following NOTE 2)
N 2 and ITT ................................................................. Keep within MCT lim itations

Method of Setting MCT for En-Route Climb Power

To set MCT for use in the enroute climb following an engine failure and with the airspeed at or
higher than V ERC , the M A IN AIR VALVES OPEN, and the APR system disarmed, the follow ing
procedure applies:

SYNC ......................................................................... As required (see NOTE 1)

En-route M C T ............................................................ Set (see NOTE 2)
N 2 and ITT ................................................................. Keep within MCT lim itations

NOTES:
1. Select SYNC OFF below 22,000 ft or SYNC ON above 22,000 ft to account for
compensation bias of the N1 engine indicator.

2. Select en-route MCT N1 value from the charts in Figure 5.05.3 or 5.05.4 and adjust
thrust as required.

3. If flight conditions require MCT to be set quickly, adjust thrust levers until green CLIMB
legends display on the lower center of the N1 / ITT scale. This gives a N1 equal to or
greater than the en-route MCT N1 chart values.

Sub-section - 5.05 FAA Approved

Page 10
GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 SYNCH ~ AS REQUIRED MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual CABIN AIR ~ ON THRUST RATING
ENG ANTICE ~ OFF EN-ROUTE REFERENCE N1%
ALTITUDE TEMPERATURE (TIND ) °C ALTITUDE
FT -55 -50 -45 -40 -35 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 FT
41,000 98.25 99.45 100.0 100.0 99.4 98.15 97.25 96.4 41,000
40,000 98.2 99.4 100.0 100.0 99.7 98.4 97.5 96.6 40,000
38,000 98.2 99.3 100.0 100.0 100.0 98.8 97.8 97.0 96.2 38,000
36,000 98.1 99.2 100.0 100.0 100.0 98.8 97.9 97.0 96.2 36,000
34,000 98.0 99.1 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.1 98.1 97.3 96.5 95.6 34,000
32,000 98.0 99.1 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.5 98.4 97.6 96.8 95.9 32,000
30,000 97.9 99.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.8 98.7 97.9 97.1 96.2 95.4 30,000
28,000 97.9 99.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.3 98.4 97.6 96.7 95.8 95.0 28,000
26,000 98.9 98.9 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.4 98.8 98.0 97.2 96.4 95.5 26,000
24,000 98.9 98.9 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.3 98.9 98.5 97.6 96.8 95.9 95.0 24,000
22,000 98.9 98.9 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.2 98.8 98.5 97.9 97.1 96.3 95.4 94.4 22,000
20,000 98.8 98.8 99.9 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.2 98.5 98.3 98.0 97.3 96.6 95.8 94.8 93.6 20,000
18,000 98.8 98.8 99.9 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.7 98.9 98.3 97.8 97.3 96.6 95.9 95.0 94.0 18,000
16,000 98.8 98.8 99.9 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.3 98.7 98.0 97.4 96.7 96.0 95.1 94.1 93.0 16,000
14,000 98.8 98.8 99.9 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.8 99.1 98.4 97.7 97.0 96.3 95.4 94.4 93.3 92.1 14,000
12,000 97.7 98.7 99.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.5 98.8 98.2 97.5 96.8 96.0 95.1 94.0 92.7 91.5 12,000
10,000 94.4 95.4 96.4 97.4 98.5 99.5 100.0 100.0 99.9 99.3 98.6 97.9 97.2 96.4 95.6 94.6 93.4 92.1 10,000
8000 90.9 91.9 92.9 93.9 94.9 95.9 96.9 97.8 98.8 99.7 99.0 98.3 97.6 96.9 96.0 95.1 94.0 92.8 91.5 8000
6000 87.9 88.9 89.9 90.9 91.9 92.8 93.8 94.7 95.7 96.6 97.5 98.4 98.0 97.3 96.5 95.6 94.6 93.4 92.1 90.7 6000
4000 85.5 86.4 87.3 88.3 89.3 90.2 91.1 92.1 93.0 93.9 94.8 95.7 96.5 97.4 96.7 95.9 94.8 93.6 92.4 91.1 89.7 4000
2000 82.9 83.9 84.9 85.8 86.8 87.7 88.6 89.5 90.4 91.2 92.1 93.0 93.8 94.7 95.5 96.0 94.9 93.7 92.5 91.2 89.9 2000
Sea Level 80.8 81.7 82.6 83.5 84.4 85.3 86.2 87.1 87.9 88.8 89.7 90.5 91.3 92.1 93.0 93.8 94.6 93.8 92.6 91.2 89.9 88.4 Sea Level

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.05 Figure 5.05.3 Page 11

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 SYNCH ~ AS REQUIRED
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual CABIN AIR ~ ON
THRUST RATING
ENG ANTICE ~ ON
EN-ROUTE REFERENCE N1%
ALTITUDE TEMPERATURE (TIND ) °C ALTITUDE
FT -55 -50 -45 -40 -35 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 FT

41,000 98.25 97.1 96.15 96.82 97.5 96.65 95.7 94.9 41,000

40,000 98.2 97.4 96.7 97.13 97.6 96.8 95.9 95.1 40,000

38,000 98.2 98.14 97.7 97.75 97.8 97.0 96.2 95.4 94.5 38,000

36,000 98.1 99.15 98.5 98.0 97.8 97.1 96.2 95.4 94.5 36,000

34,000 98.0 99.1 99.5 98.6 98.1 97.3 96.4 95.6 94.7 93.8 34,000

32,000 98.0 99.1 100.0 99.2 98.4 97.6 96.7 95.9 95.0 94.2 32,000

30,000 97.9 99.0 100.0 99.8 98.7 97.8 97.0 96.2 95.3 94.5 93.5 30,000

28,000 97.9 99.0 100.0 100.0 98.9 98.1 97.5 96.7 95.8 95.0 94.1 93.1 28,000

26,000 97.8 98.9 100.0 100.0 99.0 98.1 97.6 97.2 96.3 95.5 94.6 93.6 26,000

24,000 97.8 98.9 100.0 100.0 99.1 98.1 97.5 97.3 96.7 95.9 95.1 94.1 93.0 24,000

22,000 97.8 98.9 100.0 100.0 99.2 98.2 97.4 97.1 96.8 96.2 95.4 94.5 93.5 92.3 22,000

20,000 97.7 98.8 99.9 100.0 99.4 98.3 97.5 96.8 96.5 96.3 95.6 94.8 93.9 92.8 20,000

18,000 97.7 98.8 99.9 100.0 99.9 98.7 97.9 97.1 96.5 96.1 95.6 94.9 94.0 93.0 18,000

16,000 97.7 98.8 99.9 100.0 100.0 99.3 98.3 97.6 96.9 96.3 95.6 94.9 94.1 93.1 16,000

14,000 97.7 98.8 99.9 100.0 100.0 99.8 98.8 98.1 97.4 96.7 96.0 95.2 94.4 93.5 14,000

12,000 97.7 98.7 99.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.3 98.5 97.8 97.2 96.4 95.7 95.0 94.1 12,000

10,000 94.3 95.3 96.3 97.3 98.4 99.4 99.8 98.9 98.3 97.6 96.9 96.2 95.5 94.7 10,000

8000 90.9 91.9 92.9 93.9 94.9 95.9 96.9 97.8 98.7 98.0 97.3 96.6 95.9 95.1 8000

6000 87.9 88.9 89.9 90.9 91.9 92.8 93.8 94.7 95.7 96.6 97.5 97.0 96.4 95.5 6000

4000 85.5 86.4 87.3 88.3 89.3 90.2 91.1 92.1 93.0 93.9 94.8 95.7 96.5 95.8 4000

2000 83.0 83.9 84.9 85.8 86.8 87.7 88.6 89.5 90.4 91.2 92.1 93.0 93.8 94.7 2000

Sea Level 80.7 81.7 82.6 83.5 84.4 85.3 86.2 87.1 87.9 88.8 89.7 90.5 91.3 92.1 Sea Level

Page 12 Sub-section - 5.05 Figure 5.05.4 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Air Conditioning
Engine bleed air for air conditioning is not to be used during take-off at maximum or normal take-
off thrust.

Engine Intake Ice Protection

Engine intake ice protection bleeds are to be selected OFF unless accounting for performance
loss in accordance with the information in this Sub-section.

NOTE: Throughout Section 5, wherever engine antice bleed is referred to, it shall be taken to
read engine intake ice protection bleed.

Landing Gear
• Down during take-off until airborne.

• Up for net take-off flight path, en-route and approach climbs.

• Down for landing and go-around climb.

Wheel Brakes
Anti-skid on. Cooling time limits observed.

Air Brakes
SHUT, except that on landing they are extended to the lift dump position after touchdown.

Thrust Reversers
Stowed during flight. May be deployed on the ground to assist airplane deceleration. No
reduction in stopping distance is credited for the use of thrust reverse.

Flap Settings

Take-Off and Second Segment Climb 15 ° or alternatively 0 °

Final Take-Off Climb 0°
Enroute 0°
Approach - All Engines 45 °
Approach - One Engine 25 °
Approach - Above Normal WAT Limit 15 °
15 ° in conjunction with a 25 ° approach flap
setting or 45 ° landing flap setting;
Approach Climb (i.e. go-around) 0 ° in conjunction with a 15 ° approach flap
setting.
(for landing above the WAT limit only)
Go-Around Climb 45 °
Landing 45 ° or alternatively 25 °
Landing Run 75 ° (lift dump)

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.05 Page 13

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
DEFINITIONS

Some of the terms which are used in several sections of this manual are defined in Section 1.

Those terms which are used mainly in the Performance Section are defined as follows.

Gross Performance
This represents the minimum performance which a fleet of airplanes can be expected to achieve
if satisfactorily maintained and when flown in accordance with the required techniques. Gross
performance data is provided in Sub-section 5.55.

Net Performance
The majority of the scheduled data is net performance. This is the gross performance diminished
by the amount considered necessary to allow for various contingencies which cannot be directly
accounted for operationally, such as the need to maneuver, unavoidable variations in piloting
technique, temporarily below average performance, etc.

It is unlikely that the net performance will not be achieved in operation provided that the airplane
is flown in accordance with the required techniques.

Altitudes
All field pressure or airplane altitudes throughout Section 5 of this Flight Manual are defined in
pressure feet unless specifically stated to the contrary.

Reference Humidity
The relationship between temperature and humidity which defines “reference humidity”
(to which the scheduled performance is related) is defined as follows:

Temperature Relative Humidity

At and Below ISA 80%
Between ISA and ISA +28°C Varies Linearly Between 80% and 34%
At and Above ISA +28°C 34%

Air Temperature
Unless otherwise qualified, this means the true temperature (°C) of the free air near to, but
un-influenced by, the airplane.

Airspeeds
See Sub-section 5.10

Paved Runway/Hard Runway

A surface such as concrete or tarmac.

NOTE: Throughout the manual reference to a hard runway means a paved surface unless the
reference is qualified with the term "unpaved".

Page 14 Sub-section - 5.05 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Wet Runway
A runway is considered as wet when it is well soaked but without significant areas of standing
water. A runway is considered well soaked when there is sufficient moisture on the runway
surface to cause it to appear reflective.

Climb Gradient
The ratio expressed as a percentage:

Change in height x 100%

Horizontal distance travelled

The gradients shown on the charts are true gradients i.e. they are derived from true (not
pressure) rates of climb.

FLIGHT IN ICING CONDITIONS

In severe icing conditions, ice can build up on unprotected parts of the airplane causing buffeting
and increased drag which can occur at normal certificated operating speeds.

Procedures and speeds associated with these conditions are included in Sub-section 4.10 -
NORMAL PROCEDURES (ICING CONDITIONS).

WIND COMPONENT/CROSSWIND

A graph to convert wind velocity into a headwind or tail wind component is given in Figure 5.05.5

Operation In High Surface Winds

If the wind speed at a height of 33 feet (10 meters) exceeds 20 knots and has a tail wind
component, 70% N1 should not be exceeded on the ground except during take-off.

When complying with the above, the following conditions shall be met during take-off:

1. The brakes are released before 70% N1 is reached.

2. The thrust is advanced smoothly so that full thrust is achieved at an airplane speed of
approximately 15 Kts ground speed.

Maximum Demonstrated Crosswind

The maximum crosswind component in which the airplane has been demonstrated to be
satisfactory for take-off and landing is 30 knots measured at a height of 33 feet (10 meters) above
the runway surface. The demonstrations were made with both engines operating and
controllability was not found to be limiting. In strong crosswinds, into-wind aileron should be
used.

Critical Engine
In a zero crosswind take-off there is no critical engine. In a crosswind take-off, the airplane has
normal weathercock stability and tends to yaw into wind. Therefore the critical engine is that on
the upwind side.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.05 Page 15

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

WIND COMPONENT

Figure 5.05.5

Page 16 Sub-section - 5.05 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
STALLS

Power-off stalling speeds, in terms of Indicated Air Speed (IAS), are given for various configurations
in Figure 5.05.6. These airspeeds apply to an altitude of 15,000 feet and are the stall identification
speeds at forward CG and therefore differ from the values shown in Sub-section 5.10 Figure 5.10.4
which are based on the minimum airspeed obtained during the stall. For details of stall procedures,
technique and characteristics, refer to the Pilot’s Operating Manual, Section 5 - Sub-section 5-1
NORMAL HANDLING.

POWER OFF STALLING SPEEDS

Figure 5.05.6
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.05 Page 17
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
MANEUVERING AT HIGH ALTITUDES

Figure 5.05.7 defines for a given Mach number and Altitude the cruising weight at which the maximum
demonstrated buffet level will be reached in a 1.5g maneuver or at which buffet onset will be reached
in a 1.3g maneuver, whichever occurs first.

BUFFET BOUNDARY

Figure 5.05.7

Page 18 Sub-section - 5.05 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
NOISE CERTIFICATION

General
The Hawker 800XP, powered by TFE731-5BR-1H engines, has demonstrated compliance with
the Appendix C noise certification requirements of CFR Part 36 (Amendment 36-20) which are
equivalent to those of ICAO, Annex 16, Volume 1, Chapter 3. The certificated noise levels at the
maximum certificated take-off and landing weights of 28,000 lb (12,701 kg) and 23,350 lb (10,591
kg) respectively are below the Stage 3 limits of CFR 36 as shown below.

Position CFR Part 36 Stage 3 Airplane Certificated

Limit (EPNdB) Noise Level (EPNdB)
Sideline 94.0 87.1
Take-Off With Cutback 89.0 79.3
Approach 98.0 93.3

NOTE: No determination has been made by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) that
the noise levels of this airplane are or should be acceptable or unacceptable for
operation at, into or out of any airport.

Noise Abatement Procedures

Unless otherwise required, the normal take-off procedures should be used. When the
procedures for an airfield demand a specific noise abatement technique it should be followed, but
the normal maximum pitch angle of 20 °C should not be exceeded.

If a noise abatement procedure is required but speeds and altitudes are not specified, the
160 knots/20° climb should be maintained up to 1000 feet above airfield elevation, at which point
normal climb thrust should be selected.

Where a noise abatement procedure calls for a reduction below normal climb thrust, the reduced
thrust used should not be less than the Minimum Recommended N1 for Noise Abatement Climb,
as shown in Figure 5.05.8.

Minimum Recommended N1 For Noise Abatement Climb

Figure 5.05.8 shows the minimum recommended% N1 for use in the noise abatement climb after
the reduction of thrust from the take-off setting.

The minimum recommended setting is that which, at maximum take-off weight, would provide
level flight if one engine were to fail. With both engines operating, a rate of climb typically between
1100 ft/min and 1500 ft/min will result.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.05 Page 19

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Figure 5.05.8

Page 20 Sub-section - 5.05 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Associated Conditions

Engines Both engines operating

Air conditioning bleed on; see NOTE 1 for the effect of engine
Engine Bleed Air
antice bleed.
Flaps 0 ° or 15 ° (See NOTE 2)
Landing Gear Up
Airspeed 160 KIAS

NOTES:
1. When engine antice bleed is in use, add 0.5 % N1 to the % N1 given by the chart.

2. For flaps 15 °, add 5 % N1 to the % N1 given by the chart.

3. The pressure altitude at which it is intended to reduce power must not be less than
1000 feet above the airfield altitude.

4. Below maximum take-off weight, the same RPM (% N1) setting will result in a higher
rate of climb than quoted above.

5. This technique is similar to that used in the noise abatement climb procedure used for
type certification demonstration.

Instructions for Use of Charts

To determine the % N1 required:

• Determine the pressure altitude at which it is intended to reduce thrust i.e., field pressure
altitude plus the height above the airfield level at which the thrust reduction is to commence.

• Enter the appropriate chart with the airfield temperature.

• Proceed vertically to the field pressure altitude.

• From this point move parallel to the nearest line of constant temperature relative to ISA until
the pressure altitude for thrust reduction is reached. Read the % N1 required.

• For temperatures below ISA -20°C, use the value of % N1 appropriate to a temperature of
ISA -20°C.

POSITION ERROR CORRECTIONS

The position error corrections (PEC) to both airspeed and altitude are given for the normal
system acting through the air data computer (ADC) and AFD and also for the alternative system
which is applicable to the ESIS airspeed and altitude.

Airspeed Correction for Take-off Ground Roll

The airspeed correction to be used during the takeoff while still on the ground is given in Figure
5.05.8A. This correction is to be made to IAS to obtain EAS.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.05 Page 21

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Position and Compressibility Error Correction to Airspeed Indicator
The position and compressibility error correction to be made to IAS to obtain EAS is shown in
Figure 5.05.9 for varying flap settings. The flaps retracted curves below 160 KIAS and the flaps
extended curves are not applicable to indicated altitudes greater than 10,000 feet.

Position and Compressibility Error Correction to ESIS Airspeed

The residual position error correction to the IAS shown on the ESIS is given in Figure 5.05.10 for
varying flap settings.

Static Position Error Correction to Altimeter

The residual position error correction to be made to the altitude shown on the primary altimeters
to obtain true pressure altitude is given in Figure 5.05.11 for varying flap settings below 29,000 ft.

The static position error correction to altimeters at 29,000 ft and above is given in Figure
5.05.11A for all weights.

Static Position Error Correction to ESIS Altitude

The ESIS altitude is not corrected for position error. The position error correction to be made to
this instrument to obtain true pressure altitude is given in Figure 5.05.12 for varying flap settings.

Production variations may induce an additional position error correction above 19,000 feet or 250
KIAS that is not accounted for in this figure. Observed readings have indicated an additional
correction as much as -500 feet is required at high altitudes and high speeds.

This figure has been shown to be accurate within 100 feet below 19,000 feet and 250 KIAS with
flaps retracted and accurate at all conditions with flaps extended. The figure does not account
for instrument errors.

Correction to Indicated Mach Number

The residual position error correction to be made to the Mach Number, shown on the PFD, is
given in Figure 5.05.13 for varying altitude. The corrections are insensitive to variations of weight
and the curves apply to all weights.

Correction to Outside Air Thermometer

Accurate Outside Air Temperature (TAT, SAT and ISA deviation) is output from the Air Data
Computers and can be displayed on the MFD, the FMS or a separate cockpit indicator,
depending on the cockpit equipment installed.

If the analog outside air thermometer on the center pedestal is used, a correction must be
applied to the indicated temperature to obtain the true temperature, this correction is shown in
Figure 5.05.14.

The curves are based on a correction factor K = 0.7. If the outside air contains water droplets
then K reduces (i.e. K<0.7) so that the instrument gives a lower temperature reading which is
closer to the true air temperature. In such atmospheric conditions it is recommended that the
ADC information be used to display the OAT.

Page 22 Sub-section - 5.05 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

AIRSPEED C OR REC TIO N

TA KE-O FF G ROU ND ROLL
FLA PS U P AN D 15 °
3

R EF E R EN C E LIN E

R EFE RE NC E LIN E
W E IG H T
2
17 00 0 lb

C O R R E C TIO N FR O M IA S TO E A S ~ K N O TS
2 1 0 0 0 lb 1

2 8 0 0 0 lb 0

-1

-2

-3

-4

-5
60 80 1 00 1 20 1 40 1 60 0 40 0 0 80 0 0 12 0 0 0 -20 0 20 40 60
IN D IC A TE D A IR S P E E D FIE L D P R E S S U R E A L TITU D E A IR TE M P E R A TU R E
~ K N O TS IA S ~ FE E T ~°C

Figure 5.05.8A

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.05 Page 23

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Figure 5.05.9

Page 24 Sub-section - 5.05 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Figure 5.05.10

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.05 Page 25

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

STATIC POSITION ERROR CORRECTION TO ALTIMETER

BELOW 29,000 FT
NOTE: This chart not applicable at 29,000 ft
and above. For altitudes of 29,000 ft
and above, see Figure 5.05.11A.

Figure 5.05.11

Page 26 Sub-section - 5.05 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

STATIC POSITION ERROR CORRECTION TO ALTIM ETER

FLAPS UP
29000 FEET AND ABO VE

F o r altitu d es b elo w 29 0 00 fe et, see F ig . 5 .05 .1 1

C O R R E C TIO N TO IN D IC A TE D A L TITU D E ~ FE E T

10 0

ft
ft

ft
0
0
00

0
00

ft
00
41

0
39

37

00

ft
50

35

0
00

ft

ft
0
33

0
00

00
31

29
0

DG 91501 XP P21
-5 0

22 000 lb
-10 0
15 0 17 5 20 0 22 5 25 0 27 5 30 0 32 5 35 0
S P E E D ~ K N O TS IA S

Figure 5.05.11A
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.05 Page 27
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Figure 5.05.12
Page 28 Sub-section - 5.05 FAA Approved
GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Figure 5.05.13
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.05 Page 29
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Figure 5.05.14

Page 30 Sub-section - 5.05 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
CONVERSION FACTORS
Parameter To Convert Factor
Multiply by 9, divide by 5,
°C to °F add 32
Temperature
Subtract 32, multiply by 5,
°F to °C divide by 9
Kilograms (kg) to Pounds (lb) Divide by 0.45359
Weight
Pounds (lb) to Kilograms (kg) Multiply by 0.45359
Meters to Feet Divide by 0.3048
Feet to Meters Multiply by 0.3048
Length
Millimeters to Inches Divide by 25.4
Inches to Millimeters Multiply by 25.4
US Gallons to Liters Multiply by 3.785
Volume
Liters to US Gallons Divide by 3.785
lbf/in2 (psi) to atmospheres (atm) Divide by 14.696
atm to psi Multiply by 14.696
psi to kPa Divide by 0.14504
Pressure
kPa to psi Multiply by 0.14504
psi to bar Divide by 14.504
bar to psi Multiply by 14.504
mph to kph Divide by 0.6214
kph to mph Multiply by 0.6214
Speed
kt to kph Multiply by 1.852
kph to kt Divide by 1.852

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.05 Page 31

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Figure 5.05.15

Page 32 Sub-section - 5.05 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Figure 5.05.16
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.05 Page 33
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Figure 5.05.17

Page 34 Sub-section - 5.05 FAA Approved

GENERAL Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

METERS - FEET CONVERSION

1 Foot = .3048 Meters

1 Meter = 3.2808 Feet

FEET

METERS

Figure 5.05.18

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.05 Page 35

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GENERAL
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

SUB-SECTION 5.10
OPERATING SPEEDS
Table of Contents
Page

INTRODUCTION..............................................................................................3
DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................. 3
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE OF CHARTS .......................................................4
To Determine V1, VR and V2 ....................................................................4
To Determine Final Take-Off Climb Speed (VFTO)................................... 4
To Determine En-Route Climb Speed (VERC) ..........................................4
To Determine Landing Reference Speed (VREF) .....................................4
To Determine Power Off Stalling Speeds (VS) ......................................... 4
Figure 5.10.1 - FINALTAKE-OFF CLIMB SPEED -
FLAPS 0° ............................................................. 5

Figure 5.10.2 - EN-ROUTE CLIMB SPEED................................. 6

Figure 5.10.3 - LANDING REFERENCE SPEED VREF ............... 7

Figure 5.10.4 - POWER OFF STALLING SPEEDS ..................... 8

FAA Approved Page 1

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 2 Sub-section - 5.10 FAA Approved

OPERATING SPEEDS Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
INTRODUCTION

This Sub-section provides the operating speeds relevant to the certified performance of the
airplane.

DEFINITIONS

VMCG The minimum control speed after an engine failure on the ground during a
continued takeoff with flaps 15° or 0° is 115.5 KIAS at Sea Level, ISA conditions.
This speed has been established without the assistance of nosewheel steering,
the airplane having been rotated at the normal V R.
VMCA The minimum control speed away from ground effect with flaps 15 ° is 108 KIAS
and with flaps 0 ° is 114 KIAS at Sea Level, ISA conditions.
VMCL The minimum control speed with flaps 45 °, is 105 KIAS. The minimum control
speed with flaps 25 °, is 106 KIAS.
VREF The landing reference speed. The speed at which the pilot should aim to cross the
runway threshold with flaps at 45 °. VREF is shown in Figure 5.10.3.
V1 The take-off decision speed (power failure recognition speed). The take-off
decision speed must not be less than VMCG or greater than VR.
VR Rotation speed is the speed at which the pilot should initiate a change in the
airplane attitude with the intention of leaving the ground. V R is determined at low
weights as 1.1 x minimum unstick speed.

For flaps up, VR is determined at higher weights by the need to achieve V2 at 35

feet in the event of an engine failure. At high thrust conditions of low altitude and
low temperature the minimum VR requirements of minimum V1 for flaps 15 ° or
1.05 VMCA for flaps 0 ° are critical.
V2 The take-off safety speed. V2 is equal to VR plus the increment in speed attained
prior to reaching 35 feet with an engine failure. For flaps up, V2 is equal to the
speed necessary to achieve a second segment climb gradient of 2.4%, if this is
higher. At high thrust conditions, V2 is related to VMC.
VFTO The final take-off climb speed VFTO is shown in Figure 5.10.1.
VERC The en-route climb speed VERC is shown in Figure 5.10.2.
VS Various scheduled speeds are based on the power off stalling speed (Defined as
the minimum speed in a stall). VS is shown in Figure 5.10.4 in terms of Equivalent
Air Speed (EAS).

NOTE: At higher altitudes and/or temperatures, the values of VMCG , VMCA and VMCL
decrease.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.10

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 Page 3
OPERATING SPEEDS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE OF CHARTS

To Determine V1, VR and V2 Speeds

• Refer to TABULATED TAKEOFF DATA Sub-section 5.20.

To Determine Final Take-Off Climb Speed (VFTO)

• Enter Figure 5.10.1 with the airplane weight.

• Move up the chart and intersect the curve.

• Move horizontally across the chart and read the FINAL TAKE-OFF CLIMB SPEED - knots
IAS scale.

To Determine En-Route Climb Speed (VERC)

• Enter Figure 5.10.2 with the airplane weight.

• Move up the chart and intersect the curve.

• Move horizontally across from the intersection and read the SPEED - knots IAS scale.

To Determine Landing Reference Speed (VREF)

• Enter Figure 5.10.3 with the airplane weight.

• Move up the chart and intersect the curve.

• Move horizontally across the chart and read the SPEED - knots IAS scale.

To Determine Power Off Stalling Speeds (VS)

• Enter Figure 5.10.4 with the airplane weight.

• Move up and intersect the curve appropriate to the required configuration.

• Move horizontally across the chart to the reference line and then parallel with the guidelines
to the field pressure altitude intersection.

• Move horizontally across the chart from the intersection of the field pressure altitude and
read the STALLING SPEED - knots EAS from the right hand scale.

NOTE: VS is determined at the forward center of gravity limit, including the variation with
weight, as given in Section 2 - LIMITATIONS Figures 2.1 and 2.2. V S will decrease
as the center of gravity moves aft.

Page 4 Sub-section - 5.10 FAA Approved

OPERATING SPEEDS Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Figure 5.10.1
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.10
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 Page 5
OPERATING SPEEDS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Figure 5.10.2

Page 6 Sub-section - 5.10 FAA Approved

OPERATING SPEEDS Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.10 Figure 5.10.3 Page 7

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 OPERATING SPEEDS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

POWER OFF STALLING SPEEDS

M6293_0
HA00D
012836AA.AI

Page 8 Figure 5.10.4 Sub-section - 5.10 FAA Approved

OPERATING SPEEDS Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
SUB-SECTION 5.15
TAKE-OFF WAT DATA
Table of Contents
Page

INTRODUCTION................................................................................................ 2
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE OF CHARTS .................................................. 2
To Determine the WAT Limit Required .................................................. 2
Figure 5.15.1 - MAXIMUMTAKE-OFF WEIGHT FOR ALTITUDE
AND TEMPERATURE, FLAPS 15°........................... 3

Figure 5.15.2 - MAXIMUMTAKE-OFF WEIGHT FOR ALTITUDE

AND TEMPERATURE, Nose Tire Speed Limit
190 mph, FLAPS 0° .................................................5

Figure 5.15.3 - MAXIMUMTAKE-OFF WEIGHT FOR ALTITUDE

AND TEMPERATURE, Nose Tire Speed Limit
210 mph, FLAPS 0° .................................................. 6

FAA Approved
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 Page 1
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
INTRODUCTION

This Sub-section contains weight, altitude and temperature (WAT) data which limit the take-off
weight of the airplane from a consideration of airworthiness climb requirements and tire speed
limitations. The climb performance upon which the curves are based is given in Sub-section
5.55.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE OF CHARTS

To Determine the WAT Limit Required

• Determine the appropriate take-off WAT chart:

Figure 5.15.1 provides weight, altitude, and temperature limits with Flaps 15°.
Tire speed is never limiting with Flaps 15°.

Figure 5.15.2 provides weight, altitude, and temperature limits with Flaps 0° and
nosewheel tires limited to 190 mph.

Figure 5.15.3 provides weight, altitude, and temperature limits with Flaps 0° and tires
limited to 210 mph.

• Enter the appropriate chart from the left with the field pressure altitude. Move across to the
air temperature.

• From the intersection of the air temperature and field pressure altitude, move down to read
the maximum allowable take-off weight, from the bottom scale.

NOTES:
1. To obtain the effect of engine antice on climb gradient, add 10 oC to the actual air
temperature before entering the chart.

2. The maximum weight determined by other considerations such as available take-off

field length must also be checked (see Sub-section 5.20).

Page 2 Sub-section - 5.15 FAA Approved

TAKE-OFF WAT DATA Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

MAXIMUM TAKE-OFF WEIGHT

FOR ALTITUDE AND TEMPERATURE

MAXIMUM CERTIFICATED
TAKE-OFF WEIGHT
is stated in Section 2.

With engine antice in use,

add 10 C to the actual
air temperature before
entering the graph.

M6294_0
HA00D
012837AA.

Figure 5.15.1

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.15

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 Page 3
TAKE-OFF WAT DATA
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 4 Sub-section - 5.15 FAA Approved

TAKE-OFF WAT DATA Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

MAXIMUM TAKE-OFF WEIGHT

FOR ALTITUDE AND TEMPERATURE

M6295_0
HA00D
012838AA.AI

Figure 5.15.2

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.15

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 Page 5
TAKE-OFF WAT DATA
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

MAXIMUM TAKE-OFF WEIGHT

FOR ALTITUDE AND TEMPERATURE

M6296_0
HA00D
012839AA.

Figure 5.15.3

Page 6 Sub-section - 5.15 FAA Approved

TAKE-OFF WAT DATA Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
SUB-SECTION 5.20
TAKE-OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON
Table of Contents
Page

INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................. 3
Figure 5.20.1 Maximum Take-Off Weight Limited by
Maximum Brake Energy ............................................................................... 5
Figure 5.20.2 Flaps 0° - Field Pressure Altitude - Sea Level ....................... 7
Figure 5.20.3 Flaps 0° - Field Pressure Altitude - 1000 feet ........................ 8
Figure 5.20.4 Flaps 0° - Field Pressure Altitude - 2000 feet ........................ 9
Figure 5.20.5 Flaps 0° - Field Pressure Altitude - 3000 feet ...................... 10
Figure 5.20.6 Flaps 0° - Field Pressure Altitude - 4000 feet ...................... 11
Figure 5.20.7 Flaps 0° - Field Pressure Altitude - 5000 feet ...................... 12
Figure 5.20.8 Flaps 0° - Field Pressure Altitude - 6000 feet ...................... 13
Figure 5.20.9 Flaps 0° - Field Pressure Altitude - 7000 feet ...................... 14
Figure 5.20.10 Flaps 0° - Field Pressure Altitude - 8000 feet .................... 15
Figure 5.20.11 Flaps 0° - Field Pressure Altitude - 9000 feet .................... 16
Figure 5.20.12 Flaps 0° - Field Pressure Altitude - 10,000 feet ................. 17
Figure 5.20.13 Flaps 0° - Field Pressure Altitude - 11,000 feet ................. 18
Figure 5.20.14 Flaps 0° - Field Pressure Altitude - 12,000 feet ................. 19
Figure 5.20.15 Flaps 0° - Field Pressure Altitude - 13,000 feet ................. 20
Figure 5.20.16 Flaps 0° - Field Pressure Altitude - 14,000 feet ................. 21
Figure 5.20.17 Take-Off Field Length Correction - Flaps 0° ...................... 23
Figure 5.20.18 Take-Off Decision Speed (V1) Correction - Flaps 0°.......... 24
Figure 5.20.19 Flaps 15° - Field Pressure Altitude - Sea Level ................. 25
Figure 5.20.20 Flaps 15° - Field Pressure Altitude - 1000 feet .................. 26
Figure 5.20.21 Flaps 15° - Field Pressure Altitude - 2000 feet .................. 27
Figure 5.20.22 Flaps 15° - Field Pressure Altitude - 3000 feet .................. 28
Figure 5.20.23 Flaps 15° - Field Pressure Altitude - 4000 feet .................. 29
Figure 5.20.24 Flaps 15° - Field Pressure Altitude - 5000 feet .................. 30
Figure 5.20.25 Flaps 15° - Field Pressure Altitude - 6000 feet .................. 31
Figure 5.20.26 Flaps 15° - Field Pressure Altitude - 7000 feet .................. 32
Figure 5.20.27 Flaps 15° - Field Pressure Altitude - 8000 feet .................. 33
Figure 5.20.28 Flaps 15° - Field Pressure Altitude - 9000 feet .................. 34
Figure 5.20.29 Flaps 15° - Field Pressure Altitude - 10,000 feet ............... 35
Figure 5.20.30 Flaps 15° - Field Pressure Altitude - 11,000 feet ............... 36
Figure 5.20.31 Flaps 15° - Field Pressure Altitude - 12,000 feet ............... 37
Figure 5.20.32 Flaps 15° - Field Pressure Altitude - 13,000 feet ............... 38
Figure 5.20.33 Flaps 15° - Field Pressure Altitude - 14,000 feet ............... 39
Figure 5.20.34 Take-Off Field Length Correction - Flaps 15° .................... 41
Figure 5.20.35 Take-Off Decision Speed (V1) Correction .......................... 42

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20 Page 1

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE-OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 2 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA Approved

TAKE-OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
INTRODUCTION
This Sub-section provides tabulated take-off data along with graphs to correct for the effects of
runway gradient and wind.
The maximum take-off weight at a particular airfield may be restricted by some other
performance criteria, such as the WAT limit, the net take-off flight path or en-route terrain
clearance requirements. The actual take-off weight may therefore have to be less than that
permitted solely by consideration of the take-off field length.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE OF TABLES AND CHARTS

Figure 5.20.1 provides the maximum take-off weight limited by maximum brake energy for take-
offs with flaps set to 0°. Brake energy is never a limiting factor for take-offs with flaps set to 15°.

The speeds V1, VR, V2 and the Take-Off Field Length (in feet) with the flaps set to 0° at various
Field Pressure Altitudes are given in Figures 5.20.2 thru 5.20.16. Figure 5.20.17 gives the take-
off field length correction with the flaps set to 0°. Figure 5.20.18 gives the take-off decision
speed (V1) correction with the flaps set to 0°.

The speeds V1, VR, V2 and the Take-Off Field Length (in feet) with the flaps set to 15° at various
Field Pressure Altitudes are given in Figures 5.20.19 thru 5.20.33. Figure 5.20.34 gives the
take-off field length correction with the flaps set to 15°. Figure 5.20.35 gives the take-off
decision speed (V1) correction with the flaps set to 15°.

To use the Take-Off Field Length Correction graphs (0° and 15° Flaps settings) enter the
appropriate graph on the left at the uncorrected take-off field length and move across to the
reference line. Follow the correction lines to the runway slope % (uphill, as shown by the
example line, downhill, come back to the relevant %) then move across to the reported wind
component reference line. Follow the correction lines to the reported wind component (tailwind
(-) or headwind) then move across and read the corrected take-off field length.

To use the Take-Off Decision Speed (V1) Correction graphs (0° and 15° Flaps settings) enter
the appropriate graph on the left at the uncorrected take-off decision speed (V1) and move
across to the reference line. Follow the correction lines to the runway slope % (uphill, as shown
by the example line, downhill, come back to the relevant %) then move across to the reported
wind component reference line. Follow the correction lines to the reported wind component
(tailwind (-) or headwind) then move across and read the corrected take-off decision speed.

Shaded regions of the take-off speeds and field length tables represent conditions that exceed
either the maximum allowable take-off temperature (ISA +35° C) or the WAT limit. These
conditions are included for use in interpolation to intermediate conditions which may not be
limited.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20 Page 3

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE-OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Associated Conditions
The performance is based on the following assumptions:

Both engines are at take-off thrust with APR armed.

Engines
Failure of the critical engine occurs at V1.
Air conditioning bleed off; see NOTE 1 for the effect of
Engine Bleed Air
engine antice bleed.
Flaps Take-off setting, either 15° or 0°.
Landing Gear UP selected after lift-off.
Runway Hard dry.

NOTES:

1. To take account of engine antice on the take-off weight, add 10° C to the actual air
temperature before entering the charts.

2. The wind grids are factored in such a way that an effect of not more than 50% of
headwinds and not less than 150% of tailwinds is obtained. Reported winds may
therefore be used directly in the wind grids. When a take-off is to be made into a
headwind exceeding 40 kts, the charts are to be read at 40 kts.

The following techniques have been assumed:

Both engines are run up to normal take-off thrust with APR

Normal Take-off armed, and then the brakes are released. Rotation is
initiated at VR.
Failure of one engine is recognized at V1. Both thrust
levers are closed, maximum wheel braking using anti-skid
Engine Failure is applied, airbrakes are opened and the airplane brought
Rejected Take-off to a stop.
NOTE: No reduction in stopping distance is credited for the
use of reverse thrust.
Following the failure of one engine at V1, maximum thrust
is automatically set on the operating engine. Rotation is
Engine Failure initiated at VR and climb away is made to achieve V2
Continued Take-off appropriate to the flap setting at 35 ft.
For field performance computations, the landing gear is
selected UP 3 seconds after lift-off.

Rolling Start Take-offs

Where rolling start take-offs are used, reduce all available field lengths by 100 ft when
establishing take-off weight based on field length.

Page 4 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA Approved

TAKE-OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

MAXIMUM TAKE-OFF WEIGHT LIMITED BY MAXIMUM BRAKE ENERGY

FLAPS 0º
32000 14500

R E F E R E N C E L IN E
R E F E R E N C E L IN E
SL
31000 14000

30000
13500
20

M A X IM U M T A K E - O F F W E IG H T ~ lb

M A X IM U M T A K E - O F F W E IG H T ~ k g
00

29000
13000
40
00

28000
12500
60

27000
00

12000
80

26000
00

11500
et E
10

25000
IS A

DE ESSUR
00
0

~ fe

11000
12

A L TE L D P R

24000
00
0

IT U

14
00
FI

0 23000 10500
D G 90601 X P P 21

22000 10000

21000 9500
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 -2 -1 0 1 2 -10 0 10 20 30 40
AIR TEM PER ATU R E ~ ºC D OW N H IL L U PH IL L R EPOR TED W IN D
R U N W AY SLOPE ~ % C OM PON EN T ~ kno ts

Figure 5.20.1
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20 Page 5
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE-OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 6 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA Approved

TAKE-OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 0o Field Pressure Altitude (Sea Level)

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

T.O.
WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 128 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 129 131 133 134 135
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 137 138 139 139 140
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144
TOFL ~ FT 4656 4720 4789 4864 4942 5022 5104 5188 5281 5377 5457 5647 6095 6640 7260 7964 8844
V1 ~ KIAS 125 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 125 126 128 130 132 133
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 135 136 136 137 138
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 143 143 143 143 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142
TOFL ~ FT 4383 4444 4510 4579 4652 4726 4802 4880 4962 5049 5123 5301 5700 6202 6792 7451 8228
V1 ~ KIAS 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 123 125 127 129 131 132
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 131 131 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 133 134 135 136 136
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140
TOFL ~ FT 4111 4169 4231 4296 4364 4434 4505 4577 4655 4737 4806 4971 5339 5783 6339 6968 7661 8455
V1 ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 118 119 121 123 125 127 129
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 129 129 130 131 132 133 133
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 137 137 137 137 137 137
TOFL ~ FT 3813 3868 3923 3982 4045 4109 4175 4243 4315 4391 4455 4606 4942 5350 5835 6426 7075 7747
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 115 117 119 121 123 125
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 126 127 128 128 129 130
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 134 134 134 134 134 134
TOFL ~ FT 3516 3575 3633 3692 3751 3810 3868 3927 3986 4045 4103 4241 4554 4923 5352 5879 6490 7114
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 111 113 115 117 119 121
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 124 125 126 127
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132
TOFL ~ FT 3427 3483 3541 3599 3660 3720 3781 3843 3905 3971 4029 4144 4208 4513 4904 5360 5915 6497
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 111 109 111 113 115 117
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 120 120 121 122 123
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 130 130 129 129 129 129 129
TOFL ~ FT 3366 3421 3478 3535 3594 3654 3713 3773 3834 3897 3956 4048 4125 4133 4474 4885 5358 5900
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 113 111 109 107 109 111 113
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 118 118 118 118 117 116 117 117 118 119 120
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 129 129 127 127 126 126 126 126
TOFL ~ FT 3305 3359 3415 3472 3529 3588 3646 3704 3764 3826 3883 3971 4041 4021 4081 4436 4856 5314
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 108 106 105 107 109
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 116 114 114 114 115 116
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 127 124 124 123 122 122
TOFL ~ FT 3245 3298 3353 3408 3465 3522 3579 3636 3694 3754 3811 3895 3958 3909 3940 4032 4382 4787
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 108 105 104 103 104
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 116 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 115 112 111 111 111 112
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 129 127 123 121 120 120 119
TOFL ~ FT 3186 3239 3292 3347 3402 3458 3514 3570 3627 3685 3740 3820 3878 3825 3800 3743 3974 4297
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 108 105 102 101 101
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 117 117 115 112 109 108 109 109
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 130 130 130 130 128 123 120 118 117 117
TOFL ~ FT 3130 3183 3235 3289 3343 3396 3451 3505 3561 3618 3672 3748 3799 3744 3714 3655 3746 3894
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 108 105 102 99 97
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 115 112 109 106 106 106
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 130 130 128 124 120 116 115 114
TOFL ~ FT 3076 3127 3178 3230 3284 3337 3390 3444 3498 3558 3618 3678 3723 3665 3631 3569 3519 3512
Figure 5.20.2

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Page 7
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 0o Field Pressure Altitude (1000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 128 128 128 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 129 131 132 134 135 136
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 137 137 137 138 138 139 140 141
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144
TOFL ~ FT 4835 4901 4975 5051 5133 5218 5304 5390 5487 5580 5722 6097 6624 7223 7884 8665 9682
V1 ~ KIAS 125 125 125 124 124 124 124 124 124 125 125 126 128 130 131 133 134
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 135 135 136 137 138 139
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 143 143 143 143 143 143 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142
TOFL ~ FT 4551 4611 4679 4750 4826 4904 4982 5061 5153 5238 5370 5708 6186 6751 7372 8082 8999
V1 ~ KIAS 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 122 124 126 128 130 131 133
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 133 134 135 135 136 137
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140
TOFL ~ FT 4267 4325 4388 4455 4526 4600 4674 4749 4832 4914 5037 5345 5772 6297 6888 7555 8325 9259
V1 ~ KIAS 118 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 119 120 122 125 127 128 129
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 128 128 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 130 131 132 132 133 134
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 137 137 137 137 137 137 137
TOFL ~ FT 3956 4010 4069 4130 4196 4264 4333 4402 4479 4554 4668 4954 5338 5794 6347 6976 7672 8455
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 115 117 119 120 123 125 126
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 126 127 127 128 129 130 131
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135
TOFL ~ FT 3622 3680 3739 3800 3863 3926 3989 4055 4125 4193 4300 4567 4916 5328 5805 6391 7041 7715
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 112 113 115 116 119 121 122
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 124 125 126 127 127
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132
TOFL ~ FT 3542 3600 3659 3720 3783 3846 3909 3977 4044 4110 4208 4289 4509 4883 5304 5818 6426 7052
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 112 109 110 112 114 117 119
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 120 120 121 122 123 124
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 130 130 129 129 129 129 129 129
TOFL ~ FT 3478 3535 3593 3653 3714 3776 3838 3899 3963 4027 4117 4205 4153 4454 4835 5284 5826 6406
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 113 113 113 113 112 109 107 108 110 112 114
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 118 119 120
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 130 129 129 129 129 129 128 127 126 126 126 126 126
TOFL ~ FT 3415 3471 3528 3587 3646 3707 3767 3827 3890 3953 4040 4121 4067 4077 4390 4790 5253 5782
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 109 106 104 106 108 110
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 116 114 114 114 115 116 116
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 128 125 124 123 122 122 122
TOFL ~ FT 3352 3407 3463 3521 3579 3638 3697 3756 3817 3878 3963 4038 3981 3987 4012 4323 4736 5182
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 108 106 103 102 104 106
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 116 112 111 111 112 112 113
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 128 124 122 121 120 119 119
TOFL ~ FT 3291 3345 3400 3456 3514 3571 3629 3687 3746 3806 3887 3957 3897 3897 3843 3945 4263 4646
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 108 106 103 100 100 102
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 116 116 116 116 117 117 117 117 117 116 112 110 108 109 109 109
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 130 130 130 130 130 130 128 124 121 119 118 117 116
TOFL ~ FT 3233 3286 3339 3394 3450 3507 3563 3620 3678 3736 3814 3878 3815 3811 3754 3713 3875 4178
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 108 106 103 100 97 97
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 117 116 112 110 107 106 106 106
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 130 129 125 121 118 115 115 113
TOFL ~ FT 3175 3227 3281 3335 3390 3445 3500 3556 3612 3668 3743 3801 3736 3727 3667 3622 3578 3746

Figure 5.20.3

Page 8 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA Approved

TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 0o Field Pressure Altitude (2000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 130 132 133 135 136
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 136 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 138 138 139 140 141
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 145 145 145 145 145 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144
TOFL ~ FT 5022 5086 5163 5246 5332 5420 5511 5603 5705 5821 6152 6631 7207 7844 8562 9488
V1 ~ KIAS 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 126 127 129 131 132 134 135
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 135 135 135 136 136 137 138 138 139
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142
TOFL ~ FT 4723 4780 4852 4928 5008 5089 5172 5260 5353 5462 5763 6188 6729 7332 8003 8824 9865
V1 ~ KIAS 122 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 122 124 126 128 130 131 132
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 133 134 135 135 136 137
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 140 140 140 140 140 140 140
TOFL ~ FT 4427 4484 4552 4623 4698 4774 4852 4931 5021 5123 5401 5779 6275 6842 7480 8199 9116
V1 ~ KIAS 118 118 117 117 117 117 117 118 118 118 119 120 122 124 126 128 129
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 130 131 132 132 133 134
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138
TOFL ~ FT 4105 4157 4220 4286 4356 4426 4499 4573 4654 4749 5003 5351 5781 6305 6902 7574 8330
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 114 115 116 118 120 122 124 126
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 126 127 127 128 129 130 131
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135
TOFL ~ FT 3764 3822 3885 3949 4014 4078 4144 4212 4286 4374 4613 4928 5315 5766 6319 6948 7640
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 112 114 116 118 120 122
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 123 123 124 125 126 126 127
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132
TOFL ~ FT 3664 3722 3785 3849 3914 3992 4057 4123 4194 4278 4418 4523 4874 5278 5750 6329 6975
V1 ~ KIAS 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 110 110 112 114 116 118
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 120 120 120 120 120 120 121 122 123 124
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 130 129 129 129 129 129 129
TOFL ~ FT 3597 3655 3716 3779 3842 3906 3971 4035 4103 4183 4332 4271 4452 4811 5233 5734 6332
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 110 108 108 110 111 114 116
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 118 118 118 118 118 118 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 118 119 120 121
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 130 129 129 129 129 129 128 127 126 126 126 126 126
TOFL ~ FT 3531 3588 3648 3709 3771 3834 3897 3961 4026 4105 4246 4183 4184 4371 4747 5181 5705 6276
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 113 113 113 110 107 105 105 107 109 111
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 114 114 114 115 115 116 117
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 129 129 125 124 124 123 123 123 123
TOFL ~ FT 3465 3521 3580 3640 3701 3762 3824 3886 3951 4027 4160 4096 4092 4049 4303 4676 5122 5627
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 109 107 104 102 103 105 107
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 114 111 112 112 112 112 113
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 129 125 122 121 121 120 119 119
TOFL ~ FT 3401 3456 3514 3573 3633 3692 3753 3813 3876 3949 4076 4010 4002 3956 3929 4232 4594 5023
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 109 107 104 101 100 101 102
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 116 116 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 114 111 109 109 109 109 109
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 129 125 122 119 118 117 117 116
TOFL ~ FT 3339 3394 3450 3508 3566 3625 3684 3743 3804 3875 3994 3927 3915 3865 3817 3848 4155 4486
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 109 107 104 101 99 97 98
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 117 117 117 117 113 110 108 106 106 106 106
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 130 130 130 126 122 119 116 115 114 113
TOFL ~ FT 3277 3332 3388 3443 3499 3558 3615 3675 3734 3804 3916 3847 3812 3777 3725 3686 3748 3997
Figure 5.20.4
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Page 9
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 0o Field Pressure Altitude ( 3000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 130 131 133 134 135
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 138 138 139 140 140
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144
TOFL ~ FT 5199 5278 5362 5450 5541 5636 5731 5833 5947 6251 6705 7214 7834 8523 9327
V1 ~ KIAS 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 126 127 129 131 132 133 135
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 134 134 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 136 136 137 138 138 139
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 142 142 142 142 142 142 142
TOFL ~ FT 4886 4960 5038 5119 5203 5290 5378 5472 5579 5855 6255 6736 7317 7962 8688 9659
V1 ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 124 125 127 129 131 132 133
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 133 133 134 135 135 136 137 137
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140
TOFL ~ FT 4580 4649 4723 4799 4878 4962 5044 5131 5231 5486 5845 6277 6825 7435 8117 8932 9983
V1 ~ KIAS 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 119 120 122 124 125 127 129 130
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 130 131 132 132 133 134 134
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138
TOFL ~ FT 4246 4311 4379 4450 4523 4599 4676 4760 4853 5083 5409 5790 6285 6856 7497 8219 9112
V1 ~ KIAS 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 115 116 118 119 121 123 125 126
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 126 126 125 125 125 126 126 126 126 126 127 127 128 129 130 131 131
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135
TOFL ~ FT 3880 3946 4036 4100 4167 4236 4306 4383 4469 4688 4987 5328 5757 6277 6873 7545 8287
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 112 114 115 117 119 121 123
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 124 125 125 126 127 128
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 132 132 132 132 132 132 132
TOFL ~ FT 3783 3849 3939 4004 4071 4139 4207 4280 4363 4490 4576 4886 5267 5712 6260 6886 7573
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 110 110 111 113 115 117 119
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 119 119 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 121 122 123 124 124
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 130 130 129 129 129 129 129 129
TOFL ~ FT 3714 3778 3843 3909 3975 4042 4109 4178 4257 4402 4368 4472 4807 5206 5666 6246 6879
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 110 108 107 109 111 113 115
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 118 118 117 117 118 118 119 120 121
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 127 127 126 126 126 126 126
TOFL ~ FT 3646 3708 3772 3836 3901 3967 4032 4099 4177 4315 4278 4272 4383 4721 5133 5618 6204
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 113 113 113 113 110 108 106 105 107 108 110
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 114 114 115 115 115 116 117
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 129 129 129 125 125 124 123 123 123 123
TOFL ~ FT 3577 3639 3701 3764 3828 3892 3956 4022 4097 4227 4189 4179 4161 4300 4628 5058 5554
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 113 110 108 105 103 103 104 106
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 114 112 112 112 112 112 113
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 129 126 123 122 121 120 119 119
TOFL ~ FT 3511 3571 3632 3694 3756 3819 3881 3945 4018 4142 4102 4089 4067 4014 4212 4540 4967
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 110 108 105 102 101 101 102
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 116 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 114 112 109 109 109 109 109
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 129 126 123 120 119 118 117 116
TOFL ~ FT 3446 3506 3566 3626 3687 3748 3809 3871 3942 4060 4017 4000 3975 3919 3998 4127 4460
V1 ~ KIAS 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 110 108 105 102 100 97 98
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 116 116 116 117 117 117 117 117 114 111 109 106 106 106 106
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 130 130 130 130 126 123 120 117 116 114 113
TOFL ~ FT 3384 3443 3500 3558 3618 3680 3739 3800 3869 3980 3935 3915 3885 3826 3785 3887 3990

Figure 5.20.5

Page 10 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA Approved

TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 0o Field Pressure Altitude ( 4000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 129 130 131 133 134 135 137
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 138 139 139 140 140 141
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 144 144 144 144 144 144 144
TOFL ~ FT 5391 5490 5581 5677 5777 5868 5963 6085 6377 6811 7302 7850 8520 9270 10229
V1 ~ KIAS 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 126 127 129 130 132 133 134
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 136 136 137 138 138 139
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 142 142 142 142 142 142 142
TOFL ~ FT 5064 5155 5240 5329 5421 5505 5593 5704 5967 6352 6815 7325 7955 8657 9508
V1 ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 124 125 127 129 130 132 133
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 132 132 132 132 133 133 133 133 133 133 134 135 135 136 137 137
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140
TOFL ~ FT 4749 4834 4914 4997 5083 5161 5244 5347 5592 5935 6349 6832 7421 8082 8817 9787
V1 ~ KIAS 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 119 120 121 123 125 127 128 130
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 130 130 130 131 132 132 133 134 134
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138
TOFL ~ FT 4401 4481 4555 4633 4715 4788 4864 4960 5183 5495 5860 6291 6844 7462 8147 8942
V1 ~ KIAS 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 115 116 118 119 121 123 125 126 127
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 125 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 127 127 128 129 130 130 131 132
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 136 136 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135
TOFL ~ FT 4056 4129 4197 4268 4343 4409 4479 4570 4780 5068 5394 5770 6263 6838 7478 8192 9058
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 113 113 112 114 115 117 119 121 122 124
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 124 125 125 126 127 128 129
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132
TOFL ~ FT 3948 4020 4089 4159 4232 4297 4366 4417 4568 4652 4948 5284 5708 6226 6821 7481 8212
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 111 110 111 113 115 117 118 120
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 121 122 123 123 124 125
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 130 130 129 129 129 129 129 129 129
TOFL ~ FT 3841 3912 3981 4051 4121 4186 4254 4334 4479 4473 4533 4825 5201 5642 6177 6791 7464
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 111 108 107 109 110 112 114 116
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 117 117 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 119 120 121 121
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 128 128 127 127 126 126 126 126 126
TOFL ~ FT 3770 3839 3907 3975 4044 4108 4174 4251 4390 4381 4358 4409 4722 5114 5561 6117 6738
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 113 113 113 113 111 108 106 105 106 108 110 112
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 115 115 115 115 115 116 117 118
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 129 129 129 129 126 125 124 124 123 123 123 123
TOFL ~ FT 3698 3766 3832 3900 3967 4030 4095 4169 4301 4289 4263 4263 4314 4615 5014 5476 6042
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 113 113 110 108 106 104 102 104 105 107
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 115 112 112 112 112 112 113 114
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 129 126 123 122 121 121 120 120 120
TOFL ~ FT 3629 3695 3760 3825 3891 3952 4015 4089 4215 4200 4171 4167 4172 4213 4522 4910 5376
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 110 108 106 103 102 100 101 103
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 115 112 110 109 109 109 110 110
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 129 126 123 121 119 118 117 117 116
TOFL ~ FT 3562 3626 3690 3754 3818 3878 3940 4011 4130 4114 4081 4074 4030 4052 4110 4428 4799
V1 ~ KIAS 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 110 108 106 103 101 98 97 98
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 116 116 117 117 117 117 117 114 112 110 107 106 106 106 106
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 130 130 130 130 130 130 127 124 121 118 116 115 114 113
TOFL ~ FT 3495 3557 3623 3685 3747 3806 3867 3936 4048 4028 3994 3983 3936 3891 3849 3982 4270
Figure 5.20.6

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Page 11
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 0o Field Pressure Altitude ( 5000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 129 130 131 133 134 135 136
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 138 138 139 139 140 140 141
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145
TOFL ~ FT 5599 5714 5809 5926 6010 6097 6233 6536 6955 7434 7955 8541 9276 10119
V1 ~ KIAS 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 126 127 129 130 131 133 134 135
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 136 137 137 138 138 139 140
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143
TOFL ~ FT 5256 5364 5452 5558 5636 5716 5843 6112 6485 6936 7421 7971 8658 9411 10427
V1 ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 124 125 127 128 130 131 132
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 134 134 135 135 136 137 137
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141
TOFL ~ FT 4927 5029 5111 5209 5282 5357 5476 5726 6049 6460 6919 7430 8075 8778 9637
V1 ~ KIAS 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 119 120 121 123 125 126 128 129 131
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 129 129 129 130 130 130 130 130 130 131 132 132 133 134 134 135
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138
TOFL ~ FT 4571 4665 4741 4832 4900 4970 5081 5312 5606 5962 6371 6851 7451 8111 8852 9796
V1 ~ KIAS 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 115 116 118 119 121 122 124 126 127
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 127 127 128 128 129 130 130 131 132
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 136 136 136 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135
TOFL ~ FT 4211 4298 4367 4453 4514 4578 4682 4897 5172 5488 5845 6268 6828 7441 8129 8896
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 114 113 113 113 112 112 114 115 116 118 120 122 123 125
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 124 124 125 125 126 127 128 128 129
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132
TOFL ~ FT 4093 4175 4245 4325 4346 4415 4511 4592 4747 5037 5354 5721 6213 6781 7420 8128 8957
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 112 110 110 111 112 114 116 118 120 121
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 121 121 122 123 123 124 125 126
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 130 130 130 129 129 129 129 129 129 129
TOFL ~ FT 3975 4052 4123 4198 4265 4332 4426 4502 4513 4615 4891 5216 5635 6139 6732 7383 8101
V1 ~ KIAS 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 112 110 109 107 108 110 112 114 115 117
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 117 118 118 117 118 118 118 118 119 120 120 121 122
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 128 128 127 127 126 126 126 126 126 126
TOFL ~ FT 3900 3976 4045 4119 4184 4250 4341 4413 4421 4439 4474 4736 5109 5536 6056 6660 7316
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 113 113 113 112 110 108 107 104 106 107 109 111 113
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 115 115 115 115 115 116 117 117 118
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 128 125 125 125 124 123 123 123 123 123
TOFL ~ FT 3826 3900 3968 4040 4104 4168 4256 4324 4329 4343 4354 4336 4633 4988 5433 5959 6563
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 113 112 110 108 107 104 102 103 105 107 108
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 116 114 112 112 112 112 112 113 114 114
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 130 129 128 126 123 122 122 121 120 120 120 120
TOFL ~ FT 3754 3825 3892 3962 4025 4088 4173 4238 4239 4250 4256 4232 4228 4523 4872 5316 5848
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 110 108 106 104 102 100 101 102 104
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 117 117 117 117 117 117 116 114 112 110 109 109 109 110 110 110
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 128 126 123 121 119 119 118 117 117 116
TOFL ~ FT 3684 3754 3819 3887 3949 4011 4094 4153 4152 4158 4162 4127 4113 4112 4416 4758 5192
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 110 108 106 104 101 99 97 98 100
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 116 117 117 117 117 116 114 112 110 108 106 107 107 106 107
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 129 126 124 121 118 116 116 115 113 113
TOFL ~ FT 3617 3685 3749 3815 3876 3937 4017 4072 4067 4068 4069 4032 3999 3959 3987 4244 4614
Figure 5.20.7

Page 12 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA Approved

TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 0o Field Pressure Altitude (6000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 129 130 132 133 134 135 136
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 137 137 137 138 138 138 138 138 139 139 140 141 141
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145
TOFL ~ FT 5732 5872 6004 6140 6252 6434 6748 7144 7595 8111 8673 9317 10109
V1 ~ KIAS 125 125 126 126 126 126 126 128 129 130 131 133 134 135
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 135 135 135 135 135 135 136 136 137 137 138 138 139 140
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143
TOFL ~ FT 5376 5505 5629 5756 5861 6029 6294 6659 7084 7564 8091 8691 9426 10332
V1 ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 122 123 123 124 126 127 128 130 131 132 134
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 134 134 135 135 136 137 137 138
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141
TOFL ~ FT 5038 5159 5275 5393 5492 5651 5898 6208 6596 7048 7538 8102 8785 9553 10585
V1 ~ KIAS 118 118 118 119 118 119 120 121 122 123 125 126 128 129 130
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 131 131 132 132 133 134 134 135
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 139 139 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138
TOFL ~ FT 4670 4785 4893 5003 5096 5241 5472 5757 6084 6492 6951 7475 8117 8828 9668
V1 ~ KIAS 114 114 114 114 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 122 124 125 127 128
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 126 126 126 126 126 126 127 127 128 129 129 130 130 131 132 132
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 136 136 136 136 136 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135
TOFL ~ FT 4299 4405 4506 4610 4696 4836 5050 5310 5603 5955 6360 6849 7442 8106 8844 9763
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 112 113 114 115 116 118 120 122 123 124
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 124 124 125 126 126 127 128 128 129
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133
TOFL ~ FT 4149 4240 4333 4427 4516 4608 4652 4871 5143 5455 5807 6230 6781 7397 8077 8837
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 112 110 110 111 112 114 115 117 119 121
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 120 120 120 120 120 120 121 121 121 121 122 123 123 124 125 126
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130
TOFL ~ FT 4069 4161 4252 4344 4431 4520 4560 4577 4713 4983 5295 5658 6137 6703 7334 8032
V1 ~ KIAS 112 113 113 113 113 113 112 110 109 107 108 109 111 113 115 117
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 119 120 120 121 122
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 129 129 129 129 129 129 128 128 127 127 126 126 126 126 126 126
TOFL ~ FT 3995 4084 4172 4261 4346 4432 4470 4483 4527 4564 4812 5132 5537 6029 6607 7250
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 113 113 113 111 110 109 107 105 106 107 109 110 112
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 117 117 116 115 115 115 115 115 116 117 117 118
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 129 129 129 129 129 129 127 126 125 125 124 124 123 123 123 123
TOFL ~ FT 3921 4006 4093 4179 4261 4344 4379 4390 4430 4457 4441 4670 4996 5413 5910 6498
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 110 108 107 105 103 103 104 106 108
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 117 117 116 114 112 112 112 112 113 113 113 114
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 129 129 128 127 125 123 122 122 121 121 120 120 120
TOFL ~ FT 3848 3931 4015 4099 4179 4260 4291 4299 4333 4357 4340 4311 4548 4864 5281 5784
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 110 108 107 105 102 100 101 102 103
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 117 117 117 117 117 116 114 112 111 109 110 110 110 110 110
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 129 128 125 123 121 119 119 118 118 117 116
TOFL ~ FT 3778 3859 3940 4021 4099 4176 4205 4211 4240 4260 4239 4209 4183 4426 4749 5147
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 109 108 107 104 102 100 97 98 99
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 117 117 117 117 115 114 112 110 108 107 107 107 107 107
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 130 128 126 124 121 119 117 116 115 114 113
TOFL ~ FT 3710 3789 3868 3946 4022 4096 4122 4124 4150 4166 4141 4107 4078 4037 4259 4574
Figure 5.20.8
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Page 13
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 0o Field Pressure Altitude (7000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 127 128 128 129 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 138 138 138 138 138 138 139 139 140 140 141 141 142
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145
TOFL ~ FT 5756 5975 6206 6449 6695 7015 7368 7800 8288 8845 9452 10155 11115
V1 ~ KIAS 124 125 125 126 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 135
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 135 135 135 136 136 136 137 137 137 138 138 139 140
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 144 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143
TOFL ~ FT 5397 5598 5816 6036 6254 6536 6865 7269 7725 8247 8813 9468 10289
V1 ~ KIAS 121 122 122 123 123 124 125 126 127 128 130 131 132 133
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 133 133 133 133 133 134 134 135 135 136 136 137 137 138
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 142 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141
TOFL ~ FT 5066 5250 5450 5657 5859 6111 6389 6767 7195 7680 8211 8819 9561 10493
V1 ~ KIAS 117 118 118 119 119 120 121 122 123 125 126 127 129 130 131
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 130 131 131 132 132 133 133 134 134 135 135
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 139 139 139 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138
TOFL ~ FT 4691 4868 5057 5250 5438 5670 5926 6241 6629 7084 7577 8147 8832 9605 10627
V1 ~ KIAS 113 114 114 115 116 116 117 118 119 121 122 124 125 126 128
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 126 126 126 127 127 127 128 128 129 129 130 130 131 132 132
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136
TOFL ~ FT 4316 4476 4658 4838 5019 5233 5467 5752 6077 6483 6944 7469 8109 8825 9646
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 112 112 113 114 115 116 118 120 121 123 124 125
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 123 123 123 123 124 124 124 125 125 126 126 127 128 128 129 130
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 134 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133
TOFL ~ FT 4241 4378 4485 4615 4679 4798 5016 5280 5568 5917 6316 6804 7393 8058 8791 9684
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 112 111 109 110 111 112 114 115 117 119 120 121
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 120 120 120 121 121 121 121 121 122 122 123 123 124 125 125 126
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 132 132 131 131 131 131 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130
TOFL ~ FT 4167 4281 4402 4527 4588 4607 4606 4830 5088 5396 5737 6155 6701 7314 7989 8740
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 112 111 109 108 107 108 109 111 112 114 116 118
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 119 120 120 121 122 122
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 129 129 129 129 128 128 128 127 127 127 126 126 126 126 126 126
TOFL ~ FT 4093 4203 4319 4439 4498 4515 4512 4585 4653 4904 5204 5562 6021 6583 7206 7890
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 113 113 112 111 109 108 107 105 106 107 108 110 112 113
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 116 115 115 115 115 116 116 116 116 117 118 119
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 129 129 129 128 126 126 125 125 124 124 123 123 123 123 123
TOFL ~ FT 4019 4126 4236 4352 4407 4423 4418 4487 4514 4528 4741 5019 5412 5883 6449 7081
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 110 109 108 107 105 103 103 104 105 107 109
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 116 115 113 112 112 113 113 113 113 113 114 115
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 129 128 126 124 123 122 122 121 121 120 120 120 120
TOFL ~ FT 3948 4049 4156 4268 4320 4332 4326 4389 4414 4425 4401 4581 4885 5269 5738 6308
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 110 109 108 106 105 103 101 100 102 103 104
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 116 115 113 112 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 111
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 130 128 126 124 123 121 120 119 118 118 117 117 117
TOFL ~ FT 3879 3976 4078 4184 4234 4246 4236 4295 4316 4322 4298 4276 4443 4757 5119 5589
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 111 110 108 108 106 105 103 100 97 98 98 100
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 117 117 116 114 113 112 110 108 107 107 107 107 106 107
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 130 130 130 129 127 125 123 121 119 117 116 115 114 113 113
TOFL ~ FT 3813 3906 4003 4104 4151 4160 4150 4204 4220 4223 4195 4171 4225 4280 4554 4962

Figure 5.20.9

Page 14 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA Approved

TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 0o Field Pressure Altitude (8000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 127 128 129 130 131 131 132 133 134 135 136 137
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 138 138 138 138 139 139 139 140 140 141 141 142
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 146 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145
TOFL ~ FT 6067 6332 6637 6969 7303 7665 8048 8518 9049 9652 10314 11135
V1 ~ KIAS 125 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 133 134 136
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 136 136 136 136 137 137 137 138 138 139 139 140 140
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 144 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143
TOFL ~ FT 5689 5935 6203 6492 6805 7145 7498 7940 8436 8997 9612 10313 11336
V1 ~ KIAS 121 122 123 124 124 125 126 128 129 130 131 132 133
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 133 133 133 134 134 135 135 135 136 136 137 137 138
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 142 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141
TOFL ~ FT 5344 5563 5813 6075 6341 6647 6982 7390 7851 8373 8949 9598 10459
V1 ~ KIAS 118 118 119 120 121 122 122 124 125 126 127 129 130 131
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 130 130 130 131 131 131 132 132 133 133 134 134 135 135
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 139 139 139 139 139 139 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138
TOFL ~ FT 4956 5164 5397 5638 5882 6148 6427 6811 7243 7731 8265 8863 9620 10556
V1 ~ KIAS 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 124 125 126 127 129
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 126 127 127 127 128 128 128 129 130 130 131 131 132 132 133
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136
TOFL ~ FT 4560 4761 4977 5205 5429 5671 5927 6240 6631 7085 7580 8138 8837 9620 10630
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 121 122 124 125
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 124 124 124 124 124 124 125 125 126 127 127 128 128 129 130
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 134 134 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133
TOFL ~ FT 4468 4586 4699 4783 4981 5207 5440 5724 6048 6446 6905 7418 8067 8788 9593
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 112 110 110 110 111 112 114 115 117 118 120 121
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 122 122 123 124 124 125 125 126
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 132 132 131 131 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130
TOFL ~ FT 4376 4500 4608 4654 4656 4769 4973 5229 5516 5853 6244 6720 7316 7982 8711
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 111 110 109 108 108 108 109 111 112 114 116 117
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 119 119 120 120 121 122 122
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 129 129 129 129 128 128 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127
TOFL ~ FT 4296 4415 4518 4561 4561 4592 4648 4777 5014 5310 5645 6035 6584 7191 7862
V1 ~ KIAS 112 113 112 111 110 109 108 106 105 106 106 108 109 111 113
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 116 115 115 115 116 116 116 116 116 117 118 119
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 129 128 127 126 125 125 125 124 124 123 123 123 123 123
TOFL ~ FT 4217 4330 4428 4468 4467 4496 4548 4590 4623 4841 5099 5439 5880 6436 7046
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 111 109 108 108 106 105 103 103 104 105 107 109
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 116 114 112 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 115
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 129 127 125 123 123 123 122 122 121 120 120 120 120
TOFL ~ FT 4138 4247 4342 4378 4375 4400 4448 4489 4516 4505 4658 4923 5271 5725 6278
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 111 109 108 107 106 105 103 101 100 101 102 104
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 115 114 112 111 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 111
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 129 127 125 124 122 121 120 119 119 118 117 117 117
TOFL ~ FT 4062 4167 4256 4290 4287 4307 4353 4388 4412 4399 4384 4476 4783 5127 5563
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 111 109 108 107 106 105 103 101 96 97 98 100
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 116 115 113 112 111 110 109 107 107 107 107 107 107
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 130 129 128 126 124 123 121 119 117 116 116 115 114 113
TOFL ~ FT 3990 4090 4174 4205 4199 4218 4260 4291 4311 4294 4277 4296 4316 4581 4943
Figure 5.20.10

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Page 15
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 0o Field Pressure Altitude (9000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 129 129 130 131 132 133 133 134 135 136 137
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 138 138 139 139 140 140 140 141 141 141 142
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145
TOFL ~ FT 6584 6898 7248 7614 7987 8380 8792 9305 9887 10544 11319
V1 ~ KIAS 126 127 128 129 129 130 131 132 133 134 134 136
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 136 136 137 137 137 138 138 138 139 139 140 140
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143
TOFL ~ FT 6164 6430 6752 7096 7439 7809 8194 8673 9214 9822 10481 11373
V1 ~ KIAS 123 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 134 134 134 135 135 135 136 136 136 137 137 138 138
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141
TOFL ~ FT 5774 6025 6300 6601 6924 7266 7622 8070 8571 9141 9756 10496 11557
V1 ~ KIAS 119 120 121 121 122 123 124 125 126 128 129 130 131
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 130 131 131 132 132 132 133 133 134 134 134 135 136
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139
TOFL ~ FT 5363 5592 5845 6111 6383 6695 7030 7445 7912 8434 9004 9669 10537
V1 ~ KIAS 115 116 117 118 118 119 120 121 122 124 125 126 127 128
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 127 127 128 128 129 129 129 130 130 131 131 132 132 133
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136
TOFL ~ FT 4952 5163 5396 5639 5887 6152 6433 6818 7253 7740 8264 8883 9639 10564
V1 ~ KIAS 113 112 113 114 114 115 116 117 118 120 121 122 124 125
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 124 124 124 124 125 125 126 126 127 127 128 128 129 130
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 134 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133
TOFL ~ FT 4710 4777 4949 5178 5405 5645 5898 6211 6600 7051 7536 8104 8807 9585
V1 ~ KIAS 113 112 111 110 110 111 112 113 114 115 117 118 120 121 122
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 121 121 121 121 121 122 122 123 123 124 124 125 125 126 127
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130
TOFL ~ FT 4620 4683 4705 4747 4946 5159 5389 5670 5993 6377 6827 7351 7992 8710 9500
V1 ~ KIAS 113 112 111 109 108 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 115 117 118
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 118 119 118 118 118 118 119 119 119 120 120 121 122 122 123
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 129 129 128 128 128 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127
TOFL ~ FT 4530 4590 4610 4610 4681 4719 4913 5148 5433 5761 6131 6612 7202 7854 8575
V1 ~ KIAS 113 112 110 109 108 107 106 105 106 107 108 109 111 113 114
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 116 115 115 115 116 116 116 116 116 117 117 118 119 119
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 129 128 126 126 125 125 125 124 124 124 123 123 123 123 123
TOFL ~ FT 4440 4498 4515 4514 4581 4608 4634 4710 4945 5207 5522 5913 6441 7036 7691
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 110 109 108 107 106 104 103 103 104 105 106 108 110
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 116 115 113 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 115 115
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 129 128 126 124 123 123 122 122 122 121 121 120 120 120 120
TOFL ~ FT 4354 4407 4422 4419 4481 4507 4531 4536 4558 4757 5008 5304 5738 6265 6860
V1 ~ KIAS 112 111 110 108 108 107 106 104 102 101 100 101 102 104 105
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 116 114 113 112 111 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 111 112
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 128 126 124 123 121 120 120 119 119 118 118 117 117 117
TOFL ~ FT 4269 4320 4332 4327 4386 4409 4429 4432 4451 4476 4553 4825 5156 5560 6082
V1 ~ KIAS 112 111 110 108 108 107 105 104 102 101 96 97 98 99 101
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 116 114 112 111 110 109 108 107 107 107 107 107 107 108
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 129 127 124 123 122 120 118 117 116 116 115 114 114 114
TOFL ~ FT 4187 4235 4245 4239 4276 4314 4331 4331 4345 4366 4362 4358 4622 4942 5373

Figure 5.20.11

Page 16 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA Approved

TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 0o Field Pressure Altitude (10,000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 130 131 132 133 133 134 135 135 136 137
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 139 139 140 140 140 141 141 141 142 142
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 146 146 146 146 146 146 146 146 146 146
TOFL ~ FT 7216 7556 7937 8332 8737 9163 9612 10176 10807 11598
V1 ~ KIAS 128 128 129 130 131 132 132 133 134 134 136
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 137 137 137 138 138 138 139 139 140 140 140
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144
TOFL ~ FT 6722 7040 7392 7759 8143 8537 8959 9481 10064 10732 11567
V1 ~ KIAS 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 130 131 132 133 134
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 134 135 135 135 136 136 136 137 137 138 138 139
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 141 142 142 141 141 141 142 141 141 141 141 141
TOFL ~ FT 6275 6548 6878 7221 7574 7945 8336 8823 9367 9980 10673 11596
V1 ~ KIAS 121 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 131 131 132 132 133 133 133 134 134 135 135 136 136
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139
TOFL ~ FT 5823 6070 6345 6652 6981 7326 7687 8136 8637 9204 9826 10578 11658
V1 ~ KIAS 117 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 130
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 128 128 129 129 129 130 130 131 131 131 132 132 133 134
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136
TOFL ~ FT 5377 5603 5854 6119 6395 6707 7044 7463 7927 8452 9027 9695 10579 11697
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 114 115 116 117 117 119 120 121 122 123 124 126
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 124 125 125 125 126 126 127 127 128 128 129 129 130 130
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133
TOFL ~ FT 4944 5144 5375 5616 5866 6129 6407 6792 7222 7710 8239 8853 9618 10523
V1 ~ KIAS 112 110 110 111 112 113 113 114 115 117 118 119 121 122
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 121 121 122 122 122 123 123 123 124 124 125 126 126 127
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130
TOFL ~ FT 4761 4756 4923 5133 5361 5597 5849 6161 6535 6985 7474 8038 8738 9501
V1 ~ KIAS 111 110 109 108 108 108 109 110 111 112 114 115 117 118
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 119 118 119 119 119 119 119 120 120 121 121 122 122 123
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 129 128 128 128 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127
TOFL ~ FT 4665 4659 4694 4749 4894 5088 5311 5590 5897 6273 6720 7241 7879 8577
V1 ~ KIAS 111 110 108 108 106 105 105 106 107 108 109 110 112 114
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 117 117 118 119 119
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 126 126 125 125 125 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124
TOFL ~ FT 4569 4562 4595 4647 4673 4689 4847 5078 5331 5646 6009 6471 7056 7694
V1 ~ KIAS 111 109 108 107 106 105 103 102 103 104 105 106 108 109
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 114 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 115 115
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 125 123 123 123 122 122 122 121 121 120 120 120 120
TOFL ~ FT 4475 4467 4496 4544 4570 4584 4587 4635 4872 5126 5398 5767 6279 6855
V1 ~ KIAS 111 109 108 107 106 105 103 102 101 100 101 102 103 105
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 115 113 112 111 110 110 110 110 110 111 111 111 111 112
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 125 123 122 120 120 120 119 119 118 118 117 117 117
TOFL ~ FT 4384 4374 4401 4446 4468 4479 4481 4525 4575 4661 4915 5202 5576 6073
V1 ~ KIAS 111 109 108 107 106 105 103 102 101 99 97 98 99 100
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 115 113 112 111 110 108 107 107 108 108 108 107 107 108
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 125 124 122 121 119 117 117 117 116 116 115 114 114
TOFL ~ FT 4296 4285 4309 4351 4369 4379 4379 4416 4462 4451 4443 4677 4964 5371
Figure 5.20.12
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Page 17
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 0o Field Pressure Altitude (11,000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 132 133 133 134 135 135 136 136 137
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 140 140 140 141 141 141 142 142 142
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 146 146 146 146 146 146 146 146 146
TOFL ~ FT 7916 8286 8694 9126 9565 10020 10519 11138 11918
V1 ~ KIAS 129 130 131 132 132 133 133 134 135 136
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 138 138 138 139 139 139 139 140 140 141
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144
TOFL ~ FT 7373 7717 8101 8503 8910 9339 9797 10370 11022 11849
V1 ~ KIAS 126 127 128 129 129 130 131 131 132 133 134
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 135 135 136 136 136 137 137 137 138 138 139
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142
TOFL ~ FT 6858 7180 7533 7907 8292 8688 9117 9649 10238 10929 11799
V1 ~ KIAS 122 123 124 125 126 127 127 128 129 130 131 132
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 132 132 133 133 133 134 134 134 135 135 136 136
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139
TOFL ~ FT 6332 6610 6942 7292 7645 8015 8409 8896 9435 10050 10761 11706
V1 ~ KIAS 118 119 120 121 122 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 130
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 129 129 129 130 130 131 131 131 132 132 133 133 134
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136
TOFL ~ FT 5841 6089 6362 6674 7002 7346 7714 8165 8666 9233 9864 10634 11679
V1 ~ KIAS 114 115 116 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 126 127
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 125 125 126 126 127 127 127 128 128 129 129 130 130 131
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133
TOFL ~ FT 5365 5590 5837 6104 6376 6683 7023 7443 7905 8428 9008 9684 10532 11593
V1 ~ KIAS 110 111 112 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 121 122 123
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 122 122 122 123 123 123 124 124 125 125 126 126 127 127
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130
TOFL ~ FT 4919 5114 5335 5577 5822 6081 6360 6738 7164 7646 8179 8798 9532 10383
V1 ~ KIAS 109 108 108 108 109 110 110 111 112 114 115 116 118 119
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 119 119 119 119 119 120 120 120 121 121 122 122 123 124
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 128 128 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127
TOFL ~ FT 4713 4783 4880 5077 5288 5521 5769 6078 6435 6876 7368 7933 8601 9325
V1 ~ KIAS 109 108 107 106 105 106 106 107 108 109 110 112 113 115
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 117 118 118 119 119 120
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 126 125 125 125 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124
TOFL ~ FT 4614 4680 4706 4733 4837 5025 5230 5486 5791 6144 6586 7103 7710 8367
V1 ~ KIAS 109 108 107 105 104 103 103 103 104 105 106 107 109 110
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 114 114 115 115 116
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 124 123 123 123 122 122 122 121 121 120 120 120 120 120
TOFL ~ FT 4515 4577 4603 4628 4633 4651 4772 5001 5245 5515 5874 6318 6872 7468
V1 ~ KIAS 108 108 106 105 104 103 102 100 100 101 102 103 104 106
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 110 110 110 110 110 110 111 111 111 111 112 112
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 124 123 121 120 120 120 119 119 119 118 118 117 117 117
TOFL ~ FT 4420 4479 4500 4523 4527 4544 4616 4602 4771 5024 5299 5619 6084 6627
V1 ~ KIAS 108 108 106 105 104 103 101 97 99 97 98 99 100 101
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 111 110 109 108 107 107 108 108 108 108 107 108 108
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 124 123 121 120 118 117 117 117 116 116 115 114 114 114
TOFL ~ FT 4325 4383 4402 4422 4424 4437 4461 4485 4509 4541 4766 5008 5391 5830
Figure 5.20.13

Page 18 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA Approved

TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 0o Field Pressure Altitude (12,000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 133 134 135 135 136 136 137 138
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 141 141 141 141 142 142 142 143
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 146 146 146 146 146 146 146 146
TOFL ~ FT 8771 9177 9623 10099 10579 11087 11641 12435
V1 ~ KIAS 131 132 132 133 133 134 134 135 136
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 138 139 139 139 140 140 140 141 141
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144
TOFL ~ FT 8171 8550 8964 9411 9853 10322 10821 11490 12311
V1 ~ KIAS 128 129 129 130 131 131 132 132 133 134
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 136 136 137 137 137 137 138 138 139 139
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142
TOFL ~ FT 7599 7951 8339 8756 9169 9604 10061 10657 11345 12212
V1 ~ KIAS 124 125 126 126 127 128 129 129 130 131 132
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 133 133 134 134 134 134 135 135 136 136 136
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139
TOFL ~ FT 7001 7329 7686 8071 8455 8854 9275 9815 10417 11130 12016
V1 ~ KIAS 120 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 126 127 128 130
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 130 130 130 131 131 131 132 132 132 133 133 134
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137
TOFL ~ FT 6421 6704 7038 7398 7753 8124 8519 9017 9568 10196 10915 11866
V1 ~ KIAS 116 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 124 125 127
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 126 126 127 127 127 128 128 129 129 129 130 130 131
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134
TOFL ~ FT 5890 6140 6414 6730 7058 7403 7766 8227 8734 9311 9946 10715 11722
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 113 114 115 115 116 117 119 120 121 122 123
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 122 123 123 123 124 124 125 125 125 126 126 127 127
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131
TOFL ~ FT 5384 5611 5856 6128 6396 6699 7033 7460 7926 8456 9035 9713 10519
V1 ~ KIAS 108 108 109 110 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 118 119 120
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 119 119 119 120 120 120 121 121 122 122 123 123 124 124
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 128 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127
TOFL ~ FT 4937 5119 5320 5565 5805 6062 6334 6705 7130 7618 8149 8763 9468 10259
V1 ~ KIAS 107 106 105 106 106 107 108 108 109 111 112 113 114 116
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 116 116 116 116 117 117 118 118 119 119 120 120
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 125 125 125 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124
TOFL ~ FT 4795 4818 4877 5075 5275 5478 5717 6024 6367 6808 7296 7854 8492 9183
V1 ~ KIAS 107 106 105 103 103 103 104 104 105 106 107 109 110 111
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 114 114 114 114 114 115 115 116 117
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 123 123 123 122 122 122 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121
TOFL ~ FT 4689 4710 4723 4739 4813 5004 5204 5453 5713 6063 6490 7000 7577 8202
V1 ~ KIAS 107 106 104 103 102 101 100 101 102 102 103 104 106 107
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 110 110 110 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 113
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 122 121 120 120 120 119 119 119 118 118 117 117 117 117
TOFL ~ FT 4586 4604 4615 4630 4679 4682 4726 4961 5204 5478 5780 6194 6722 7287
V1 ~ KIAS 107 106 104 103 102 101 96 99 98 98 99 100 101 103
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 109 108 107 108 108 108 108 108 108 107 108 108 109
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 122 120 119 117 117 117 117 116 116 115 114 114 114 114
TOFL ~ FT 4486 4502 4511 4522 4546 4570 4603 4636 4708 4931 5161 5495 5915 6426 Figure 5.20.14
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Page 19
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 0o Field Pressure Altitude (13,000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 135 135 136 136 137 137
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 141 142 142 142 142 143
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 146 146 146 146 146 146
TOFL ~ FT 9801 10255 10747 11286 11820 12443
V1 ~ KIAS 132 133 133 134 134 135 136 136
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 139 139 140 140 140 141 141 141
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144
TOFL ~ FT 9132 9552 10014 10508 10999 11523 12146 12969
V1 ~ KIAS 129 130 131 131 132 132 133 134 135
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 137 137 137 138 138 138 138 139 139
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142
TOFL ~ FT 8489 8884 9312 9776 10226 10708 11237 11937 12804
V1 ~ KIAS 126 126 127 128 129 129 130 130 131 132
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 134 134 134 135 135 135 136 136 136 137
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139
TOFL ~ FT 7828 8187 8584 9009 9423 9862 10345 10941 11658 12548
V1 ~ KIAS 121 122 123 124 125 125 126 127 128 128 130
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 130 131 131 131 132 132 132 133 133 133 134
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137
TOFL ~ FT 7168 7503 7869 8267 8656 9060 9504 10047 10665 11392 12293
V1 ~ KIAS 117 118 119 120 121 121 122 123 124 125 125 127
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 127 127 128 128 128 129 129 129 130 130 131 131
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134
TOFL ~ FT 6534 6821 7161 7530 7888 8265 8674 9175 9739 10377 11106 12052
V1 ~ KIAS 113 114 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 123 124 124 124 125 125 125 126 126 127 127 127 128
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131
TOFL ~ FT 5968 6218 6496 6810 7142 7491 7869 8329 8846 9428 10072 10826 11803
V1 ~ KIAS 109 110 110 111 112 112 113 114 116 117 118 119 119
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 119 120 120 120 121 121 121 122 122 123 123 124 124
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127
TOFL ~ FT 5426 5649 5897 6170 6438 6730 7075 7497 7971 8503 9087 9755 10521
V1 ~ KIAS 105 106 106 107 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 117 117 118 118 118 119 119 120 120
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 125 125 125 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124
TOFL ~ FT 4977 5161 5367 5587 5813 6068 6345 6696 7128 7614 8147 8750 9432
V1 ~ KIAS 105 104 103 103 104 104 105 105 106 108 109 110 111
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 115 115 116 116 117
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 123 122 122 122 122 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121
TOFL ~ FT 4841 4862 4895 5103 5297 5505 5723 6005 6345 6774 7258 7807 8422
V1 ~ KIAS 105 104 102 101 100 101 101 102 102 103 104 106 107
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 113
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 120 120 120 119 119 119 119 118 118 117 117 117 117
TOFL ~ FT 4731 4751 4781 4814 4843 5006 5208 5451 5722 6027 6422 6923 7481
V1 ~ KIAS 105 103 102 101 97 97 98 98 98 99 100 101 102
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 109 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 109 109
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 119 118 117 117 117 116 116 116 115 114 114 114 114
TOFL ~ FT 4624 4640 4667 4699 4720 4742 4764 4924 5144 5379 5700 6092 6593
Figure 5.20.15

Page 20 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA Approved

TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 0o Field Pressure Altitude (14,000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 136 136 137 137 138
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 142 142 143 143 143
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 146 146 146 146 146
TOFL ~ FT 10954 11460 12024 12674 13346
V1 ~ KIAS 134 134 134 135 135 136
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 140 140 140 141 141 141
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 144 144 144 144 144 144
TOFL ~ FT 10206 10668 11190 11742 12322 12975
V1 ~ KIAS 131 131 132 132 133 133 134
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 137 138 138 138 139 139 139
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 142 142 142 142 142 142 142
TOFL ~ FT 9492 9925 10402 10913 11418 11962 12629
V1 ~ KIAS 127 128 129 129 130 130 131 131 133
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 134 135 135 135 136 136 136 137 137
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140
TOFL ~ FT 8744 9144 9587 10049 10509 10998 11541 12270 13171
V1 ~ KIAS 123 124 125 125 126 127 127 128 129 130
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 131 132 132 132 132 133 133 133 134 134
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137
TOFL ~ FT 8020 8388 8797 9228 9654 10101 10597 11202 11939 12840
V1 ~ KIAS 119 120 121 121 122 123 123 124 125 126 127
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 128 128 128 129 129 129 130 130 130 131 131
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134
TOFL ~ FT 7298 7639 8017 8418 8808 9223 9679 10232 10864 11598 12507
V1 ~ KIAS 115 115 116 117 118 119 119 120 121 122 123 124
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 124 124 125 125 125 126 126 126 127 127 128 128
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131
TOFL ~ FT 6622 6908 7258 7628 7991 8372 8787 9296 9872 10515 11239 12159
V1 ~ KIAS 110 111 112 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 119
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 120 121 121 121 122 122 122 123 123 123 124 124
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128
TOFL ~ FT 6012 6262 6546 6851 7184 7533 7915 8381 8905 9487 10130 10848
V1 ~ KIAS 106 107 107 108 109 109 110 111 112 113 115 115 116
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 117 117 117 117 118 118 118 119 119 120 120 121 121
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 125 125 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124
TOFL ~ FT 5478 5684 5912 6181 6449 6734 7076 7498 7976 8506 9089 9735 10463
V1 ~ KIAS 103 103 104 104 105 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 115 115 116 116 117 117
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 122 122 122 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121
TOFL ~ FT 5030 5189 5397 5621 5832 6054 6329 6668 7098 7580 8109 8694 9347
V1 ~ KIAS 103 102 101 101 101 102 102 103 103 104 106 107 108
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 113 113
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 120 120 119 119 119 119 118 118 118 118 118 118 118
TOFL ~ FT 4912 4940 4974 5110 5308 5517 5739 6009 6311 6708 7190 7718 8308
V1 ~ KIAS 103 102 98 97 98 98 98 99 99 100 101 102 104
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 109 109 110
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 118 117 117 117 116 116 116 115 114 114 114 114 114
TOFL ~ FT 4795 4822 4850 4878 4906 4991 5174 5396 5624 5950 6333 6799 7340 Figure 5.20.16
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Page 21
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 22 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA approved

TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

TAKE-OFF FIELD LENGTH CORRECTIO N 4 500

FLAPS 0º
14 000 14 000
REFERENC E

R EFERENCE
L IN E

L IN E
13 000 13 000 4 000

C O R R E C T E D T A K E -O F F F IE L D L E N G T H ~ m e te rs
U N C O R R E C T E D T A K E -O F F F IE L D L E N G T H ~ fe e t

C O R R E C T E D T A K E -O F F F IE L D L E N G T H ~ fe e t
12 000 12 000
3 500
11 000 11 000

10 000 10 000 3 000

9 000 9 000

2 500
8 000 8 000

7 000 7 000
2 000
6 000 6 000

5 000 5 000 1 500

D G 90501A X P P21

4 000 4 000
1 000
3 000 3 000

2 000 2 000
500
-2 -1 0 1 2 -10 0 10 20 30 40
D O W N H IL L U P H IL L R EP O R TE D W IN D C OM P ON E N T
R U N W A Y SL O PE ~ % ~ kn o ts

Figure 5.20.17

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20 Page 23

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE-OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

TA K E-O FF D EC ISIO N SPEED ( V 1 ) CO R R EC TION

FLAPS 0º
15 0 15 0

REFERENCE
RE FE REN C E

L IN E
L IN E
U N C O R R E C T E D T A K E -O F F D E C IS IO N S P E E D ( V 1 ) ~ k n o ts

14 5 14 5

C O R R E C T E D T A K E -O F F D E C IS IO N S P E E D ( V 1 ) ~ k n o ts
14 0 14 0

13 5 13 5

13 0 13 0

12 5 12 5

12 0 12 0

11 5 11 5

11 0 11 0

10 5 10 5

10 0 10 0
D G 90501 XP P21

95 95

90 90
-2 -1 0 1 2 -10 0 10 20 30 40
D O W N H IL L U P H IL L R E P O R TE D W IN D C O M P O N E N T
R U N WAY SLOPE ~ % ~ kn o ts

Figure 5.20.18

Page 24 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA Approved

TAKE-OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 15o Field Pressure Altitude (Sea Level)

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

T.O.
WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 125 126
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 130 130 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 141 141 141 141 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 139 138
TOFL ~ FT 4365 4426 4488 4557 4633 4708 4783 4860 4941 5032 5106 5281 5641 6061 6543
V1 ~ KIAS 119 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 119 120 121 122
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 137 136 136
TOFL ~ FT 4076 4132 4193 4257 4325 4394 4464 4533 4610 4696 4763 4922 5254 5625 6076
V1 ~ KIAS 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 116 117 119 120
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 124 124 124 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 126
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 135 135 134 133 133
TOFL ~ FT 3801 3853 3910 3970 4033 4098 4163 4231 4302 4375 4439 4588 4894 5226 5621 6096
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 115 116 117
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 122 122 122 122 122 122
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 132 132 131 130 129
TOFL ~ FT 3605 3665 3726 3788 3851 3916 3980 4045 4112 4180 4244 4362 4528 4827 5181 5606 6096
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 113 113 113 113 111 110 111 113 114
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 119 119 119 119 119
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 130 130 129 128 128 127
TOFL ~ FT 3552 3610 3670 3731 3794 3857 3921 3984 4050 4117 4180 4293 4359 4463 4783 5160 5595
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 113 111 108 108 109 110 111
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 116 116 116 116 116 116
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 129 129 129 129 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 127 126 126 125 124 123
TOFL ~ FT 3496 3554 3613 3673 3735 3797 3859 3922 3986 4051 4113 4223 4282 4239 4393 4733 5118 5533
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 108 105 106 107 108
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 114 114
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 126 126 126 126 125 124 124 123 122 121
TOFL ~ FT 3442 3499 3557 3616 3676 3737 3799 3860 3923 3987 4048 4153 4206 4159 4117 4382 4733 5102
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 108 105 103 104 105
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 111 111 111 111 111
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 126 126 126 126 126 124 122 121 121 120 119
TOFL ~ FT 3389 3445 3502 3560 3619 3679 3739 3800 3861 3924 3983 4084 4131 4080 4034 4041 4359 4689
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 108 105 102 101 102
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 108 108 108 108 109
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 126 124 120 119 119 118 117
TOFL ~ FT 3336 3393 3449 3506 3563 3622 3681 3740 3800 3861 3920 4017 4057 4002 3951 3910 3990 4283
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 110 108 105 102 99 99
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 110 108 105 105 106 106
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 126 124 121 117 116 115 115
TOFL ~ FT 3286 3341 3397 3453 3510 3568 3627 3685 3744 3802 3860 3952 3986 3927 3872 3826 3783 3906
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 110 107 105 102 99 96
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 110 107 105 103 103 103
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 124 121 117 114 113 112
TOFL ~ FT 3240 3294 3349 3405 3461 3518 3574 3631 3689 3747 3804 3892 3919 3856 3796 3745 3696 3621
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 110 107 104 102 99 96
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 110 107 104 102 100 100
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 127 127 127 125 121 117 114 111 110
TOFL ~ FT 3198 3252 3306 3361 3416 3472 3527 3583 3640 3697 3752 3836 3856 3788 3724 3667 3614 3534
Figure 5.20.19
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Page 25
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 15o Field Pressure Altitude (1000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 124 125 126
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 130 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 139 138 138
TOFL ~ FT 4520 4585 4648 4719 4794 4872 4951 5033 5122 5207 5339 5645 6049 6518 7035
V1 ~ KIAS 119 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 119 119 120 122 123
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 129
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 137 137 136 135
TOFL ~ FT 4218 4275 4338 4403 4474 4546 4625 4697 4775 4853 4980 5262 5619 6045 6523
V1 ~ KIAS 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 116 117 118 119 120
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 124 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 126 126
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 135 135 134 134 133 132
TOFL ~ FT 3936 3990 4048 4109 4175 4243 4307 4376 4457 4527 4640 4896 5226 5600 6039 6548
V1 ~ KIAS 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 112 113 114 116 117 118
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 132 132 131 130 130 129
TOFL ~ FT 3728 3789 3851 3916 3982 4049 4116 4182 4252 4321 4421 4535 4834 5171 5552 6016 129
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 112 110 111 112 113 115
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 119 119 119 119 119 120
10886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 130 129 129 128 127 126
TOFL ~ FT 3671 3731 3793 3857 3922 3987 4053 4119 4187 4255 4352 4429 4468 4771 5116 5531 6015
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 113 113 111 109 107 108 110 111 112
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 116 116 116 116 116 116
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 127 127 126 125 124 123 123
TOFL ~ FT 3614 3673 3734 3796 3860 3925 3989 4053 4120 4187 4281 4352 4342 4386 4693 5059 5485 5943
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 109 106 105 107 108 109
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 114 114
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 127 126 126 126 126 126 125 125 124 123 122 121 120
TOFL ~ FT 3557 3615 3675 3736 3799 3862 3926 3989 4054 4120 4211 4276 4261 4228 4353 4683 5067 5478
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 109 106 103 104 105 106
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 111 111 111 111 111 111
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 124 123 122 121 120 119 118
TOFL ~ FT 3501 3559 3618 3678 3740 3802 3864 3926 3990 4054 4142 4201 4182 4145 4098 4321 4659 5026
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 109 106 103 100 102 103
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 109 108 108 108 108 109
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 126 126 124 121 120 119 118 117 116
TOFL ~ FT 3447 3504 3561 3620 3681 3742 3803 3864 3926 3989 4074 4127 4103 4062 4011 3976 4267 4588
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 108 106 103 100 98 99
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 108 106 105 106 106 106
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 125 122 118 117 116 115 114
TOFL ~ FT 3394 3450 3507 3566 3627 3687 3745 3805 3866 3927 4009 4057 4028 3982 3927 3886 3892 4178
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 111 108 106 103 100 97 96
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 111 108 106 103 103 103 103
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 125 122 118 115 114 113 112
TOFL ~ FT 3346 3401 3458 3515 3574 3632 3691 3749 3809 3869 3949 3990 3956 3905 3845 3800 3760 3805
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 110 108 105 103 100 97 94
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 110 108 105 103 100 100 100
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 127 127 127 127 125 122 119 115 112 110 110
TOFL ~ FT 3301 3356 3412 3469 3526 3584 3642 3699 3758 3816 3892 3928 3889 3833 3768 3717 3671 3602

Figure 5.20.20

Page 26 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA Approved

TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 15o Field Pressure Altitude (2000 feet)

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

T.O.
WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 124 125 126
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 139 139 138
TOFL ~ FT 4683 4742 4811 4887 4969 5049 5133 5217 5309 5418 5699 6056 6514 7009
V1 ~ KIAS 119 119 119 118 118 118 118 118 119 119 119 120 121 123 124
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 129 129
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 137 137 136 136 135
TOFL ~ FT 4370 4427 4494 4564 4637 4711 4785 4863 4953 5054 5313 5632 6037 6497 7016
V1 ~ KIAS 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 116 117 118 119 120
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 126 126
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 135 135 135 135 134 133 133
TOFL ~ FT 4073 4125 4187 4252 4321 4391 4467 4536 4614 4709 4945 5242 5596 6009 6488
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 112 113 114 115 116 118
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 121 121 121 121 121 121 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 132 131 131 130 129
TOFL ~ FT 3857 3919 3985 4053 4122 4190 4260 4331 4404 4493 4612 4846 5168 5533 5966 6473
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 112 110 111 112 113 114 115
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 120
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 130 130 129 128 127 127 126
TOFL ~ FT 3798 3859 3924 3991 4059 4126 4195 4264 4336 4422 4535 4530 4776 5106 5486 5942 6461
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 113 113 113 113 112 110 107 108 109 110 112
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 116 116 116 116 116 116 116
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 127 126 125 125 124 123
TOFL ~ FT 3738 3798 3862 3928 3994 4061 4128 4196 4266 4350 4457 4448 4430 4685 5024 5429 5896
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 113 112 110 107 105 106 107 109
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 114 114 114
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 125 124 123 122 122 121
TOFL ~ FT 3678 3737 3801 3865 3930 3996 4062 4128 4197 4279 4380 4366 4344 4348 4653 5017 5441
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 110 107 104 103 104 106 107
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 111 111 111 111 111 112
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 125 123 122 121 120 119 119 118
TOFL ~ FT 3620 3678 3741 3804 3868 3932 3997 4062 4129 4209 4304 4286 4259 4215 4295 4619 4992 5399
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 109 107 104 101 101 102 103
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 109 108 108 108 108 109 109
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 126 126 126 125 122 120 119 118 117 117 116
TOFL ~ FT 3562 3620 3682 3744 3806 3869 3933 3997 4062 4140 4229 4207 4175 4127 4080 4232 4565 4913
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 109 107 104 101 99 99 100
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 109 107 105 105 106 106 106
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 125 122 119 117 116 115 114 114
TOFL ~ FT 3508 3565 3634 3703 3748 3810 3872 3935 3999 4074 4157 4131 4094 4042 3990 3967 4156 4473
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 112 111 109 107 104 101 99 96 96
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 112 111 109 107 104 103 103 103 103
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 126 123 120 116 114 113 112 111
TOFL ~ FT 3457 3514 3574 3633 3694 3754 3815 3877 3939 4013 4089 4058 4017 3961 3904 3875 3833 4062
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 111 109 106 104 101 98 96 93
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 111 109 106 104 101 100 100 101
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 127 127 127 127 127 127 126 123 120 116 113 111 110 109
TOFL ~ FT 3410 3466 3525 3584 3644 3703 3763 3823 3885 3956 4025 3990 3944 3883 3821 3786 3739 3684 Figure 5.20.21
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Page 27
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 15o Field Pressure Altitude (3000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 123 124 126 126
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 132
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 139 139 138 138
TOFL ~ FT 4833 4907 4985 5065 5148 5235 5322 5415 5522 5779 6115 6518 6996 7530
V1 ~ KIAS 119 119 118 119 118 118 119 119 119 119 120 121 122 123
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 129 129
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 137 137 136 136 135
TOFL ~ FT 4507 4576 4648 4729 4799 4880 4964 5050 5149 5387 5689 6037 6489 6985
V1 ~ KIAS 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 116 116 117 118 120 121
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 126 126 126
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 136 136 136 136 136 136 135 135 135 135 135 134 133 133 132
TOFL ~ FT 4207 4272 4339 4407 4477 4557 4625 4710 4802 5015 5296 5606 6000 6458 6978
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 112 113 114 115 116 117
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 121 121 121 121 121 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 132 131 131 130 129
TOFL ~ FT 3984 4053 4123 4194 4266 4339 4411 4486 4573 4692 4897 5181 5529 5938 6417
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 112 110 110 111 112 114 115
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 120
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 130 130 130 129 128 128 127 126
TOFL ~ FT 3922 3991 4060 4129 4200 4271 4342 4416 4501 4614 4614 4787 5102 5463 5891 6389
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 113 113 113 113 112 110 108 108 109 110 111 112
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 127 126 126 125 124 123 122
TOFL ~ FT 3860 3927 3995 4063 4133 4203 4272 4345 4427 4535 4531 4514 4693 5010 5383 5827 6330
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 113 113 112 110 108 105 106 107 108 109
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 114 114 114 114
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 125 124 124 123 122 121 120
TOFL ~ FT 3798 3864 3931 3998 4066 4135 4203 4273 4354 4456 4448 4428 4408 4642 4982 5380 5841
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 110 108 105 103 104 105 106
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 111 111 111 111 111 112
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 125 123 122 121 121 120 119 118
TOFL ~ FT 3737 3802 3868 3934 4001 4068 4135 4204 4283 4379 4367 4343 4319 4287 4589 4944 5356
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 110 107 105 102 100 102 103
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 110 108 108 108 108 109 109
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 126 126 126 126 126 125 123 120 119 119 118 117 116
TOFL ~ FT 3677 3741 3806 3871 3936 4002 4068 4135 4212 4302 4287 4259 4230 4185 4208 4520 4881
V1 ~ KIAS 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 109 107 105 102 100 98 99
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 109 107 105 105 106 106 106
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 126 125 123 120 117 116 115 115 114
TOFL ~ FT 3622 3685 3747 3811 3875 3940 4004 4070 4145 4229 4210 4178 4145 4095 4063 4122 4446
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 112 112 111 109 107 105 102 100 97 96
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 112 112 111 109 107 105 103 103 103 103
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 126 123 120 117 114 113 112 112
TOFL ~ FT 3568 3630 3692 3755 3818 3881 3944 4009 4082 4160 4137 4101 4062 4008 3971 3934 4042
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 111 109 107 105 102 99 97 94
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 111 109 107 105 102 100 100 100
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 126 123 120 117 114 111 110 109
TOFL ~ FT 3519 3580 3642 3703 3765 3827 3889 3952 4023 4096 4068 4028 3984 3926 3883 3840 3799

Figure 5.20.22

Page 28 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA Approved

TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 15o Field Pressure Altitude (4000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 123 124 125 126
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 132
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 139 139 138 138
TOFL ~ FT 4999 5089 5173 5261 5352 5435 5522 5632 5879 6202 6591 7010 7534
V1 ~ KIAS 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 120 121 122 123
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 129 129
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 137 137 137 136 135
TOFL ~ FT 4664 4749 4827 4908 4993 5068 5149 5251 5480 5771 6105 6502 6979
V1 ~ KIAS 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 116 116 117 118 119 120
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 126 126 126
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 136 136 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 134 134 133 132
TOFL ~ FT 4351 4424 4497 4574 4656 4726 4801 4896 5106 5373 5671 6013 6460 6956
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 114 115 117 118
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 121 121 121 121 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 123
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 132 132 131 130 130 129
TOFL ~ FT 4121 4199 4274 4349 4425 4496 4569 4656 4776 4974 5244 5548 5934 6390 6903
V1 ~ KIAS 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 112 111 110 111 112 113 114
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 118 118 118 118 118 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 120
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 130 130 130 130 130 129 129 128 127 126
TOFL ~ FT 4058 4133 4207 4281 4356 4425 4497 4583 4697 4711 4846 5127 5469 5869 6342
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 113 113 113 113 113 112 110 108 107 108 109 110 112
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 127 126 126 125 124 124 123
TOFL ~ FT 3992 4067 4139 4212 4285 4354 4424 4507 4616 4627 4618 4706 5020 5370 5787 6268
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 113 113 113 112 110 108 106 105 106 108 109
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 114 114 114 114
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 125 125 124 123 122 121 121
TOFL ~ FT 3928 4000 4071 4143 4215 4282 4351 4432 4536 4542 4530 4513 4651 4970 5340 5775
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 113 112 110 108 106 104 103 105 106
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 113 112 111 111 111 111 111 111 111
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 125 123 122 122 121 120 119 118
TOFL ~ FT 3864 3936 4006 4075 4146 4212 4280 4359 4457 4460 4444 4423 4400 4584 4917 5302
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 110 108 106 103 101 101 102 103
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 110 108 108 108 108 109 109 109
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 125 123 120 120 119 118 117 117 116
TOFL ~ FT 3802 3872 3940 4009 4078 4143 4210 4287 4379 4378 4358 4333 4306 4266 4496 4839 5236
V1 ~ KIAS 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 110 108 106 103 101 98 99 100
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 110 108 106 105 106 106 106 106
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 126 126 126 125 123 120 118 116 116 115 114 113
TOFL ~ FT 3743 3811 3878 3946 4013 4077 4143 4218 4305 4299 4276 4247 4215 4170 4140 4412 4755
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 110 108 105 103 100 98 95 97
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 110 108 105 103 103 103 103 103
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 126 123 121 118 115 114 113 112 111
TOFL ~ FT 3687 3755 3820 3886 3953 4015 4080 4153 4234 4224 4197 4164 4127 4077 4042 4023 4323
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 111 109 107 105 103 100 98 95 93
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 111 109 107 105 103 101 100 100 101
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 126 124 121 118 115 112 110 110 109
TOFL ~ FT 3636 3702 3767 3832 3897 3958 4021 4093 4169 4154 4123 4085 4043 3989 3948 3907 3914

Figure 5.20.23
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Page 29
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 15o Field Pressure Altitude (5000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 123 124 125 126
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 132
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 139 139 138 138
TOFL ~ FT 5176 5284 5370 5475 5551 5630 5754 5991 6302 6693 7090 7541
V1 ~ KIAS 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 120 121 122 122 123
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 129 129 129
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 137 137 137 136 136 135
TOFL ~ FT 4829 4929 5008 5105 5176 5248 5366 5583 5862 6198 6575 6983 7513
V1 ~ KIAS 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 116 116 117 118 119 120
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 126 126 126
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 134 134 133 133
TOFL ~ FT 4503 4595 4670 4761 4826 4894 5004 5204 5459 5759 6081 6465 6946
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 112 113 114 114 115 116 117
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 121 121 121 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 123
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 132 132 132 131 130 130 129
TOFL ~ FT 4266 4350 4427 4510 4581 4653 4754 4822 5053 5326 5613 5942 6388 6877
V1 ~ KIAS 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 112 110 110 111 112 113 114 115
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 118 118 118 118 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 120 120
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 129 129 128 127 127 126
TOFL ~ FT 4200 4282 4358 4439 4509 4580 4678 4724 4755 4923 5189 5480 5865 6322 6823
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 113 113 113 113 112 110 108 107 108 109 110 111 112
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 117
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 127 127 126 126 125 125 124 123 122
TOFL ~ FT 4132 4213 4287 4366 4435 4505 4601 4643 4670 4709 4764 5033 5372 5762 6225 6737
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 113 113 113 111 110 108 106 105 106 107 108 109
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 114 114 114 114 114 114
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 125 125 125 124 123 122 122 121 120
TOFL ~ FT 4065 4143 4216 4294 4362 4431 4524 4562 4585 4619 4603 4664 4975 5326 5733 6218
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 113 111 110 108 106 104 103 104 105 106
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 113 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 124 123 122 122 121 120 119 119 118
TOFL ~ FT 3999 4076 4147 4223 4290 4358 4449 4484 4502 4532 4512 4486 4591 4909 5271 5696
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 110 108 106 104 101 101 102 103
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 110 108 108 108 108 108 109 109
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 124 122 120 120 119 118 117 117 116
TOFL ~ FT 3934 4009 4079 4153 4219 4286 4374 4405 4420 4444 4421 4392 4371 4489 4819 5191
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 109 108 106 104 101 99 98 100
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 109 108 106 105 106 106 106 106
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 126 126 126 126 126 126 125 123 120 118 117 116 115 114 114
TOFL ~ FT 3872 3946 4015 4087 4152 4218 4303 4331 4341 4361 4334 4301 4275 4250 4394 4721
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 112 112 112 112 112 111 109 108 106 104 101 99 96 96
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 112 112 112 112 112 111 109 108 106 104 103 103 103 103
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 127 126 125 123 121 118 115 114 113 112 111
TOFL ~ FT 3815 3886 3954 4024 4089 4153 4236 4260 4266 4281 4250 4213 4182 4152 4117 4297
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 111 109 108 106 103 101 99 96 94
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 111 109 108 106 103 101 100 100 101
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 125 123 121 118 116 113 111 110 109
TOFL ~ FT 3761 3831 3898 3967 4030 4094 4174 4195 4196 4205 4171 4130 4094 4058 4017 3980

Figure 5.20.24

Page 30 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA Approved

TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 15o Field Pressure Altitude (6000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 123 124 125 126
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 132 132
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 139 139 138 138
TOFL ~ FT 5280 5407 5530 5653 5758 5909 6145 6451 6819 7214 7646
V1 ~ KIAS 118 119 119 119 119 119 119 120 121 122 122 123
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 129 129 129 129
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 138 138 138 138 138 137 137 137 137 136 136 135
TOFL ~ FT 4923 5041 5155 5272 5369 5510 5726 5996 6313 6687 7079 7538
V1 ~ KIAS 115 115 115 115 115 115 116 116 117 118 119 120 121
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 126 126 126 126 126
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 134 134 134 133 133 132
TOFL ~ FT 4588 4699 4806 4915 5007 5137 5336 5582 5866 6184 6554 6969 7490
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 112 112 113 114 114 115 116 117
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 121 121 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 123
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 133 133 133 133 133 133 132 132 132 131 131 130 129
TOFL ~ FT 4366 4466 4566 4667 4761 4820 4944 5168 5426 5710 6024 6409 6881
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 112 111 110 110 111 111 112 113 114
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 118 118 118 118 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 120 119
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 130 130 130 130 130 130 129 129 129 128 127 127 126
TOFL ~ FT 4299 4397 4495 4593 4685 4742 4782 4828 5020 5278 5558 5889 6323 6835
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 113 113 113 112 111 110 109 107 108 109 110 111 112
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 115 115 115 115 115 115 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 117
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 127 127 126 126 125 125 124 123 123
TOFL ~ FT 4232 4327 4422 4518 4608 4663 4699 4741 4807 4848 5106 5398 5771 6206 6706
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 113 113 112 111 110 108 107 105 106 107 108 109 110
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 126 126 126 126 126 125 125 125 124 123 123 122 121 120 120
TOFL ~ FT 4164 4257 4350 4443 4531 4584 4617 4655 4715 4709 4734 5006 5338 5726 6182 6693
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 110 108 106 104 103 104 105 106 107
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 126 126 126 126 125 123 123 122 122 121 120 120 119 118 117
TOFL ~ FT 4098 4189 4279 4370 4456 4506 4537 4571 4626 4615 4594 4625 4918 5265 5669 6139
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 109 108 106 104 102 100 101 102 104
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 109 108 108 108 108 109 109 109 109
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 126 126 126 126 125 124 122 120 120 119 118 118 117 116 116
TOFL ~ FT 4033 4121 4209 4297 4381 4430 4457 4487 4537 4523 4498 4476 4508 4813 5171 5577
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 110 109 108 106 104 102 100 98 99 100
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 112 112 110 109 108 106 105 106 106 106 106 106
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 126 126 126 126 125 124 122 121 118 117 116 115 115 114 113
TOFL ~ FT 3971 4057 4143 4228 4311 4357 4381 4407 4451 4434 4405 4379 4365 4393 4708 5062
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 112 112 112 111 110 109 108 106 104 102 100 97 96 97
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 112 112 112 111 110 109 108 106 104 103 103 103 103 103
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 126 124 122 121 118 116 114 113 112 112 111
TOFL ~ FT 3914 3997 4080 4164 4244 4288 4309 4331 4370 4348 4316 4286 4267 4234 4289 4599
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 111 112 112 111 110 109 108 106 104 102 100 97 95 93
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 112 112 111 110 109 108 106 104 102 100 100 101 101
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 127 127 126 124 123 121 119 116 113 111 110 109 109
TOFL ~ FT 3861 3942 4023 4104 4183 4225 4242 4259 4293 4267 4231 4197 4172 4133 4103 4172
Figure 5.20.25
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Page 31
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 15o Field Pressure Altitude (7000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 121 121 122 122 122 123 123 124 125 126
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 132
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 140 140 140 140 140 139 139 139 138 138
TOFL ~ FT 5291 5488 5700 5914 6102 6340 6614 6955 7334 7776
V1 ~ KIAS 117 118 118 119 119 120 120 121 121 122 123
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 129 129 129
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 138 138 138 138 137 137 137 136 136 136 135
TOFL ~ FT 4931 5119 5313 5513 5687 5902 6143 6443 6795 7198 7630
V1 ~ KIAS 114 114 115 115 116 116 117 117 118 119 119 120
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 126 126 126 126
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 136 136 135 135 135 135 134 134 134 133 133 132
TOFL ~ FT 4594 4769 4954 5140 5301 5499 5717 5982 6284 6663 7054 7512
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 112 112 113 114 114 115 116 117 117
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 121 121 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 123 123
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 133 133 133 133 132 132 132 131 131 131 130 130 129
TOFL ~ FT 4466 4593 4727 4854 4913 5094 5293 5533 5802 6123 6487 6901 7440
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 112 110 109 110 111 111 112 113 114
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 118 118 118 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 120 120
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 130 130 130 130 129 129 128 128 128 127 126
TOFL ~ FT 4401 4524 4653 4776 4811 4842 4901 5120 5363 5651 5962 6343 6839
V1 ~ KIAS 112 113 113 113 111 110 109 108 107 108 109 109 110 111
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 115 115 115 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 117
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 127 127 127 126 126 125 125 124 124 123
TOFL ~ FT 4334 4453 4578 4696 4729 4757 4792 4821 4931 5192 5467 5793 6243 6692
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 111 110 109 108 106 105 106 106 107 109 110
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 114 114 114 114 114 114
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 126 126 126 125 125 125 124 124 123 123 122 121 121 120
TOFL ~ FT 4268 4382 4503 4616 4647 4673 4705 4729 4749 4814 5071 5363 5730 6169 6662
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 111 110 109 107 106 104 103 103 104 105 106
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 112
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 126 126 125 124 123 123 122 122 121 120 120 119 119 118
TOFL ~ FT 4204 4314 4430 4539 4567 4590 4619 4640 4655 4684 4679 4942 5274 5657 6104
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 111 110 109 107 106 104 102 100 101 102 103 104
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 111 110 109 108 108 108 108 109 109 109 109 109
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 126 126 126 124 123 121 120 119 119 118 118 117 117 116 115
TOFL ~ FT 4140 4246 4357 4462 4488 4508 4534 4551 4563 4587 4568 4560 4830 5166 5556 6005
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 111 110 109 107 106 104 102 100 98 99 100 101
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 112 111 110 109 107 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 126 126 125 123 121 120 118 117 116 116 115 114 114 113
TOFL ~ FT 4080 4182 4289 4389 4412 4430 4452 4465 4473 4492 4470 4457 4445 4708 5052 5437
V1 ~ KIAS 111 112 112 112 111 109 108 107 105 104 102 100 98 96 96 97
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 112 112 112 111 109 108 107 105 104 103 103 103 103 103 104
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 127 126 125 123 122 120 118 116 114 113 113 112 111 110
TOFL ~ FT 4024 4122 4224 4320 4341 4356 4375 4384 4387 4402 4376 4358 4341 4316 4590 4930
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 110 109 108 107 105 104 102 100 98 95 93 94
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 110 109 108 107 105 104 102 100 101 101 101 101
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 127 127 126 125 124 122 120 118 116 113 111 110 110 109 108
TOFL ~ FT 3973 4067 4165 4256 4275 4286 4302 4307 4306 4316 4286 4263 4240 4209 4165 4464

Figure 5.20.26

Page 32 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA Approved

TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 15o Field Pressure Altitude (8000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 121 122 122 123 123 124 124 125 126
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 132
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 140 140 140 139 139 139 139 138 138
TOFL ~ FT 5568 5808 6051 6301 6557 6845 7145 7513 7933
V1 ~ KIAS 118 118 119 119 120 120 121 122 122 123
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 129 129
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 138 138 137 137 137 137 136 136 136 135
TOFL ~ FT 5192 5416 5640 5866 6094 6342 6610 6958 7343 7772
V1 ~ KIAS 114 115 115 116 116 117 117 118 119 119 120
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 126 126 126
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 136 135 135 135 134 134 134 133 133 133 132
TOFL ~ FT 4844 5052 5259 5468 5675 5899 6134 6433 6795 7184 7615
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 112 112 113 113 114 114 115 116 117 117
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 123 123 123
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 133 133 132 132 132 132 131 131 131 130 130 129
TOFL ~ FT 4696 4835 4912 5066 5257 5460 5671 5937 6245 6607 6997 7439
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 112 111 110 110 110 111 111 112 113 114 115
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 118 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 120 120 120 120
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 130 130 130 129 129 129 128 128 128 127 127 126
TOFL ~ FT 4625 4759 4832 4877 4913 5054 5248 5488 5764 6071 6430 6832 7348
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 112 111 110 108 107 107 108 109 109 110 111
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 115 115 115 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 117
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 128 127 127 127 126 126 126 125 125 124 124 123
TOFL ~ FT 4552 4681 4750 4792 4825 4853 4874 5047 5297 5569 5875 6233 6701
V1 ~ KIAS 112 113 112 111 109 108 107 106 105 106 106 107 108 109
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 114 114 114 114 114 114
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 126 126 125 125 125 124 124 123 123 122 121 121 120
TOFL ~ FT 4480 4604 4669 4708 4738 4763 4781 4820 4912 5166 5441 5756 6181 6661
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 112 111 109 108 107 106 105 103 103 104 105 106 107
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 112 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 112
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 126 125 123 123 122 122 121 121 121 120 119 119 118 117
TOFL ~ FT 4409 4528 4590 4625 4653 4675 4690 4724 4783 4779 5020 5304 5671 6104 6595
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 111 110 109 108 107 105 104 103 101 101 102 103 104
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 111 110 109 108 108 108 108 109 109 109 109 109 109
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 126 125 123 122 120 120 119 119 118 118 117 117 116 115
TOFL ~ FT 4339 4454 4512 4543 4568 4587 4600 4630 4683 4675 4670 4853 5180 5556 5994
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 111 110 109 108 107 105 104 102 101 99 98 99 100
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 111 110 109 108 107 105 106 106 106 106 106 106 106
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 126 125 124 122 121 119 117 117 116 116 115 114 114 113
TOFL ~ FT 4273 4383 4437 4465 4487 4503 4513 4539 4586 4575 4566 4556 4724 5058 5434
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 111 110 109 108 106 105 104 102 100 99 96 96 97
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 112 111 110 109 108 106 105 104 103 103 103 103 103 104
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 125 124 122 121 119 117 116 114 114 113 112 111 111
TOFL ~ FT 4211 4316 4366 4392 4410 4423 4430 4452 4494 4478 4465 4450 4436 4598 4932
V1 ~ KIAS 111 112 111 110 109 107 106 105 104 102 100 98 96 94 93
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 112 111 110 109 107 106 105 104 102 101 101 101 101 101
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 126 124 123 121 119 118 116 114 112 111 110 109 108
TOFL ~ FT 4155 4255 4301 4323 4338 4348 4353 4369 4406 4386 4368 4349 4329 4284 4462

Figure 5.20.27
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Page 33
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 15o Field Pressure Altitude (9000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 122 122 123 123 124 124 125
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131 131
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 140 140 139 139 139 138 138
TOFL ~ FT 6008 6239 6502 6789 7079 7388 7709
V1 ~ KIAS 119 119 120 120 121 121 122 122 123
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 129 129
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 138 137 137 137 136 136 136 135 135
TOFL ~ FT 5603 5812 6049 6298 6556 6839 7140 7505 7917
V1 ~ KIAS 115 116 116 117 117 117 118 119 119 120
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 126 126 126
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 135 135 135 134 134 134 133 133 133 132
TOFL ~ FT 5227 5420 5636 5860 6089 6332 6598 6941 7316 7750
V1 ~ KIAS 113 112 112 113 113 114 114 115 116 116 117
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 123
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 133 132 132 132 131 131 131 130 130 130 129
TOFL ~ FT 4941 5024 5221 5427 5632 5852 6086 6377 6728 7122 7540
V1 ~ KIAS 113 111 110 109 110 110 111 111 112 113 114 114
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 120 120 120
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130 129 129 129 128 128 127 127 127 126
TOFL ~ FT 4861 4898 4939 5024 5214 5413 5623 5885 6183 6545 6924 7375
V1 ~ KIAS 112 111 110 109 108 107 107 108 108 109 110 111 112
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 115 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 117 117
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 127 127 127 126 126 125 125 125 124 124 123 122
TOFL ~ FT 4779 4814 4852 4887 4914 4981 5172 5406 5671 5980 6352 6725 7231
V1 ~ KIAS 112 111 110 109 108 106 105 105 106 106 107 108 109 110
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 125 125 125 124 124 124 123 123 122 122 121 120 120
TOFL ~ FT 4698 4730 4765 4797 4821 4841 4871 5019 5261 5538 5836 6198 6668 7189
V1 ~ KIAS 112 111 110 109 107 106 105 104 102 103 104 105 106 107
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 112
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 125 124 123 122 122 122 121 121 120 120 119 119 118 117
TOFL ~ FT 4619 4648 4680 4709 4730 4747 4774 4800 4854 5111 5379 5696 6109 6596
V1 ~ KIAS 112 111 110 108 107 106 105 104 102 101 101 101 102 103 104
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 111 110 108 108 108 108 108 108 109 109 109 109 109 109
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 125 124 122 121 120 120 119 119 118 118 117 117 116 116 115
TOFL ~ FT 4541 4567 4596 4622 4640 4654 4678 4700 4725 4762 4927 5211 5569 5989 6477
V1 ~ KIAS 112 111 109 108 107 106 105 103 102 101 99 98 99 100 101
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 111 109 108 107 106 105 105 106 106 106 106 106 106 106
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 124 123 121 120 118 117 117 116 116 115 115 114 113 113
TOFL ~ FT 4466 4490 4516 4538 4553 4565 4586 4603 4624 4656 4649 4751 5068 5436 5859
V1 ~ KIAS 112 110 109 108 107 106 105 103 102 100 99 97 96 97 98
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 112 110 109 108 107 106 105 103 103 103 103 103 103 104 104
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 124 123 121 120 118 117 115 114 114 113 112 112 111 110
TOFL ~ FT 4396 4417 4439 4459 4471 4480 4497 4511 4527 4553 4542 4527 4616 4937 5300
V1 ~ KIAS 111 110 109 108 107 105 104 103 102 100 99 97 94 93 94
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 110 109 108 107 105 104 103 102 101 101 101 101 101 101
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 125 123 122 120 118 117 115 113 112 111 110 109 109 108
TOFL ~ FT 4331 4349 4368 4384 4394 4399 4414 4423 4434 4455 4439 4420 4399 4475 4788

Figure 5.20.28

Page 34 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA Approved

TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 15o Field Pressure Altitude (10,000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 123 123 124 124 125 125
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131 131 131
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 139 139 139 139 138 138
TOFL ~ FT 6470 6729 7031 7338 7652 7980
V1 ~ KIAS 119 120 120 121 121 122 122
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 128 129 129
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 137 137 136 136 136 136 135
TOFL ~ FT 6021 6249 6507 6794 7087 7390 7708
V1 ~ KIAS 116 116 117 117 118 118 119 119
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 125 125 125 125 125 125 126 126
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 135 134 134 134 133 133 133 133
TOFL ~ FT 5611 5817 6050 6295 6549 6831 7130 7499
V1 ~ KIAS 112 113 113 114 114 115 115 116 116 117
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 123
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 132 132 131 131 131 131 130 130 130 129
TOFL ~ FT 5200 5388 5599 5819 6048 6289 6547 6892 7272 7693
V1 ~ KIAS 111 109 110 110 111 111 112 112 113 114 114
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 120 120 120
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 129 129 129 128 128 128 127 127 127 126
TOFL ~ FT 4970 5004 5183 5385 5591 5809 6039 6333 6683 7066 7485
V1 ~ KIAS 111 109 108 107 107 108 108 109 109 110 111 111
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 117 117 117
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 127 127 126 126 126 125 125 125 124 124 123 123
TOFL ~ FT 4883 4914 4948 4980 5144 5340 5545 5808 6104 6465 6826 7269
V1 ~ KIAS 110 109 108 107 106 105 105 106 106 107 108 108 109
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 113 113 113 113 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 125 125 124 124 124 123 123 122 122 122 121 120 120
TOFL ~ FT 4796 4825 4856 4884 4909 4960 5149 5388 5654 5954 6291 6753 7214
V1 ~ KIAS 110 109 108 107 105 104 103 103 103 104 105 105 106 107
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 112 112 112
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 123 123 122 122 121 121 121 120 120 119 119 118 118 117
TOFL ~ FT 4711 4737 4765 4790 4812 4837 4856 4977 5219 5487 5784 6141 6633 7124
V1 ~ KIAS 110 109 108 107 105 104 103 102 101 101 101 102 103 104
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 110 109 108 108 108 108 108 108 109 109 109 109 109 109
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 123 122 120 120 119 119 119 118 118 117 117 116 116 115
TOFL ~ FT 4627 4650 4675 4697 4716 4738 4754 4800 4863 5022 5293 5603 6012 6499
V1 ~ KIAS 110 109 108 106 105 104 103 102 101 99 98 99 100 101
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 110 109 108 106 105 105 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 123 122 120 119 117 117 116 116 116 115 115 114 113 113
TOFL ~ FT 4546 4567 4589 4608 4624 4643 4656 4697 4754 4757 4827 5108 5461 5861
V1 ~ KIAS 110 109 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 99 97 95 96 97
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 110 109 107 106 105 104 103 103 103 103 103 104 104 104
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 123 122 120 119 117 116 114 114 114 113 112 112 111 110
TOFL ~ FT 4470 4488 4507 4523 4536 4551 4562 4598 4649 4647 4634 4649 4962 5307
V1 ~ KIAS 110 108 107 106 105 104 102 101 100 99 97 95 93 94
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 110 108 107 106 105 104 102 102 101 101 101 101 101 101
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 124 122 121 119 117 116 114 113 112 111 110 109 109 108
TOFL ~ FT 4399 4414 4430 4443 4453 4465 4472 4504 4548 4542 4525 4508 4502 4803

Figure 5.20.29
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Page 35
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 15o Field Pressure Altitude (11,000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 124 124 125 125
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 131 131 131 131
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 139 139 138 138
TOFL ~ FT 6999 7286 7601 7934
V1 ~ KIAS 120 121 121 122 122
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 128 128 128 128 129
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 136 136 136 136 135
TOFL ~ FT 6480 6740 7039 7348 7658
V1 ~ KIAS 117 117 118 118 119 119 120
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 125 125 125 125 126 126 126
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 134 134 134 133 133 133 132
TOFL ~ FT 6027 6254 6508 6793 7084 7382 7703
V1 ~ KIAS 113 113 114 114 115 115 116 117
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 132 131 131 131 130 130 130 129
TOFL ~ FT 5580 5783 6013 6258 6504 6783 7086 7450
V1 ~ KIAS 110 110 110 111 111 112 112 113 114 114
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 120 120 120
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 129 129 128 128 128 127 127 127 127 126
TOFL ~ FT 5166 5353 5561 5781 6007 6244 6510 6841 7209 7631
V1 ~ KIAS 108 107 107 107 108 108 109 109 110 111 111
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 117 117
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 126 126 125 125 125 124 124 124 123 123
TOFL ~ FT 4967 4999 5116 5317 5518 5731 5961 6247 6603 6960 7379
V1 ~ KIAS 108 107 106 105 105 105 106 106 107 108 108 109
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 113 113 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 125 124 124 123 123 123 122 122 121 121 120 120
TOFL ~ FT 4874 4904 4936 4970 5125 5319 5528 5787 6074 6419 6837 7255
V1 ~ KIAS 108 107 106 105 104 102 103 103 104 105 105 106 107
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 112 112
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 122 122 122 121 121 120 120 120 119 119 118 118 117
TOFL ~ FT 4784 4810 4840 4871 4895 4920 5106 5341 5596 5896 6232 6647 7142
V1 ~ KIAS 108 107 106 105 103 102 101 100 101 101 102 103 104 105
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 109 109 109 109 109 109 109
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 120 120 119 119 119 118 118 118 117 117 116 116 115 115
TOFL ~ FT 4694 4718 4744 4772 4793 4815 4847 4897 5128 5396 5691 6043 6491 6977
V1 ~ KIAS 108 107 106 104 103 102 101 100 98 98 99 99 100 101
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 108 107 106 105 105 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 107
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 120 119 118 117 116 116 116 115 115 115 114 114 113 112
TOFL ~ FT 4608 4629 4652 4677 4695 4714 4743 4780 4813 4922 5190 5496 5875 6312
V1 ~ KIAS 108 107 105 104 103 102 101 100 98 97 95 96 97 98
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 108 107 105 104 103 103 103 103 103 103 104 104 104 104
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 121 119 118 116 115 114 114 113 113 112 112 111 111 110
TOFL ~ FT 4526 4545 4565 4586 4601 4616 4642 4674 4702 4724 4732 4996 5325 5697
V1 ~ KIAS 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 98 97 95 93 93 94
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 101 101 101 101 101 101
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 121 120 118 116 115 113 112 111 111 110 110 109 108 107
TOFL ~ FT 4449 4465 4482 4500 4511 4524 4546 4573 4596 4612 4602 4584 4822 5140

Figure 5.20.30

Page 36 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA Approved

TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 15o Field Pressure Altitude (12,000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS 125 125
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 131 131
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS 138 138
TOFL ~ FT 7656 7965
V1 ~ KIAS 121 122 122 122
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 128 128 129 129
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS 136 136 136 135
TOFL ~ FT 7091 7377 7691 8031
V1 ~ KIAS 117 118 119 119 119
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 125 125 126 126 126
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 134 133 133 133 133
TOFL ~ FT 6557 6824 7113 7427 7736
V1 ~ KIAS 114 114 115 115 116 116 117
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 122 123 123
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 131 130 130 130 130 129
TOFL ~ FT 6060 6286 6535 6827 7117 7416 7730
V1 ~ KIAS 110 111 111 112 112 113 113 114
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 120
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 129 128 128 128 127 127 127 126
TOFL ~ FT 5608 5811 6036 6285 6535 6815 7105 7495
V1 ~ KIAS 107 107 108 108 109 109 109 110 111 111
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 117 117
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 126 126 125 125 125 124 124 124 123 123
TOFL ~ FT 5160 5345 5549 5771 5994 6231 6485 6820 7197 7609
V1 ~ KIAS 106 105 105 105 106 106 107 107 108 108 109
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 124 124 123 123 122 122 122 121 121 120 120
TOFL ~ FT 5019 5050 5154 5358 5560 5774 6000 6294 6634 7036 7439
V1 ~ KIAS 106 105 104 103 103 103 103 104 105 105 106 107
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 112 112
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 122 121 121 121 120 120 120 119 119 118 118 117
TOFL ~ FT 4921 4949 4977 5009 5138 5332 5536 5799 6092 6429 6816 7270
V1 ~ KIAS 106 105 104 103 102 100 100 101 101 102 103 104 104
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 108 108 108 108 108 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 120 119 119 119 118 118 118 117 117 116 116 115 115
TOFL ~ FT 4824 4850 4875 4903 4934 4967 5077 5315 5574 5867 6197 6607 7079
V1 ~ KIAS 106 105 104 102 101 100 99 98 98 99 99 100 101
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 106 105 105 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 107
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 118 117 117 116 116 116 115 115 115 114 114 113 113
TOFL ~ FT 4731 4754 4775 4800 4828 4858 4890 4943 5091 5351 5640 5983 6405
V1 ~ KIAS 106 105 104 102 101 100 99 98 97 95 96 97 98 98
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 106 105 104 103 103 103 103 103 104 104 104 104 104 104
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 118 117 115 114 114 113 113 113 112 112 111 111 110 110
TOFL ~ FT 4642 4662 4681 4702 4727 4753 4781 4828 4872 4876 5134 5434 5786 6196
V1 ~ KIAS 106 105 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 95 93 93 94 95
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 106 105 103 102 101 100 100 101 101 101 101 101 101 101
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 118 117 115 114 113 111 111 110 110 110 109 108 108 107
TOFL ~ FT 4558 4575 4591 4609 4630 4653 4677 4719 4756 4756 4740 4919 5225 5565
Figure 5.20.31
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Page 37
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 15o Field Pressure Altitude (13,000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS
TOFL ~ FT
V1 ~ KIAS
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS
TOFL ~ FT
V1 ~ KIAS 118 119 119
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 126 126 126
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS 133 133 133
TOFL ~ FT 7234 7522 7841
V1 ~ KIAS 115 115 116 116 117
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 122 122 122 122 123
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 131 130 130 130 129
TOFL ~ FT 6650 6917 7213 7534 7843
V1 ~ KIAS 111 111 112 112 113 113
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 119 119 119 119 119 120
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 128 127 127 127 127
TOFL ~ FT 6142 6371 6626 6921 7210 7512
V1 ~ KIAS 108 108 108 109 109 110 110 111
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 117
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 125 125 125 124 124 124 123 123
TOFL ~ FT 5649 5851 6080 6333 6577 6855 7153 7517
V1 ~ KIAS 105 105 106 106 106 107 107 108 108 109
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 123 123 123 122 122 121 121 121 120 120
TOFL ~ FT 5247 5435 5643 5872 6096 6332 6588 6929 7333 7737
V1 ~ KIAS 104 103 102 103 103 104 104 105 105 106 107
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 112 112
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 121 121 120 120 120 119 119 119 118 118 117
TOFL ~ FT 5103 5134 5215 5424 5626 5839 6072 6360 6699 7092 7522
V1 ~ KIAS 104 103 102 101 100 100 101 101 102 103 103 104
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 108 108 108 108 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 119 119 118 118 118 117 117 117 116 116 116 115
TOFL ~ FT 4998 5025 5059 5102 5161 5354 5563 5820 6109 6446 6837 7280
V1 ~ KIAS 104 103 102 101 100 99 97 98 99 99 100 101 102
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 107 107
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 117 116 116 116 115 115 115 114 114 114 113 113 112
TOFL ~ FT 4897 4921 4952 4990 5023 5055 5084 5314 5570 5866 6192 6588 7055
V1 ~ KIAS 104 103 102 101 100 98 97 96 95 96 97 97 98
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 104 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 104 104 104 104 104
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 116 114 114 114 113 113 112 112 112 111 111 110 110
TOFL ~ FT 4800 4821 4849 4883 4913 4941 4964 5001 5074 5341 5626 5954 6353
V1 ~ KIAS 104 103 102 100 99 98 97 96 95 93 93 94 95
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 104 103 102 101 100 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 116 114 113 112 111 111 110 110 109 109 108 108 107
TOFL ~ FT 4708 4727 4750 4780 4807 4831 4850 4881 4914 4928 5094 5386 5718

Figure 5.20.32

Page 38 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA Approved

TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Flaps 15o Field Pressure Altitude (14,000 feet)

T.O. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ~ oC

WEIGHT -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
V1 ~ KIAS
28,000 lb VR ~ KIAS
12,701 kg V2 ~ KIAS
TOFL ~ FT
V1 ~ KIAS
27,000 lb VR ~ KIAS
12,247 kg V2 ~ KIAS
TOFL ~ FT
V1 ~ KIAS
26,000 lb VR ~ KIAS
11,793 kg V2 ~ KIAS
TOFL ~ FT
V1 ~ KIAS 116 116 116
25,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 122 122 123
11,340 kg V2 ~ KIAS 130 130 130
TOFL ~ FT 7343 7636 7962
V1 ~ KIAS 112 112 113 113 114
24,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 119 119 120 120 120
10,886 kg V2 ~ KIAS 128 127 127 127 126
TOFL ~ FT 6747 7013 7320 7641 7951
V1 ~ KIAS 108 109 109 110 110 110 111
23,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 116 116 116 116 116 116 116
10,433 kg V2 ~ KIAS 125 124 124 124 123 123 123
TOFL ~ FT 6194 6423 6682 6969 7260 7561 8066
V1 ~ KIAS 105 106 106 107 107 107 108 109
22,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114
9979 kg V2 ~ KIAS 123 122 122 122 121 121 121 120
TOFL ~ FT 5750 5957 6192 6447 6692 6966 7283 7660
V1 ~ KIAS 102 103 103 104 104 104 105 106 106 107
21,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 112 112 112
9525 kg V2 ~ KIAS 120 120 120 119 119 119 119 118 118 117
TOFL ~ FT 5314 5504 5717 5945 6169 6407 6673 7025 7405 7835
V1 ~ KIAS 102 101 100 100 101 101 102 102 103 103 104
20,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109
9072 kg V2 ~ KIAS 118 118 118 117 117 117 117 116 116 116 115
TOFL ~ FT 5196 5230 5272 5453 5653 5867 6104 6397 6729 7121 7513
V1 ~ KIAS 102 101 100 99 98 98 98 99 99 100 101 101 102
19,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 107 107 107 107
8618 kg V2 ~ KIAS 116 116 115 115 115 115 114 114 114 113 113 112 112
TOFL ~ FT 5086 5117 5154 5196 5224 5361 5572 5832 6123 6449 6829 7279 7729
V1 ~ KIAS 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 96 97 97 98 99
18,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 104 104 104 104 104 104
8165 kg V2 ~ KIAS 114 114 113 113 113 112 112 112 111 111 110 110 109
TOFL ~ FT 4980 5007 5042 5080 5103 5131 5170 5317 5574 5858 6176 6540 6978
V1 ~ KIAS 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 93 93 94 94 95
17,000 lb VR ~ KIAS 102 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101
7711 kg V2 ~ KIAS 113 112 111 111 110 110 110 109 109 108 108 107 106
TOFL ~ FT 4879 4904 4934 4968 4988 5012 5046 5102 5131 5306 5587 5898 6259
Figure 5.20.33
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Page 39
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 40 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA Approved

TAKE OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

TA K E -O FF FIE LD LEN GTH C O R R E C TIO N

FLA PS 15º
13 000 13 000 40 00

LIN E

REFERENCE
REFERENCE

LIN E
12 000 12 000

C O R R E C T E D T A K E -O FF F IE L D L E N G T H ~ m e te rs
35 00
U N C O R R E C T E D T A K E -O FF F IE L D L E N G T H ~ fe e t

C O R R E C TE D T A K E -O FF F IE L D L E N G TH ~ fe e t
11 000 11 000

10 000 10 000 30 00

90 00 90 00

25 00
80 00 80 00

70 00 70 00
20 00
60 00 60 00

50 00 50 00 15 00

40 00 40 00
10 00
D G 9 05 01B X P P 21

30 00 30 00

20 00 20 00
500
10 00 10 00
-2 -1 0 1 2 -10 0 10 20 30 40
D O W N H IL L U P H IL L R E P O R TE D W IN D C O M P O N E N T
R U N WAY SLOPE ~ % ~ kn o ts

Figure 5.20.34
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.20 Page 41
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 TAKE-OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

TAKE -O FF DEC ISIO N S P EE D ( V 1 ) C O RR EC TIO N

FLAP S 15º
1 40 1 40

REFERENCE
REFERENCE

L IN E
L IN E
U N C O R R E C T E D T A K E -O FF D E C IS IO N S P E E D ( V 1 ) ~ k n o ts

1 35 1 35

C O R R E C T E D T A K E -O FF D E C IS IO N S P E E D ( V 1 ) ~ k n o ts
1 30 1 30

1 25 1 25

1 20 1 20

1 15 1 15

1 10 1 10

1 05 1 05

1 00 1 00

95 95
D G 90 501 C X P P 21

90 90

85 85
-2 -1 0 1 2 -10 0 10 20 30 40
D OW N H IL L U P H IL L R E P O R TE D W IN D C OM P O N E N T
R U N W A Y S L OP E ~ % ~ kn o ts

Figure 5.20.35

Page 42 Sub-section - 5.20 FAA Approved

TAKE-OFF FIELD LENGTH - APR ON Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
SUB-SECTION 5.25
NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH - APR ON
Table of Contents
Page

INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................3
DEFINITIONS.....................................................................................................3
Reference Zero............................................................................................3
31/2 Minute Point..........................................................................................3
Five Minute Point .........................................................................................3
First Segment ..............................................................................................3
Second Segment .........................................................................................3
Third Segment .............................................................................................4
Fourth Segment ...........................................................................................4
Fifth Segment ..............................................................................................4
PRESENTATION................................................................................................4
ILLUSTRATED EXAMPLES ...............................................................................5
Example 1....................................................................................................5
Example 2....................................................................................................5
Example 3....................................................................................................6
Figure 5.25.1 - NET FLIGHT PATH - EXAMPLES..............................7
NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH SECOND SEGMENT
NET GRADIENT - FLAPS 15° ............................................................................8
Associated Conditions .................................................................................8
Instructions for Use of Chart ........................................................................8
Figure 5.25.2 - NETTAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH SECOND
SEGMENT NET GRADIENT - FLAPS 15°.................9
Figure 5.25.3 - NETTAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH - SECOND,
THIRD AND FOURTH SEGMENTS - FLAPS 15° ... 10
NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH
SECOND, THIRD AND FOURTH SEGMENTS - FLAPS 15°........................... 11
Associated Conditions ............................................................................... 11
Instructions for Use of Chart ...................................................................... 11
NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH
SECOND SEGMENT NET GRADIENT - FLAPS 0° ......................................... 12
Associated Conditions ............................................................................... 12
Instructions for Use of Chart ...................................................................... 12
Figure 5.25.4 - NETTAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH SECOND
SEGMENT NET GRADIENT - FLAPS 0°................. 13
Figure 5.25.5 - NETTAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH - SECOND,
THIRD AND FOURTH SEGMENTS - FLAPS 0° ..... 14

FAA Approved
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Page 1
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Page

NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH SECOND, THIRD AND FOURTH

SEGMENTS - FLAPS 0° .................................................................................... 15
Associated Conditions................................................................................. 15
Instructions for Use of Chart ....................................................................... 15
NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH
FIFTH SEGMENT NET ACCELERATION DISTANCE......................................16
Associated Conditions.................................................................................16
Instructions for Use of Chart .......................................................................16
Figure 5.25.6 - FIFTH SEGMENT NET
ACCELERATION DISTANCE ....................................17
NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHTPATH RADIUS OF STEADY TURN ...........................18
Instructions for Use of Chart .......................................................................18
Figure 5.25.7 - RADIUS OF STEADY TURN.....................................19
NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH
HORIZONTAL DISTANCE COVERED IN A STEADY TURN............................20
Instructions for Use of Chart .......................................................................20
Figure 5.25.8 - HORIZONTAL DISTANCE COVERED
IN A STEADY TURN .................................................21
NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH
EFFECT OF WIND DURING STEADY TURN ...................................................22
Method ........................................................................................................22
Figure 5.25.9 - EFFECT OF WIND DURING STEADY TURN...........23

Sub-section - 5.25 FAA Approved

Page 2 NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
INTRODUCTION

The charts in this Sub-section are provided to enable a complete net take-off flight path to be
constructed, should it be necessary to establish that any obstacles along the intended line of
flight will be cleared by the safety margin required by the relevant operating regulations. Once
it has been established beyond all doubt that the obstacles will be cleared, there is no need to
proceed further with the calculation.

For close in obstacles Figures 5.25.2 and 5.25.4 provide basic "straight climb out" second
segment data for take-off flap settings of 15° and 0°. Figures 5.25.3, 5.25.5 and 5.25.6 enable
the full take-off net flight path to be constructed.

The radius of steady turn which is to be used for a change of heading greater than 15° is shown
on Figure 5.25.7.

When take-off is to be made in a headwind greater than 40 knots, performance appropriate to

not more than 40 knots is to be read on the charts.

DEFINITIONS

Reference Zero
This is the zero to which the co-ordinates of the various points on the flight path are referred. It
is defined by a vertical datum which passes through the 35 feet height point at the end of the
take-off distance required, and a horizontal datum 35 feet below this point.

31/2 Minute Point

The point at which three and a half minutes have elapsed since start of take-off. At this point a
level acceleration to final take-off climb speed commences.

This point has been selected in order that acceleration can be completed within the five minute
take-off power limitations.

Five Minute Point

The point at which five minutes have elapsed since start of take-off. At this point APR must be
cancelled and power reduced to maximum continuous.

First Segment
This extends from the end of the take-off distance required to the point at which the landing
gear is fully retracted. Since it takes place in ground effect the climb gradient always exceeds
the second segment free air gradient. For simplicity of presentation it is assumed that first
segment gradient is equal to that of the second segment and that the second segment starts
at 35 feet and the retraction complete point is not shown.

Second Segment
This extends from 35 feet (see above) to a height of 1500 feet or until the three and a half
minute point is reached, whichever occurs first.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.25

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH Page 3
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Third Segment
During this segment the airplane accelerates in level flight from V2 to final take-off climb speed
on maximum thrust. The height may be 1500 feet or some lower height. If take-off was with flaps
15°, flaps are selected up at V2 + 10 knots.

Fourth Segment
During this segment the airplane completes the climb to 1500 feet in those cases where
acceleration took place at a lower height.

Fifth Segment
The airplane is accelerated from VFTO to VERC during this segment.

PRESENTATION

The net take-off flight path consists of up to five segments, the information being presented on
two charts for each flap setting to the end of the fourth segment, plus a further chart
independent of flap setting which enables the fifth segment to be calculated.

Because the first segment climb gradient will always be better than the second segment
gradient, the first segment performance of the flight path is not given but the second segment
is assumed to commence at 35 feet and the landing gear retraction complete point is ignored.

The construction is based on the assumption that the airplane is flown in the following manner:

• Engine failure occurs at V1, and APR thrust is automatically applied.

• Landing gear is selected up immediately after lift-off. At the end of the take-off distance - where
the net flight path begins - the landing gear is still retracting. The speed is V2 appropriate to the
flap setting.

• The climb is continued at V2 and take-off thrust until 31/2 minutes have elapsed from the start
of take-off or until the airplane reaches 1500 feet, whichever occurs first.

• From this point the airplane is accelerated in level flight to the final take-off climb speed, V FTO
(Figure 5.10.1). If take-off was with flaps 15° then they are selected up during the acceleration
at V2 + 10 knots or at VFTO whichever is lower.

• When the flaps have been retracted and the final take-off climb speed achieved, the climb is
continued if necessary to 1500 feet.

• APR is cancelled and thrust reduced to maximum continuous at the five minute point. Finally
the airplane is accelerated to the en-route climb speed.

Sub-section - 5.25 FAA Approved

Page 4 NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
ILLUSTRATED EXAMPLES

Figure 5.25.1 shows two examples of the use of the flight path charts. A further example where
only the second segment needs to be considered is also provided.

Example 1

Flaps 0°
Weight 25,300 lb
Air Temperature 15 °C
Field Pressure Altitude 6500 feet
Reported Wind Component 15 knots tailwind
Engine Antice Off

From Figure 5.25.5 the height above Reference Zero at the three and a half minute point is
1100 feet. Also from this Figure the Horizontal Distance from Reference Zero:

• To the three and a half minute point is 51,500 feet.

• To achievement of final take-off climb speed is 71,000 feet.

• To reach 1500 feet is 86,500 feet.

The flight path to 1500 feet is shown on Figure 5.25.1. It may be extended to the point at which
en-route climb speed is achieved as follows:

• With the lapse rate resulting in a 3°C lower temperature, the fourth segment (Final Take-0ff
Climb) net gradient from Figure 5.55.3 is 2.4% at 1500 feet above the airfield.

• Figure 5.25.6 then gives a fifth segment acceleration distance of 16,000 feet.

Therefore, the total distance to the point at which en-route climb speed is achieved is
86,500 +16,000 = 102,500 feet from Reference Zero.

Example 2

Flaps 0°
Weight 20,600 lb
Air Temperature 19 °C
Field Pressure Altitude 8000 feet
Reported wind component 10 knots headwind
Engine Antice Off

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.25

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH Page 5
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Using Figure 5.25.5, this example comes in the area where acceleration takes place at 1500
feet and the Horizontal Distance from Reference Zero:

• To 1500 feet is 36,500 feet.

• To achieve final take-off climb speed is 46,000 feet.

The flight path to the point at which final take-off climb speed is achieved is shown on Figure
5.25.1. It may be extended to the point at which en-route climb speed is achieved, using the
same method as in Example 1, the fourth segment net gradient is 3.35% (at 9500 feet, 16°C)
and the fifth segment acceleration distance is 10,400 feet.

Therefore, the total distance to the en-route climb speed is 46,000 + 10,400 = 56,400 feet.

Example 3

In a case where only the second segment needs to be considered, and particularly where the
obstacles are close in, it may be more convenient to obtain points on the flight path by using
the second segment net gradient charts, Figures 5.25.2 and 5.25.4.

Flaps 0°
Weight 20,600 lb
Air Temperature 19 °C
Field Pressure Altitude 8000 feet
Reported Wind Component 16 knots headwind
Engine Antice Off

Find the height of the flight path at 1000 feet from Reference Zero. The second segment
gradient is found from Figure 5.25.4 to be 4.5%.

Then the height gained in the second segment

= 4.5 x 1,000 = 45 feet

100

and the height above Reference Zero

= 45 + 35 = 80 feet

NOTE: If the height gained during the second segment climb is significant, then the
gradient must be read at the mean altitude during the climb allowing a temperature
reduction of 2 °C for every 1000 ft altitude above the airfield.

Sub-section - 5.25 FAA Approved

Page 6 NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

NET FLIGHT PATH - EXAMPLES

APR ON

1500 feet POINT WHERE FINAL TAKE-OFF

1500 feet
CLIMB SPEED IS ACHIEVED
1600

1400
NET HEIGHT ABOVE REFERENCE ZERO - feet

3 1/2 MINUTE POINT

1200

1000

POINT WHERE FINAL TAKE-OFF

2
E

CLIMB SPEED IS ACHIEVED

PL

800
AM
EX

E 1
600 M PL
A
EX
35ft
HEIGHT
400 POINT

200

0
10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 70000 80000 90000 ft

0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 m

HORIZONTAL DISTANCE FROM REFERENCE ZERO M6348_0
HA00D
014113AA.AI

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.25 Figure 5.25.1 Page 7

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH
SECOND SEGMENT NET GRADIENT - FLAPS 15°

Figure 5.25.2 shows the second segment net gradient of climb.

Associated Conditions

Engines One engine operating at maximum thrust with APR ON.

Engine Bleed air All air bleeds off; see NOTE 1 for the effect of engine antice bleed.
Flaps 15 °
Landing Gear Up
Airspeed Take-off safety speed V2 (refer to TABULATED TAKEOFF DATA Sub-
section 5.20)

NOTES:

1. To take account of engine antice bleed, add 10 °C to the actual air temperature before
entering the chart.

2. The wind grid is factored in such a way that an effect of not more than 50% of
headwinds and not less than 150% of tailwinds is obtained. Reported winds may
therefore be used directly in the grid.

Instructions for Use of Chart

The use of the chart is illustrated by the arrowed broken lines:

• Enter the chart with the air temperature and move up to the appropriate mean altitude.

• Proceed horizontally to the weight grid reference line and then follow the guidelines to the
appropriate weight.

• Finally proceed to the wind reference line and through the wind correction grid to read net
gradient.

Page 8 Sub-section - 5.25 FAA Approved

NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH SECOND SEGMENT NET GRADIENT
8X041A

APR-ON FLAPS 15

REFERENCE
LINE
REFERENCE LINE
With engine antice in use, add 10 C
to actual air temperature before
entering the graph.

NET GRADIENT - %
30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40
TAIL HEAD

REPORTED WIND
COMPONENT - knots

M6841_0
HA00C
015010AA.AI

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.25 Figure 5.25.2 Page 9

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH - SECOND, THIRD AND FOURTH SEGMENTS

8X042
DISTANCE FROM REFERENCE ZERO

FLAPS 15 0 10 20 30 40 50 m
APR-ON
(x1000)

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 ft

40

COMPONENT - knots
30

HEAD
REPORTED WIND
20
10
REF.LINE
40
With engine antice in use, add 10 C 10

TAIL
to actual air temperature before 20
entering the graph. 30

REFERENCE LINE
DISTANCE TO FINAL TAKE-OFF CLIMB SPEED
DISTANCE TO 1500ft AFTER ACELERATION AT 1500 ft

DISTANCE TO 1500 ft
NT
P OI
TE
I NU
1/ 2 M
T 3
H TA
IG
HE
C
-15

C
A

-10
IS

A
IS

IS

DISTANCE TO FINAL

SL
TAKE-OFF CLIMB SPEED
C

20
600 800 1000 1200 1400
10

00
40
C

DISTANCE TO 31/2 MINUTE POINT

A+

00
60
20
IS

00
HEIGHT ABOVE REFERENCE ZERO
A+

80 00
AT 31/2 MINUTE POINT - feet

00
IS

10
C

-f E
E M

t
0

ee
30

D O
12

TU DR
A+

00

TI O
0
14
IS

AL ER
00
40

A
0

18 20 22 24 26 28 lb
A+
IS

(x1000)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 8 9 10 11 12 13 kg

AIR TEMPERATURE - C WEIGHT M6842_0
HA00C
015011AA.AI

Sub-section - 5.25 FAA Approved

Page 10
NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH Figure 5.25.3 Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHTPATH
SECOND, THIRD AND FOURTH SEGMENTS - FLAPS 15°

Figure 5.25.3 shows the distance from reference zero to the end of the second, third, and where
appropriate fourth, segments of the flight path.

Associated Conditions

Engines Second and third segments: one engine operating at maximum thrust
with APR ON.
Fourth segment: one engine operating at maximum continuous thrust.
Engine Bleed Air All air bleeds off; see NOTE 1 for the effect of engine antice bleed.
Flaps 15 °; retracted at V2 + 10 knots.
Landing Gear Up
Airspeed Takeoff safety speed V2 (refer to TABULATED TAKEOFF DATA Sub-
section 5.20) Increasing to VFTO (refer to Figure 5.10.1) at end of third
segment.

NOTES:

1. To take account of engine antice bleed, add 10 °C to the actual air temperature before
entering the chart.

2. The wind grid is factored in such a way that an effect of not more than 50% of
headwinds and not less than 150% of tailwinds is obtained. Reported winds may
therefore be used directly in the grid.

Instructions for Use of Chart

The use of the chart is illustrated by the arrowed broken lines:

• Enter the chart with air temperature and move up to the appropriate field pressure altitude.

• Proceed horizontally to the weight grid reference line and then follow the curve to the
appropriate weight.

• Proceed horizontally across to intersect the line on the far right and then downwards to read
height at the three and a half minute point on the bottom scale.

• Proceed upwards from the intersection with the distance curves through the wind correction grid
to read distances to the three and a half minute point, to the achievement of final take-off climb
speed and to 1500 feet.

• In those cases where the reading on the height scale is at 1500 feet, the level acceleration
(third segment) takes place at 1500 feet and there is no fourth segment.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.25

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH Page 11
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH
SECOND SEGMENT NET GRADIENT - FLAPS 0°

Figure 5.25.4 shows the second segment net gradient of climb at the mean height of this
segment.

Associated Conditions

Engines One engine operating at maximum thrust with APR ON.

Engine Bleed Air All air bleeds off; see NOTE 1 for the effect of engine antice bleed.
Flaps 0°
Landing Gear Up
Airspeed Take-off safety speed V2 (refer to TABULATED TAKEOFF DATA Sub-
section 5.20)

NOTES:

1. To take account of engine antice bleed, add 10 °C to the actual air temperature before
entering the chart.

2. The wind grid is factored in such a way that an effect of not more than 50% of
headwinds and not less than 150% of tailwinds is obtained. Reported winds may
therefore be used directly in the grid.

Instructions for Use of Chart

The use of the chart is illustrated by the arrowed broken lines:

• Enter the chart with the air temperature and move up to the appropriate field pressure altitude.

• Proceed across to the weight grid reference line and then follow the guide lines to the
appropriate weight.

• Move horizontally to the line on the right.

• Finally proceed upwards to the wind reference line and through the wind correction grid to
obtain the net gradient.

Sub-section - 5.25 FAA Approved

Page 12 NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.25 Figure 5.25.4 Page 13

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH - SECOND, THIRD AND FOURTH SEGMENTS

DISTANCE FROM REFERENCE ZERO

APR-ON FLAPS 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 m
(x 1000)

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 ft

40

COMPONENT - knots
30

REPORTED WIND
HEAD
20
10
With engine antice in use add 10 C REF. LINE
0
to the actual air temperature before 10

TAIL
entering the graph. 20

REFERENCE LINE
30

DISTANCE TO FINAL TAKE-OFF CLIMB SPEED

AFTER ACCELERATION AT 1500 ft

DISTANCE TO 1500 ft

DISTANCE TO 1500 ft
O INT
T EP
NU
1/ 2 MI
3
TO
HT
IG
HE

DISTANCE TO FINAL
TAKE-OFF CLIMB SPEED

DISTANCE TO 31/2 MINUTE POINT 600 800 1000 1200 1400

HEIGHT ABOVE REFERENCE ZERO
AT 31/2 MINUTE POINT - feet

M6322_0
HA00D
012865AA.AI

Sub-section - 5.25 FAA Approved

Page 14
NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH Figure 5.25.5 Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHTPATH
SECOND, THIRD AND FOURTH SEGMENTS - FLAPS 0°

Figure 5.25.5 shows the distance from reference zero to the end of the second, third, and where
appropriate fourth, segments of the flight path.

Associated Conditions

Engines Second and third segments: one engine operating at maximum thrust
with APR ON.
Fourth segment; one engine operating at maximum continuous thrust.
Engine Bleed Air All air bleeds off; see NOTE 1 for the effect of engine antice bleed.
Flaps 0°
Landing Gear Up
Airspeed Take-off safety speed V2 (refer to TABULATED TAKEOFF DATA Sub-
section 5.20) increasing to VFTO (see Figure 5.10.1) at end of third
segment)

NOTES:

1. To take account of engine antice bleed, add 10 °C to the actual air temperature before
entering the chart.

2. The wind grid is factored in such a way that an effect of not more than 50% of
headwinds and not less than 150% of tailwinds is obtained. Reported winds may
therefore be used directly in the grid.

Instructions for Use of Chart

The use of the chart is illustrated by the arrowed broken lines:

• Enter the chart with air temperature and move up to the appropriate field pressure altitude.

• Proceed horizontally to the weight grid reference line and then follow the curve to the
appropriate weight.

• Proceed horizontally across to intersect the line on the far right and then downwards to read
height at the three and a half minute point on the bottom scale.

• Proceed upwards from the intersection with the distance curves through the wind correction grid
to read distances to the three and a half minute point, to the achievement of final take-off climb
speed and to 1500 feet.

• In those cases where the reading on the height scale is at 1500 feet, the level acceleration
(third segment) takes place at 1500 feet and there is no fourth segment.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.25

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH Page 15
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH
FIFTH SEGMENT NET ACCELERATION DISTANCE

Figure 5.25.6 shows the fifth segment net acceleration distance.

Associated Conditions

Engines One engine operating at maximum continuous thrust.

Engine Bleed Air Air conditioning bleed off ; Antice off or on.
Flaps 0°
Landing Gear Up
Airspeed VFTO (see Figure 5.10.1) increasing to VERC (see Figure 5.10.2) or to
minimum speed for use in icing conditions (see Pilot’s Operating
Manual, Section V Sub-section 2 - Figure 2, Speed for Use in Icing
Conditions).

Instructions for Use of Chart

The use of the chart is illustrated by the arrowed broken lines:

• Obtain fourth segment (Final Take-off Climb) net gradient from Figure 5.55.3 allowing for
engine antice if necessary.

• Proceed vertically to the appropriate curve and then read distance from the scale at the right.

Sub-section - 5.25 FAA Approved

Page 16 NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Figure 5.25.6

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.25

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH Page 17
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH
RADIUS OF STEADY TURN

The minimum radius which may be assumed for a steady turn made during the flight path is
shown in Figure 5.25.7 for flaps 15° and 0°, for varying climb speed, air temperature and mean
altitude. The chart is based on a steady 15° banked turn at a given speed.

The total change of heading required is assessed from the airfield obstruction chart, but if it is
less than 15°, no account of the effect of the turn need be taken.

Instructions for Use of Chart

Use of the chart is illustrated by the arrowed broken lines.

To determine the radius of steady turn:

• The speed appropriate to the segment and flap setting should first be established from Sub-
section 5.10.

• Enter the chart with the speed and move up to the curve.

• Proceed horizontally to the temperature grid reference line.

• Follow the guidelines to the appropriate temperature, and then similarly through the altitude
correction grid to obtain radius of steady turn.

Sub-section - 5.25 FAA Approved

Page 18 NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.25 Figure 5.25.7 Page 19

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH
HORIZONTAL DISTANCE COVERED IN A STEADY TURN

Figure 5.25.8 shows the horizontal distance travelled for a given radius of steady turn.

Instructions for Use of Chart

• Enter Figure 5.25.8 with the radius of steady turn. Proceed vertically to the appropriate change
in heading.

• Proceed horizontally to obtain distance covered.

Page 20 Sub-section - 5.25 FAA Approved

NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Figure 5.25.8

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.25

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH Page 21
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH
EFFECT OF WIND DURING STEADY TURN

When a turn is included in the flight path there will be, in general a change in wind component.
This may be accounted for by the method shown in Figure 5.25.9.

Method
The flight path ABCDE is first drawn using the wind component in the take-off direction. It is
intended to start a turn at point F, after which the wind component will change:

• From Figure 5.25.7 obtain the distance covered in the turn and mark point G at the end of the
turn.

• Construct a second flight path AHJKL using the wind component after the turn.

• Bisect FG at M and construct the corrected flight path MNOP where MN is parallel to AJ and
OP is parallel to KL.

• NO is equal in length to JK and at the same height.

• The end of the turn is then given by point Q at the same distance as G and the complete flight
path is given by ABFMQNOP.

Sub-section - 5.25 FAA Approved

Page 22 NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Figure 5.25.9

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.25

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 NET TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH Page 23
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

SUB-SECTION 5.30
TAKE-OFF FIELD LENGTH
DE-RATE

This information is to be supplied at a later date.

FAA Approved
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Page 1
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
SUB-SECTION 5.35
TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH
DE-RATE

This information is to be supplied at a later date.

FAA Approved
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Page 1
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
SUB-SECTION 5.40
EN-ROUTE DATA
Table of Contents
Page

INTRODUCTION................................................................................................ 2
EN-ROUTE NET GRADIENT OF CLIMB (ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE) ....... 2
Associated Conditions ................................................................................ 2
Instructions for Use of Chart....................................................................... 2
Figure 5.40.1 - EN-ROUTE NET GRADIENT OF CLIMB
(ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE) ................................. 3

FAA Approved Page 1

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
INTRODUCTION

This Sub-section contains data for use in ensuring compliance with the operating regulations
relating to en-route flight.

EN-ROUTE NET GRADIENT OF CLIMB (ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE)

The en-route net climb gradient with one engine inoperative is shown on Figure 5.40.1 for
varying weight, altitude and air temperature.

Associated Conditions

Engine One engine operating at maximum continuous thrust

Engine Bleed Air Air conditioning bleed on; see below for the effect of engine
antice bleed.
Flaps 0°
Landing Gear Up
Airspeed En-route climb speed given by Figure 5.10.2 except that in
icing conditions, airspeed is increased to the minimum (see
Pilot’s Operating Manual, Section V Sub-section 2 - Figure
2, Speed for Use in Icing Conditions).

Instructions for Use of Chart

The use of the chart is illustrated by arrowed broken lines.

• Enter the chart with air temperature and move up to the appropriate altitude curve.

• Proceed horizontally to the weight correction reference line and then follow the guidelines
to the required weight.

• If the engine antice system is OFF, pass through the reference line and read net gradient
from the right hand scale.

• If the engine antice system is ON, follow the guidelines from the engine antice reference
line down to the antice ON position and then read net gradient from the right hand scale.

Page 2 Sub-section - 5.40 FAA Approved

EN-ROUTE DATA Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.40

EN-ROUTE DATA Figure 5.40.1 Page 3
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
SUB-SECTION 5.45
LANDING WAT DATA
Table of Contents
Page

INTRODUCTION................................................................................................ 2
MAXIMUM LANDING WEIGHT FOR ALTITUDE AND TEMPERATURE.......... 2
Instructions For Use Of Chart............................................................ 2
Figure 5.45.1 - MAXIMUM LANDING WEIGHT FOR
ALTITUDE AND TEMPERATURE ............................ 3

FAA Approved Page 1

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
INTRODUCTION

This Sub-section contains curves of weights at which for varying altitude and temperature the
Go-around and Approach Climb requirements of 14 CFR PART 25.119 and 25.121(d)
respectively are complied with and at which the energy input to the wheel brakes during a
normal landing is within the wheel brake normal capacity.

On Figure 5.45.1 the less steep lines on the left of the chart are determined by the Approach
Climb requirement with flaps 15°, landing gear up, and one engine failed. The steep lines on
the right of the chart are determined by the wheel brake energy requirement.

MAXIMUM LANDING WEIGHT FOR ALTITUDE AND TEMPERATURE

Instructions For Use Of Chart

The use of the graph is illustrated by broken arrowed lines.

To Determine the Landing WAT Limit Weight

• Enter from the left with the field pressure altitude. Move across to the air temperature.

• From the intersection of the air temperature and field pressure altitude, read the weight on
the bottom scale.

NOTES:
1. To obtain the effect of engine antice, add 10 °C to the actual air temperature before
entering the graph.

2. Refer to Sub-section 5.50 to obtain the maximum weight for landing field length
available.

Page 2 Sub-section - 5.45 FAA Approved

LANDING WAT DATA Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

MAXIMUM LANDING WEIGHT FOR ALTITUDE AND TEMPERATURE

M6323_0
HA00D
012866AA.AI

Figure 5.45.1
FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.45 Page 3
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 LANDING WAT DATA
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

SUB-SECTION 5.50
LANDING FIELD LENGTHS
Table of Contents
Page

INTRODUCTION............................................................................................... 3
MAXIMUM LANDING WEIGHT FOR LANDING DISTANCE AVAILABLE ....... 3
Associated Conditions................................................................................ 3
Instructions for Use of Chart....................................................................... 4

Figure 5.50.1 - MAXIMUM LANDING WEIGHT FOR LANDING

DISTANCE AVAILABLE, FLAPS 45 °......................... 5

Figure 5.50.2 - EFFECT OF A SLIPPERY RUNWAY ON LANDING

DISTANCE AVAILABLE ............................................. 5

Figure 5.50.3 - WIND AND GRADIENT RESTRICTIONS FOR

LANDING ON SLIPPERY RUNWAY ......................... 7

FAA Approved Page 1

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 2 Sub-section - 5.50 FAA Approved

LANDING FIELD LENGTHS Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

INTRODUCTION

The maximum weight for landing distance available (dry runway factored landing distance) is
given on Figure 5.50.1. The gross landing distance measured in performance tests is equal to
60% of that scheduled in Figure 5.50.1.

The maximum weight thus derived will not necessarily be the maximum permissible weight for
the landing because the landing WAT curves (see Sub-section 5.45) might be critical.

MAXIMUM LANDING WEIGHT FOR LANDING DISTANCE AVAILABLE

The maximum landing weight for landing distance available is given for varying field pressure
altitudes and wind components on Figure 5.50.1 for dry runways only. Figure 5.50.2 shows the
effect of a slippery runway on landing performance (see NOTE 3). See NOTE 6 for landing
performance on a wet runway.

Associated conditions

Engines Thrust levers closed at 50 feet

Flaps 45 °
Landing Gear Down
Lift Dump Selected after touchdown
Wheel Brakes Normal system selected
Airspeed VREF at 50 feet (see Figure 5.10.3)

NOTES:

1. The wind grid is factored in such a way that the effect of not more than 50% of
headwinds and not less than 150% of tailwinds is obtained. Reported winds may
therefore be used directly in the grids but, when a landing is to be made into a headwind
greater than 40 knots, the performance appropriate to a headwind of 40 knots is to be
obtained from the graph.

2. Figure 5.50.1 is based on ISA temperature conditions as required by the operating

regulations. For information, landing distance required is increased by about 3% for
every 10 °C increase in temperature.

3. Figure 5.50.2 gives the effect on landing distance of a very slippery surface having a
braking coefficient of friction of 0.05, and is intended to cover the effect of icy surfaces
and aquaplaning. Figure 5.50.2 is valid for runways with approximately zero gradient
and with no tailwind. Landing downhill or with a tailwind on a slippery runway should be
avoided if possible.

The limiting combinations of wind and gradient for which Figure 5.50.2 is valid are
shown on Figure 5.50.3. Combinations of wind and gradient lying in the shaded area
are not permitted. No reduction in stopping distance is credited for the use of thrust
reversers and it is assumed that when thrust reverse is not being used, one engine is
shut down after touchdown to assist deceleration.

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.50 Page 3

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 LANDING FIELD LENGTHS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
4. If flaps 25 ° is used for landing, reduce the landing distance available by 10% before
entering Figure 5.50.1.

5. For a landing with flaps up, reduce the landing distance available by 30% before
entering Figure 5.50.1.

6. For wet runways, reduce the landing distance available by 15% before entering Figure
5.50.1.

Instructions for Use of Charts

The broken arrowed lines illustrate the use of the graphs.

To Determine Maximum Landing Weight for Landing Distance Available On Dry Runway.

• Enter Figure 5.50.1 with the landing distance available and go to the reference line of the
wind correction grid and follow the guide lines to the appropriate wind component.

• From here move horizontally to the appropriate altitude line and then move vertically down
to the weight scale.

To Determine Maximum Landing Weight for Landing Distance Available On Slippery Runway.

• Enter Figure 5.50.3 with the runway gradient and reported wind component.

• Combinations of wind and gradient lying in the shaded area are outside the validity of
Figure 5.50.2 and are not permitted.

• Reduce the landing distance available to obtain an unfactored landing distance.

(For a dry runway, 14 CFR PARTs require unfactored landing distance to be 60% of landing
distance available, but there may be occasions when a lower standard of safety is
acceptable to the operator and to the Airworthiness Authority).

• Enter Figure 5.50.2 with the unfactored landing distance and follow the guidelines to read
the equivalent scheduled landing distance available on the right.

• Use this equivalent distance in Figure 5.50.1 instead of the landing distance available to
obtain a landing weight for a slippery runway, with or without the use of lift dump.

Page 4 Sub-section - 5.50 FAA Approved

LANDING FIELD LENGTHS Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.50 Figure 5.50.1 Page 5

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 LANDING FIELD LENGTHS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

EFFECT OF A SLIPPERY RUNWAY ON

LANDING DISTANCE AVAILABLE

Figure 5.50.2

Page 6 Sub-section - 5.50 FAA Approved

LANDING FIELD LENGTHS Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Figure 5.50.3

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.50 Page 7

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 LANDING FIELD LENGTHS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
SUB-SECTION 5.55
GROSS PERFORMANCE
Table of Contents
Page

INTRODUCTION................................................................................................ 3
FIRST AND SECOND SEGMENT CLIMB GRADIENT - FLAPS 15° ................ 4
Associated Conditions................................................................................. 4
Instructions for Use of Chart........................................................................ 4
Figure 5.55.1 - FIRST AND SECOND SEGMENT CLIMB
GRADIENT (APR ON) FLAPS 15°............................ 5
FIRST AND SECOND SEGMENT CLIMB GRADIENT - FLAPS 0° .................. 8
Associated Conditions................................................................................. 8
Instructions for Use of Chart........................................................................ 8
Figure 5.55.2 - FIRST AND SECOND SEGMENT CLIMB
GRADIENT (APR ON) FLAPS 0°.............................. 9
FINAL TAKE-OFF CLIMB GRADIENT.............................................................12
Associated Conditions...............................................................................12
Instructions for Use of Chart......................................................................12
Figure 5.55.3 - FINALTAKE-OFF CLIMB GRADIENT -
FLAPS 0°.................................................................13
APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT .....................................................................14
Associated Conditions...............................................................................14
Instructions for Use of Chart......................................................................14
Figure 5.55.4 - APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT
(APR OFF) ..............................................................15
GO-AROUND CLIMB GRADIENT ...................................................................16
Associated Conditions...............................................................................16
Instructions for Use of Chart......................................................................16
Figure 5.55.5 - GO-AROUND CLIMB GRADIENT
(APR OFF) ..............................................................17

FAA Approved Page 1

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 2 Sub-section - 5.55 FAA Approved

GROSS PERFORMANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
INTRODUCTION

This Sub-section gives gross gradients of climb.

Gross gradients for first and second segment and final take-off climb are the basis of the take-
off WAT curves in Sub-section 5.15.

Gross gradients for approach and go-around climbs in accordance with 14 CFRPART 25.121
(d) and 14 CFR PART 25.119 are the basis of the landing WAT curves in Sub-section 5.45.

Because a fuel jettison system is not installed on the airplane, the approach and go-around
climbs are also used in determining the take-off WAT curves in Sub-section 5.15 in accordance
with 14 CFR PART 25.1001.

At a weight equal to the maximum take-off weight permitted by Figures 5.15.1, 5.15.2 and
5.15.3 for the altitude and temperature of the departure airfield, the gradients shown in Figures
5.55.4 and 5.55.5 comply with 14 CFRPART 25.121 (d) andPART 25.119 respectively.

FAA Approved Page 3

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Sub-section - 5.55
GROSS PERFORMANCE
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
FIRST AND SECOND SEGMENT CLIMB GRADIENT - FLAPS 15 °

The gross gradient of climb for the first and second segments with flaps extended to 15° is
shown on Figure 5.55.1 for varying weight, altitude and air temperature.

Associated Conditions

One engine operating at maximum take-off thrust with APR ON,

Engines
the other engine stopped.
Air conditioning bleed off ; see NOTE 1 for the effect of engine antice
Engine Bleed Air
bleed.
Flaps 15 °
Down for the first segment.
Landing Gear
Up for the second segment.
Take-off safety speed V2 (refer to TABULATED TAKEOFF DATA Sub-
Airspeed
section 5.20)

NOTES:
1. To take account of engine antice bleed, add 10 °C to the actual air temperature before
entering the graph.

2. The gradients given are those away from ground effect.

Instructions for Use of Chart

The use of the graph is illustrated by broken arrowed lines.

• Enter with air temperature and move up to the appropriate field pressure altitude.

• Proceed horizontally to the weight grid reference line then follow the guidelines to the
required airplane weight.

• Proceed horizontally to intersect the line labelled FIRST SEGMENT or SECOND

SEGMENT and read off the gross gradient of climb from the bottom scale.

Page 4 Sub-section - 5.55 FAA Approved

GROSS PERFORMANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

FIRST AND SECOND SEGMENT CLIMB GRADIENT

MINIMUM FIRST SEGMENT GRADIENT

MINIMUM SECOND SEGMENT GRADIENT

REFERENCE LINE
APR-ON FLAPS 15

T
EN

T
EN
M
G

M
SE

G
SE
T
RS

D
N
FI

O
C
SE
M6326_0
HA00D
012869AA.AI

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.55

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GROSS PERFORMANCE
Figure 5.55.1 Page 5
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 6 Sub-section - 5.55 FAA Approved

GROSS PERFORMANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

FAA Approved Page 7

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Sub-section - 5.55
GROSS PERFORMANCE
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
FIRST AND SECOND SEGMENT CLIMB GRADIENT - FLAPS 0°°

The gross gradient of climb for the first and second segments with flaps retracted is shown on
Figure 5.55.2 for varying weight, altitude and air temperature.

Associated Conditions

One engine operating at maximum take-off thrust with APR ON, the
Engines
other engine stopped.
Air conditioning bleed off; see NOTE 1 for the effect of engine antice
Engine bleed air
bleed.
Flaps 0°
Down for the first segment.
Landing gear
Up for the second segment.
Take-off safety speed V2 (refer to TABULATED TAKEOFF DATA Sub-
Airspeed
section 5.20)

NOTES:
1. To take account of engine antice bleed, add 10 °C to the actual air temperature before
entering the graph.

2. The gradients given are those away from ground effect.

Instructions for Use of Chart

The use of the graph is illustrated by broken arrowed lines.

• Enter with air temperature and move up to the appropriate field pressure altitude.

• Proceed horizontally to the weight grid reference line then follow the guidelines to the
required airplane weight.

• Proceed horizontally to intersect the line labelled FIRST SEGMENT or SECOND

SEGMENT and read off the gross gradient of climb from the bottom scale.

Page 8 Sub-section - 5.55 FAA Approved

GROSS PERFORMANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.55

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GROSS PERFORMANCE
Figure 5.55.2 Page 9
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 10 Sub-section - 5.55 FAA Approved

GROSS PERFORMANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

FAA Approved Page 11

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Sub-section - 5.55
GROSS PERFORMANCE
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
FINAL TAKE-OFF CLIMB GRADIENT

The gross and net gradients of climb for the final take-off configuration are shown on Figure
5.55.3 for varying weight, altitude and air temperature.

Associated Conditions

One engine operating at maximum continuous thrust, the other engine

Engines
stopped.
Air conditioning bleed off; see NOTE 1 for the effect of engine antice
Engine Bleed Air
bleed.
Flaps 0°
Landing Gear Up.
Airspeed Final take-off climb speed VFTO . (See Figure 5.10.1)

NOTES:
1. To take account of engine antice bleed, add 10 °C to the actual air temperature before
entering the graph.

2. The gradients given are those away from ground effect.

Instructions for Use of Chart

The use of the graph is illustrated by broken arrowed lines.

• Enter with air temperature and move up to the appropriate field pressure altitude.

• Proceed horizontally to the weight grid reference line and then follow the guidelines to the
required airplane weight.

• Move horizontally to the gross gradient reference line and then either continue horizontally
to read gross gradient from the scale at the right, or follow the guidelines down to the net
gradient position before reading net gradient from the scale at the right.

Page 12 Sub-section - 5.55 FAA Approved

GROSS PERFORMANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.55

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GROSS PERFORMANCE
Figure 5.55.3 Page 13
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT

The gross gradient of climb in the go-around configuration is shown on Figure 5.55.4 for varying
weight, airfield altitude and air temperature.

Associated Conditions

One engine operating at maximum take-off thrust with APR OFF; the
Engines
other engine stopped.
Air conditioning bleed off; see NOTE for the effect of engine antice
Engine Bleed Air
bleed.
Flaps 15 ° or 0 °
Landing Gear Up
Flaps 15 °: VREF
Airspeed
Flaps 0 °: VREF + 10 knots

NOTE: To take account of engine antice bleed, add 10 °C to the actual air temperature before
entering the graph.
Instructions for Use of Chart

The use of the graph is illustrated by the broken arrowed lines.

• Enter with air temperature and move up to the appropriate field pressure altitude.

• Proceed horizontally to the weight grid reference line and then follow the guidelines to the
appropriate airplane weight.

• Continue to the right to meet the flap correction grid reference line and then either continue
horizontally to read flaps 15° gross gradient from the scale at the right or follow the guidelines
to the flaps 0° position before reading the gross gradient from the scale at the right.

Page 14 Sub-section - 5.55 FAA Approved

GROSS PERFORMANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT

M6324_0
HA00D
012867AA.AI

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.55

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GROSS PERFORMANCE
Figure 5.55.4 Page 15
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

GO-AROUND CLIMB GRADIENT

The gross gradient of climb for the go-around configuration is shown on Figure 5.55.5 for varying
weight, field pressure altitude and air temperature.

Associated Conditions

Engines Both engines operating at maximum take-off thrust with APR OFF.
Air conditioning bleed off; see NOTE for the effect of engine antice
Engine Bleed Air
bleed.
Flaps 45 ° or 25 °
Landing Gear Down
Flaps 45 °: not greater than VREF
Airspeed
Flaps 25 °: not greater than VREF + 5 knots.

NOTE: To take account of engine antice bleed, add 10 °C to the actual air temperature before
entering the graph.

Instructions for Use of Chart

The use of the graph is illustrated by the broken arrowed lines.

• Enter with air temperature and move up to the appropriate field pressure altitude.

• Proceed horizontally to the weight grid reference line and then follow the guidelines to the
appropriate airplane weight.

• Continue to the right to meet the flap correction grid reference line and then either continue
horizontally to read the flaps 45° gross gradient from the scale at the right or follow the
guidelines to the flaps 25° position before reading the gross gradient from the scale at the
right.

Page 16 Sub-section - 5.55 FAA Approved

GROSS PERFORMANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

GO-AROUND CLIMB
GO AROUND CLIMB GRADIENT
GRADIENT

M6325_0
HA00D
012868AA.AI

FAA Approved Sub-section - 5.55

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 GROSS PERFORMANCE
Figure 5.55.5 Page 17
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

SECTION - 6
WEIGHT & BALANCE
Table of Contents
Page

PART 1 - AS LICENSED................................................................................... 3

BASIC EMPTY WEIGHT and BALANCE - As Licensed.................................... 3

WEIGHT and BALANCE TERMINOLOGY ........................................................ 4
CONVERSION FACTORS................................................................................. 5
WEIGHT and CENTER of GRAVITY (CG) LIMITATIONS/DATA ...................... 6
Center of Gravity (CG) Data........................................................................ 8
Figure 6.1 - LOADING and FLIGHT ENVELOPE -
POUNDS/FEET........................................................................................... 9
Figure 6.2 - LOADING and FLIGHT ENVELOPE -
KILOGRAMS/METERS............................................................................. 10
Figure 6.3 - FUSELAGE STATION LOCATING DIAGRAM...................... 11
USEFUL LOAD DATA...................................................................................... 12
Occupants.................................................................................................... 12
Figure 6.4 - DENSITY VARIATION of AVIATION FUEL -
POUNDS/U.S. GALLONS......................................................................... 12
Figure 6.5 - DENSITY VARIATION of AVIATION FUEL -
KILOGRAMS/LITERS ............................................................................... 13
USABLE FUEL - POUNDS/U.S. GALLONS ................................................ 14
USABLE FUEL - KILOGRAMS/LITERS ...................................................... 16
UNUSABLE FUEL............................................................................................ 18
MISCELLANEOUS FLUIDS and OXYGEN ..................................................... 18
GENERAL WEIGHING INSTRUCTIONS ........................................................ 19
Jack Point Weighing .................................................................................... 19
Wheel Weighing ........................................................................................... 19
Wheel Change Jack Weighing..................................................................... 20
AIRPLANE WEIGHING and REACTION POINTS.......................................... 21
Figure 6.7 Jack Point Weighing ................................................................ 21
Figure 6.8 Wheel Weighing....................................................................... 21
BASIC EMPTY WEIGHT & BALANCE FORM (Blank) .................................... 22
EQUIPMENT LIST ........................................................................................... 23

PART 2 - POST LICENSE............................................................................... 28

WEIGHT and BALANCE RECORD ................................................................. 28

WEIGHT and BALANCE REPORT.................................................................. 30

FAA Approved Section - 6 Page 1

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 WEIGHT & BALANC
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 2 Section - 6 FAA Approved

WEIGHT & BALANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
PART 1 - AS LICENSED
BASIC EMPTY WEIGHT and BALANCE - As Licensed

(Page 3 will be added with the airplane actual weight data)

FAA Approved Section - 6 Page 3

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 WEIGHT & BALANC
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
WEIGHT and BALANCE TERMINOLOGY

Approved Loading Envelope - Those combinations of airplane weight and center of gravity
which define the limits beyond which loading is not approved.

Arm - The distance from the center of gravity of an object to a line about which moments are
to be computed.

Basic Empty Weight (BEW) - The weight of an empty airplane including full engine oil and
unusable fuel. This equals empty weight plus the weight of
unusable fuel and the weight of all the engine oil required to fill
the lines and tanks. Basic empty weight is the basic
configuration from which loading data is determined.

Center of Gravity (CG) - A point at which the weight of an object may be considered
concentrated for weight and balance purposes.

CG Limits - The extreme center of gravity locations within which the airplane must be operated
at a given weight.

Datum - A vertical plane perpendicular to the airplane longitudinal axis from which fore and aft
measurements are made for weight and balance purposes.

Empty Weight - The weight of an empty airplane before any oil or fuel has been added. This
includes all permanently installed equipment, fixed ballast, full hydraulic fluid,
full chemical toilet fluid and all other operating fluids full except the engines,
tanks and lines which do not contain any engine oil or fuel.

Engine Oil - That portion of the engine oil which can be drained from the engine.

Jack Point - Points on the airplane identified by the manufacturer as suitable for supporting the
airplane for weighing or other purposes.

Landing Weight - The weight of the airplane at landing touchdown.

Levelling Points - Those points which are used to level the airplane during the weighing
process.

Maximum Weight - The largest weight allowed by design, structural, performance or other
limitations.

Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) - The maximum allowable weight of the airplane in a
zero fuel condition. All weight in excess of MZFW must
consist of fuel.

Minimum Operating Weight - The minimum weight at which the gust criteria for structural
integrity has been shown.

Moment - A measure of the rotational tendency of a weight, about a specified line,

mathematically equal to the product of the weight and the arm.

Payload - Weight of occupants, cargo and baggage.

Ramp Weight - The airplane weight at engine start, assuming all loading is completed.

Page 4 Section - 6 FAA Approved

WEIGHT & BALANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Standard Mean Chord (SMC) - The average distance from the wing leading edge to the
trailing edge.

Station - The longitudinal distance from some point to the zero datum or zero fuselage station.

Take-off Weight - The weight of the airplane at lift-off from the runway.

Tare - The apparent weight which may be indicated by scales before any load is applied.

Unusable Fuel - The fuel remaining after consumption of usable fuel.

Usable Fuel - That portion of the total fuel which is available for consumption as determined
in accordance with applicable regulatory standards.

Useful Load - The difference between the airplane ramp weight and the basic empty weight
(payload + usable fuel)

Zero Fuel Envelope - The range of zero fuel weight and center of gravity used for determining
fuel loading procedures.

Zero Fuel Weight (ZFW) - The airplane ramp weight minus the weight of fuel on board.

CONVERSION FACTORS
Numeric values in this section are US Primary and Metric Secondary in "( )".
The following conversion factors are used:

• Weight: 1 Kilogram = 2.2046 Pounds

• Length: 1 Meter = 3.2808 Feet or 39.3700 Inches

• Moment: 1 Kilogram-Meter = 7.2328 Pounds-Feet

• Pressure: 1 Kilogram/Meter2 = 4.8824 Pounds/Foot 2

• Volume: 1 Liter = 0.2642 Gallon

• Weight/Liquid Volume: 1 Kilogram/Liter = 8.3444 Pounds/Gallon

FAA Approved Section - 6 Page 5

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 WEIGHT & BALANC
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
WEIGHT and CENTER of GRAVITY (CG) LIMITATIONS/DATA

See Figures 6.1 and 6.2 for the Loading and Flight Envelope

Weight Limitations lb (kg) Unless otherwise noted

Maximum Ramp Weight....................................... 28,120 (12,755)
Maximum Take-Off Weight................................... 28,000 (12,701)
Maximum Landing Weight
(except in an emergency) .................................... 23,350 (10,591)
Maximum Zero Fuel Weight ................................. 18,450 (8,369)
Minimum Zero Fuel Weight .................................. 14,120 (6,405)

Maximum Wing Unsymmetrical Fuel Load ...............500 (227)

Minimum Wing Fuel Load - Recommended..............960 (435)

Maximum Cabin Floor Loading

Center Aisle .........................................................60 lb/ft2 (12 kg/m2)
Outboard Raised Area .........................................50 lb/ft2 (10 kg/m2)

Maximum Jacking Weight ................................... 25,255 (11,456)

NOTE: Refer to the Maintenance Manual for Jacking Requirements.

Page 6 Section - 6 FAA Approved

WEIGHT & BALANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

FAA Approved Section - 6 Page 7

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 WEIGHT & BALANC
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Center of Gravity (CG) Data
NOTE: All CG values and calculations in this section are expressed in feet or meters from
the CG datum.

The CG Datum (0.000) is at fuselage station 353.04 inches or 8.967 meters, which is 11 feet
or 3.353 meters forward of the Reference Point located on the aft fuselage, below the right
engine pylon. Arms measured from the CG datum are negative forward and positive aft. See
Figure 6.3 for the noted locations.

When expressing the airplane CG in percentage of Standard Mean Chord (SMC), use the
following equation:

Using Feet Using Meters

CG in % SMC = (X + 1.308) x 100 CG in % SMC = (X + 0.399) x 100

7.263 2.214

Where X is the airplane CG, 1.308 feet or 0.399 meters is the arm of the SMC leading edge
and 7.263 feet or 2.214 meters is the length of the SMC.

As an example, using the CG datum where X = 0, the % SMC is calculated as follows:

Using Feet Using Meters

(0 + 1.308) x 100 = 18% SMC (0 + 0.399) x 100 = 18% SMC

7.263 2.214

Page 8 Section - 6 FAA Approved

WEIGHT & BALANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
LOADING and FLIGHT ENVELOPE - POUNDS/FEET

Percent Standard Mean Chord

(Landing Gear Retraction Moment Change is Negligible)

Figure 6.1

FAA Approved Section - 6 Page 9

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 WEIGHT & BALANC
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
LOADING and FLIGHT ENVELOPE - KILOGRAMS/METERS

Percent Standard Mean Chord

(Landing Gear Retraction Moment Change is Negligible)

Figure 6.2

Page 10 Section - 6 FAA Approved

WEIGHT & BALANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
FUSELAGE STATION LOCATING DIAGRAM

NOTE: Refer to conversion factors for metric equivalent.

Figure 6.3

FAA Approved Section - 6 Page 11

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 WEIGHT & BALANC
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
USEFUL LOAD DAT

Occupants Arm - ft (m )
Crew.......................................................................-17.05 (-5.197)
Jump Seat Observer .............................................. -14.00 (-4.267)

NOTE: See Part 2 for airplane serial number specific payload data.

DENSITY VARIATION of AVIATION FUEL - POUNDS/U.S. GALLONS

Page 12 Section - 6 FAA Approved

WEIGHT & BALANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
DENSITY VARIATION of AVIATION FUEL - KILOGRAMS/LITERS

FAA Approved Section - 6 Page 13

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 WEIGHT & BALANC
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
USABLE FUEL - POUNDS/U.S. GALLONS

USEFUL LOAD DATA USABLE FUEL WING TANKS

Table 1 - Pounds/US Gallons

6.40 lb/gal 6.66 lb/gal 6.90 lb/gal

Note Gal. Weight Moment Weight Moment Weight Moment
lb lb-ft lb lb-ft lb lb-ft

40 256 0 266 0 276 0

80 512 0 533 0 552 0

120 768 -188 799 -196 828 -203

160 1,024 -460 1,066 -479 1,104 -496

200 1,280 -651 1,332 -677 1,380 -702

240 1,536 -872 1,598 -907 1,656 -940

280 1,792 -1,022 1,865 -1,063 1,932 -1,102

320 2,048 -1,144 2,131 -1,190 2,208 -1,233

360 2,304 -1,256 2,398 -1,307 2,484 -1,354

400 2,560 -1,343 2,664 -1,397 2,760 -1,448

440 2,816 -1,413 2,930 -1,471 3,036 -1,524

480 3,072 -1,439 3,197 -1,497 3,312 -1,551

520 3,328 -1,451 3,463 -1,510 3,588 -1,564

560 3,584 -1,445 3,730 -1,503 3,864 -1,557

600 3,840 -1,398 3,996 -1,455 4,140 -1,507

640 4,096 -1,305 4,262 -1,358 4,416 -1,407

680 4,352 -1,191 4,529 -1,239 4,692 -1,284

720 4,608 -1,067 4,795 -1,110 4,968 -1,150

760 4,864 -921 5,062 -959 5,244 -993

800 5,120 -735 5,328 -764 5,520 -792

840 5,376 -524 5,594 -545 5,796 -564

880 5,632 -283 5,861 -295 6,072 -306

920 5,888 -3 6,127 -3 6,348 -3

960 6,144 320 6,394 333 6,624 345

1000 6,400 694 6,660 722 6,900 748

1040 6,656 1,148 6,926 1,195 7,176 1,238

1080 6,912 1,694 7,193 1,763 7,452 1,827

Page 14 Section - 6 FAA Approved

WEIGHT & BALANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

6.40 lb/gal 6.66 lb/gal 6.90 lb/gal

Note Gal. Weight Moment Weight Moment Weight Moment
lb lb-ft lb lb-ft lb lb-ft

1120 7,168 2,315 7,459 2,409 7,728 2,496

1160 7,424 2,957 7,726 3,077 8,004 3,188

1200 7,680 3,732 7,992 3,883 8,280 4,023

1240 7,936 4,807 8,258 5,002 8,556 5,183

Note 1 1263 8,083 5,513 8,412 5,737 8,715 5,944

Note 2 1268 8,115 5,669 8,445 5,899 8,749 6,112

VENTRAL TANK - ADD VALUES TO WING FUEL VALUES WHEN REQUIRED

Note 3 224.6 1,437 12,021 1,496 12,514 1,550 12,966

Note 4 228.2 1,460 12,213 1,520 12,715 1,575 13,175

Note 5 229.4 1,468 12,280 1,528 12,782 1,583 13,242

Note 6 233.0 1,491 12,472 1,552 12,982 1,608 13,451

Table 1 - NOTES:

Full Wing Fuel Notes:

1. Pressure Filling
2. Gravity Filling

Full Ventral Fuel Notes:

3. Pressure Filling with External Toilet Servicing

4. Gravity Filling with External Toilet Servicing
5. Pressure Filling without External Toilet Servicing
6. Gravity Filling without External Toilet Servicing

FAA Approved Section - 6 Page 15

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 WEIGHT & BALANC
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
USABLE FUEL - KILOGRAMS/LITERS

USEFUL LOAD DATA USABLE FUEL WING TANKS

Table 2 - Kilograms/Liter

0.77 kg/L 0.80 kg/L 0.83 kg/L

Note Liter Weight Moment Weight Moment Weight Moment
kg kg-m kg kg-m kg kg-m

50 39 0.0 40 0.0 42 0.0

200 154 0.0 160 0.0 166 0.0

350 270 0.0 280 0.0 291 0.0

500 385 -40.9 400 -42.5 415 -44.1

650 501 -71.3 520 -74.0 540 -76.8

800 616 -98.6 640 -102.5 664 -106.3

950 732 -128.8 760 -133.7 789 -138.8

1100 847 -146.5 880 -152.3 913 -158.0

1250 963 -162.9 1,000 -169.2 1,038 -175.6

1400 1,078 -178.0 1,120 -184.9 1,162 -191.8

1550 1,194 -188.9 1,240 -196.2 1,287 -203.7

1700 1,309 -197.7 1,360 -205.4 1,411 -213.1

1850 1,425 -200.1 1,480 -207.8 1,536 -215.7

2000 1,540 -201.5 1,600 -209.4 1,660 -217.2

2150 1,656 -199.5 1,720 -207.2 1,785 -215.1

2300 1,771 -191.8 1,840 -199.3 1,909 -206.8

2450 1,887 -178.5 1,960 -185.4 2,034 -192.4

2600 2,002 -162.5 2,080 -168.8 2,158 -175.2

2750 2,118 -145.0 2,200 -150.6 2,283 -156.3

2900 2,233 -124.2 2,320 -129.0 2,407 -133.9

3050 2,349 -97.9 2,440 -101.7 2,532 -105.6

3200 2,464 -68.4 2,560 -71.1 2,656 -73.8

3350 2,580 -34.8 2,680 -36.2 2,781 -37.5

3500 2,695 4.6 2,800 4.8 2,905 5.0

3650 2,811 49.4 2,920 51.4 3,030 53.3

3800 2,926 102.4 3,040 106.3 3,154 110.3

3950 3,042 165.3 3,160 171.7 3,279 178.2

Page 16 Section - 6 FAA Approved

WEIGHT & BALANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

0.77 kg/L 0.80 kg/L 0.83 kg/L

Note Liter Weight Moment Weight Moment Weight Moment
kg kg-m kg kg-m kg kg-m

4100 3,157 241.9 3,280 251.4 3,403 260.8

4250 3,273 327.8 3,400 340.5 3,528 353.3

4400 3,388 416.2 3,520 432.4 3.652 448.7

4550 3,504 523.9 3,640 544.3 3,777 564.7

4700 3,619 674.6 3,760 700.8 3,901 727.1

Note 1 4780 3,681 764.7 3,824 794.4 3,967 824.1

Note 2 4802 3,698 790.0 3,842 820.7 3,986 851.5

VENTRAL TANK - ADD VALUES TO WING FUEL VALUES WHEN REQUIRED

Note 3 850 655 1,670 680 1,734 706 1,800

Note 4 864 665 1,696 691 1,762 717 1,828

Note 5 868 668 1,703 694 1,770 720 1,836

Note 6 882 679 1,731 706 1,800 732 1,867

Table 2 - NOTES:

Full Wing Fuel Notes:

1. Pressure Filling
2. Gravity Filling

Full Ventral Fuel Notes:

3. Pressure Filling with External Toilet Servicing

4. Gravity Filling with External Toilet Servicing
5. Pressure Filling without External Toilet Servicing
6. Gravity Filling without External Toilet Servicing

FAA Approved Section - 6 Page 17

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 WEIGHT & BALANC
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
UNUSABLE FUEL

Weight Arm Moment

lb (kg) ft (m) lb-ft (kg-m)
Drainable
(See NOTE: below
With ventral tank installed 59 (26.76) N/A -32 (-4.4)
Without ventral tank installed 54 (24.49) N/A -63 (-8.7)

Trapped
With or without 22 (9.98) -1.30 (-0.396) -29 (-4.0)
ventral tank installed

Total
With ventral tank installed 81 (36.74) -0.75 (-0.229) -61 (-8.4)
Without ventral tank installed 76 (34.47) -1.21 (-0.369) -92 (-12.7)

NOTE: To be added to the fuel drained airplane " Total As Weighed" values, to determine
Basic Empty Weight.

MISCELLANEOUS FLUIDS and OXYGEN

Capacity Weight Arm Moment

gal (L) lb (kg) ft (m) lb-ft (kg-m)
Hydraulic Fluid
Main System 2.40 (9.08) 17.00 (7.71) 11.20 (3.41) 190 (26.3)
Auxiliary System 0.72 (2.73) 5.12 (2.32) -20.75 (-6.32) -106 (-14.7)

Airframe Deicing 10.00 (37.85) 84.00 (38.10) -15.44 (-4.71) -1,297 (-179.3)
Fluid

Engine Oil 3.30 (12.49) 24.80 (11.25) 7.57 (2.31) 188 (26.0)

Oxygen Charge N/A (1,500.00) 4.82 (2.19) 15.08 (4.60) 73 (10.0)

Page 18 Section - 6 FAA Approved

WEIGHT & BALANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
GENERAL WEIGHING INSTRUCTIONS

Periodic weighing of the airplane may be required to keep the Basic Empty Weight current, with
the frequency of weighing determined by the operator. All changes to the airplane affecting
weight and/or balance are the responsibility of the operator.

Airplane weighing should be done in an enclosed, draft free hangar. The airplane exterior
should be clean and dry. All equipment that is a part of the Basic Empty Weight should be
installed in the proper locations. All loose equipment such as protective covers, tools, galley
contents, etc. should be removed. Engine oil, hydraulic fluid, de-icing fluid, toilet precharge and
oxygen should be full. Galley and lavatory liquids should be drained. Fuel should be drained
and the drain ports and the water drains sumped.

Ensure that the weighing equipment certification is current and that the scales read "0" with no
load applied.

The airplane may be weighed on jack points, wheels or wheel change jacks. For each method,
the airplane must be in a level attitude. This is determined by placing a leveling bar, RAC Part
No. 25-Y-23A or equivalent, and an inclinometer or spirit level on the leveling bolts just inboard
of the lower seat track at FS 309.35 and FS 371.55. Be sure to remove the leveling equipment
before recording the scale readings.

Refer to Figures 6.7 and 6.8, Weighing Points and the Basic Empty Weight & Balance Form.

Jack Point Weighing

Place the jacks and weighing units under the two main jack points at 4.12 ft (1.256 m) forward
(-) of the cg datum, and the tail jack point at 15.65 ft (4.770 m) aft (+) of the cg datum. Operate
the jacks in unison to keep the airplane level as it is raised and until the wheels just clear the
floor.

Ensure that the airplane is level and record the scale readings. If the jacks are placed on
platform scales, be sure to remove the weight of the jacks from the scale readings.

Operate the jacks in unison to keep the airplane level as it is lowered. Remove the jacks fro
the platform scales if used, and ensure that the scale readings have returned to "0".

Wheel Weighing

Place the airplane on the scales in a level attitude and record the scale readings.

The wheel locations (axle centerlines) must be determined by measurement with the airplane
in a level attitude. Drop a plumb bob from the fuselage reference point located below the right
engine pylon at 11.00 ft (3.353 m) aft (+) of the cg datum. Measure from this point to a string
stretched between the Left and Right inboard main wheel axle centerlines (Figure 6.8,
Dimension B) and then from the string to the nose wheel axle centerline Left and Right sides
- use the average of the two sides (Figure 6.8, Dimension A). All measurements must be taken
with the tape level and parallel to the fuselage centerline.

FAA Approved Section - 6 Page 19

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 WEIGHT & BALANC
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
The inboard main wheel axle centerline is 0.058 ft (0.018 m) aft of the main gear bogie
centerline, which is the true weight reaction point. Therefore, 0.058 ft (0.018 m) must be added
to Dimension B (Figure 6.8) and subtracted from the Dimension A (Figure 6.8) average
measurement. The main wheels should be approximately at 2.8 ft (0.85 m) and the nose
wheels at -18.4 ft (-5.61 m). Remove the airplane from the scales and ensure that the scale
readings have returned to "0".

Wheel Change Jack Weighing

Place the airplane on the scales and place the jacks under the jacking points. Operate the
jack(s) to level the airplane and record the scale readings. Be sure to subtract the weight of the
jacks from the scale readings.

Locate the scale load points as described in the Wheel Weighing method that includes the
correction for the main gear bogie centerline. A correction for the jack locations must now be
made. The nose wheel jack point is 0.35 ft (0.107 m) forward (-) of the nose wheel axle
centerline and the main wheel jack point is 0.28 ft (0.085 m) forward (-) of the main gear bogie
centerline. The main wheel jack point should be approximately at 2.5 ft (0.76 m) and the nose
wheel at -18.7 ft (-5.70 m).

Remove the airplane and jacks from the scales and ensure that the scale readings have
returned to "0".

Page 20 Section - 6 FAA Approved

WEIGHT & BALANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
AIRPLANE WEIGHING and REACTION POINTS

Figure 6.7 JACK POINT WEIGHING

Figure 6.8 WHEEL WEIGHING

FAA Approved Section - 6 Page 21

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 WEIGHT & BALANC
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Model 800XP Basic Empty Weight & Balance Form

Facility : Airplane Serial No:

Scales : Date :
Wheel Reaction Measurements (as applicable)
Wheels C/L

Actual Correction Corrected

ft (m) * ft (m) * ft (m) *
Inboard Main Wheel C/L to Fuselage Reference Point 0.058 (0.018)
Left Nose Wheel C/L to Inboard Main Wheel C/L
Right Nose Wheel C/L to Inboard Main Wheel C/L
Average Nose Wheel C/L to Inboard Main Wheel C/L -0.058 (-0.018)
Wheel Change Jack Correction Applied To Wheel Centerline Locations: Nose = -.35 (-0.107),
Mains = -.28 (-0.085)
Fuselage Reference Point from C.G. Datum (Reference): 11.00 (3.353)

Jack Point Locations from C.G. Datum (reference): Forward: -4.12 (-1.256)
Aft: 15.65 (4.770)

REACTIONS Scale Drift or Net Arm Moment

Wheels or Jack Points * Reading Tare Weight ft (m)* lb-ft (kg-m)*
lb (kg)*
Left Main
Right Main
Subtotal
Nose or Tail *
TOTAL AS WEIGHED
Additions and Subtractions to the As Weighed Condition
Add: Drainable Unusable Fuel

BASIC EMPTY WEIGHT

*
Cross out the non-applicable word, abbreviation and/or value.
Prepared By : Title :

Page 22 Section - 6 FAA Approved

WEIGHT & BALANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
EQUIPMENT LIST

Item QTY Total Weight Arm Moment

lb (kg) ft (m) lb-ft (kg-m)
Engines -
AlliedSignal TFE 731-5BR-1H 2 1,832.0 9.30 (2.83) 17,038
(830.99) (2,355.6)

Thrust Reversers 2 220.0 (99.79) 11.86 (3.61) 2,609 (360.7)

Hydraulic System

Steering Jack 1 5.3 (2.40) -18.50 (-5.64) -98 (-13.6)

Nose Landing Gear Jack 1 5.4 (2.45) -18.20 (-5.55) -98 (-13.6)

Emergency Hand Pump 1 2.0 (0.91) -17.50 (-5.33) -35 (-4.8)

Main Landing Gear Jack 2 14.4 (6.53) 3.00 (0.91) 43 (6.0)

Airbrake Jack 2 8.0 (3.63) 4.00 (1.22) 32 (4.4)

Flap Jack 2 22.00 (9.98) 4.20 (1.28) 92 (12.8)

Engine Pumps 2 9.4 (4.26) 8.03 (2.45) 75 (10.4)

Hand Pump 1 2.0 (0.91) 11.00 (3.35) 22 (3.0)

Reservoir (Dry) 1 4.0 (1.81) 11.10 (3.38) 44 (6.1)

Electrical System

Starter-Generator 2 75.5 (34.25) 7.65 (2.33) 578 (79.9)

Alternator 2 40.0 (18.14) 7.82 (2.38) 313 (43.2)

Batteries 2 106.0 (48.08) 12.04 (3.67) 1,276 (176.5)

Fuel Computer 2 22.6 (10.25) 13.75 (4.19) 311 (43.0)

Environmental System

Cabin Air Outlet Valve Controller 1 3.1 (1.41) -18.34 (-5.59) -57 (-7.9)

Safety Valve 1 3.1 (1.41) 6.25 (1.91) 19 (2.7)

Venturi and Fan 1 2.3 (1.04) 6.26 (1.91) 14 (2.0)

Cold Air Unit 1 37.4 (16.96) 7.50 (2.29) 281 (38.8)

Water Separator 1 5.0 (2.27) 7.50 (2.29) 38 (5.2)

Ram Air Shut Off Valve 1 2.5 (1.13) 7.50 (2.29) 19 (2.6)
Refrigeration Unit By-Pass Valve 1 3.5 (1.59) 8.30 (2.53) 29 (4.0)

Pressure Regulator Valve 1 5.5 (2.49) 8.50 (2.59) 47 (6.5)

Bleed Air Shut Off Valve 2 5.0 (2.27) 8.70 (2.65) 44 (6.0)

FAA Approved Section - 6 Page 23

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 WEIGHT & BALANC
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Item QTY Total Weight Arm Moment

lb (kg) ft (m) lb-ft (kg-m)

De-icing System

TKS Reservoir (Dry) 1 16.2 (7.35) -15.44 (-4.71) -250 (-34.6)

TKS Pump 1 5.3 (2.40) -15.35 (-4.68) -81 (-11.2)

TKS Filter 1 1.7 (0.77) -10.56 (-3.22) -18 (-2.5)

Safety Equipment

Crew Life Jackets 2 3.0 (1.36) -16.55 (-5.04) -50 (-6.9)

Crew Masks 2 3.0 (1.36) -16.55 (-5.04) -50 (-6.9)

Crew Smoke Goggles 2 0.6 (0.27) -16.50 (-5.03) -10 (-1.4)

Portable Cabin Fire Extinguisher 1 5.5 (2.49) -15.30 (-4.66) -84 (-11.6)
Crash Axe 1 2.6 (1.18) -15.25 (-4.65) -40 (-5.5)

Flashlight 1 1.3 (0.59) -15.25 (-4.65) -20 (-2.7)

First Aid Kit 1 5.5 (2.49) -14.50 (-4.42) -80 (-11.0)

Engine Fire Extinguisher Bottle 2 15.5 (7.03) 12.32 (3.76) 191 (26.4)

Oxygen Bottles - 750 liters each 2 30.0 (13.61) 15.08 (4.60) 452 (62.5)

Ground Equipment - Stowed

Locking Pins, etc. 3.0 (1.36) -12.96 (-3.95) -39 (-5.4)

Engine Inlet and Outlet Covers 7.4 (3.36) 8.91 (2.72) 66 (9.1)

Collins Proline 21 Avionics

Air Data System

ADC-3000 Air Data Computer 2 4.2 (1.91) -15.79 (-4.81) -66 (-9.2)

Attitude Heading System

AHC-3000 Attitude/Heading
Computer #1 1 4.0 (1.81) -6.67 (-2.03) -27 (-3.7)

AHC-3000 Attitude/Heading
Computer #2 1 4.0 (1.81) -5.03 (-1.53) -20 (-2.8)

ECU-3000 External Compensation

Unit #1 1 0.4 (0.18) -6.08 (-1.85) -2 (-0.3)
ECU-3000 External Compensation
Unit #1 1 0.4 (0.18) -5.62 (-1.71) -2 (-0.3)

Automatic Flight Guidance System

FGP-3002 Flight Guidance Panel 1 4.7 (2.13) -18.75 (-5.72) -88 (-12.2)

Page 24 Section - 6 FAA Approved

WEIGHT & BALANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Item QTY Total Weight Arm Moment
lb (kg) ft (m) lb-ft (kg-m)
Electronic Flight Instrument System

AFD-3010 Adaptive Flight Display 4 52.0 (23.59) -19.00 (-5.79) -988 (-136.6)

DCP-3020 Display Control Panel 2 5.0 (2.27) -18.75 (-5.72) -94 (-13.0)

Data Acquisition System

DCU-3001 Data Concentrator Unit 2 5.0 (2.27) -13.05 (-3.98) -65 (-9.0)

DCU-3001 Data Concentrator Unit 2 5.0 (2.27) -12.12 (-3.69) -61 (-8.4)

Integrated Avionics Processor

System

ICC-3000 Integrated Card Cage 1 8.4 (3.81) -21.31 (-6.50) -179 (-24.7)

MDC-3000 Maintenance Diagnostic

Computer Module 1 0.9 (0.41) -21.31 (-6.50) -19 (-2.7)

CSU-3100 Ctl Strapping Unit

Module 2 1.6 (0.73) -21.31 (-6.50) -34 (-4.7)
IEC-3001 IAPS Envir Ctl Module 1 2.8 (1.27) -21.31 (-6.50) -60 (-8.2)

IOC-3100 Input-Output Cnctr

Module 2 1.6 (0.73) -21.31 (-6.50) -34 (-4.7)

PWR-3000 Power Supply Module 2 2.6 (1.18) -21.31 (-6.50) -55 (-7.7)

FMC-6000 Flight Management

Computer Module 2 3.8 (1.72) -21.31 (-6.50) -81 (-11.2)

OCM-3100 Option Control Module 2 1.0 (0.45) -21.31 (-6.50) -21 (-2.9)

FGC-3000 Flight Guidance

Computer Module 2 4.6 (2.09) -21.31 (-6.50) -98 (-13.6)
Radio Altitude System

ALT-4000 Radio Altimeter 1 4.7 (2.13) -4.91 (-1.50) -23 (-3.2)

Flight Management System

CDU-6200 Control Display Unit 2 8.4 (3.81) -18.59 (-5.67) -156 (-21.6)

DBU-4100 Data Base Unit 1 2.6 (1.18) -14.44 (-4.40) -38 (-5.2)

GPS-4000A Global Positioning

System #1 1 6.3 (2.86) -6.87 (-2.09) -43 (-6.0)
GPS-4000A Global Positioning
System #2 1 6.3 (2.86) -16.35 (-4.98) -103 (-14.2)

Radio System

CTL-23C Nav/Comm Control 1 1.2 (0.54) -17.95 (-5.47) -22 (-3.0)

VHF-422C VHF Transceiver 2 9.4 (4.26) -20.60 (-6.28) -194 (-26.8)

VIR-432 VOR/ILS Receiver 2 9.0 (4.08) -20.60 (-6.28) -185 (-25.6)

FAA Approved Section - 6 Page 25

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 WEIGHT & BALANC
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Item QTY Total Weight Arm Moment

lb (kg) ft (m) lb-ft (kg-m)

TDR-94D Transponder 2 17.0 (7.71) -21.02 (-6.41) -357 (-49.4)

DME-442 Distance Measuring

Equipment 2 10.6 (4.81) -21.02 (-6.41) -223 (-30.8)
ADF-462 ADF Receiver 1 3.9 (1.77) -21.43 (-6.53) -84 (-11.6)

TCAS II

TTR-4000 TCAS TX/RX 1 17.0 (7.71) -2.74 (-0.84) -47 (-6.4)

EGPWS

965-0976 Computer 1 7.0 (3.18) -16.10 (-4.91) -113 (-15.6)

Weather Radar

RTA-858 Receiver/Transmitter/
Antenna 1 21.5 (9.75) -22.92 (-6.99) -493 (-68.1)
H.F. Communications Syste

HF-9031A Receiver/Transmitter 1 18.8 (8.53) 7.52 (2.29) 141 (19.5)

HF-9041 Antenna Coupler 1 12.0 (5.44) 8.86 (2.70) 106 (14.7)

DB Systems Audio System

Model 204 Interphone Amplifier 1 0.4 (0.18) -14.44 (-4.40) -6 (-0.8)

Model 240 Speaker Amplifier 1 1.4 (0.64) -21.90 (-6.68) -31 (-4.2)
Model 630 Tone Generator 1 0.9 (0.41) -21.86 (-6.66) -20 (-2.7)

Model 700 Audio Amplifier 2 3.2 (1.45) -21.73 (-6.62) -70 (-9.6)

Model 803-002 Audio Selector Panel 2 5.0 (2.27) -18.27 (-5.57) -91 (-12.6)
Universal Navigation CVR-30B
Cockpit Voice Recorder

1603-02-12 1 13.0 (5.90) 5.30 (1.62) 69 (9.5)

1634-01 Control 1 0.8 (0.36) -17.95 (-5.47) -14 (-2.0)

ARTEX Emergency Locator
Transmitter

453-5000 ELT 1 4.5 (2.04) 16.33 (4.98) 73 (10.2)

453-6500 ELT Nav Interface 1 2.4 (1.09) 16.33 (4.98) 39 (5.4)

Miscellaneous

C-87705-4 Angle Of Attack Indicator 1 3.0 (1.36) -18.92 (-5.77) -57 (-7.8)

51010-1113 Triple Indicator 1 2.4 (1.09) -18.92 (-5.77) -45 (-6.3)

39213-00-01 Secondary Flight Disp. 1 4.0 (1.81) -19.17 (-5.84) -77 (-10.6)

1200008-000 Selcal 1 2.9 (1.32) 1.02 (0.31) 3 (0.4)

Page 26 Section - 6 FAA Approved

WEIGHT & BALANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Item QTY Total Weight Arm Moment
lb (kg) ft (m) lb-ft (kg-m)

Miscellaneous (Cont.)

XL245-C Emergency Battery 1 12.0 (5.44) 3.80 (1.16) 46 (6.3)

XL245-C Emergency Battery 3 36.0 (16.33) 10.78 (3.29) 388 (53.7)

27101-01-01 ESIS Air Data Unit 1 1.4 (0.64) -14.25 (-4.34) -20 (-2.8)

SPS-1607 Inverter 2 49.0 (22.23) 8.95 (2.73) 439 (60.6)

FAA Approved Section - 6 Page 27

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001 WEIGHT & BALANC
 WEIGHT and BALANCE RECORD
Continuous History of Changes in Structure or Equipment Affecting Weight and Balance

SERIAL NUMBER: PAGE NUMBER:

Page 28
Date Item Weight Change Running Basic Empty
Description of Item Added (+) or Removed(-) Weight
or Change
In Out Weight Arm Moment Wt Moment
lb (kg) ft (m) lb-in (kg-m) lb (kg) lb-in (kg-m)

Section - 6
WEIGHT & BALANCE
PART 2 - POST LICENSE
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

FAA Approved
Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 WEIGHT and BALANCE RECORD
Continuous History of Changes in Structure or Equipment Affecting Weight and Balance

SERIAL NUMBER: PAGE NUMBER:

FAA Approved
Date Item Weight Change Running Basic Empty
Description of Item Added (+) or Removed(-) Weight
or Change
In Out Weight Arm Moment Wt Moment

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001

lb (kg) ft (m) lb-in (kg-m) lb (kg) lb-in (kg-m)

Section - 6
WEIGHT & BALANC
Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Page 29
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual
Weight and Balance Report

This page will be replaced by the multi-page Weight and Balance Report, which is prepared on
an individual airplane basis.

Page 30 Section - 6 FAA Approved

WEIGHT & BALANCE Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

SECTION - 7
SUPPLEMENTS
When a new airplane is delivered from the factory, the Airplane Flight Manual delivered with it
contains either a Supplemental Type Certificate (STC) supplement or a Raytheon Aircraft
Company Type Certificate (TC) supplement for every installed item not included in the main
manual.

If a new Airplane Flight Manual is obtained at a later date, it is the responsibility of the owner/
operator to make sure all required Airplane Flight Manual supplements (TC and STC) as well
as weight and balance and other pertinent data, are transferred into the new Airplane Flight
Manual.

FAA Approved Section - 7

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
Page 1
SUPPLEMENTS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

Intentionally left blank

Page 2 Section - 7 FAA Approved

Original Issue: Nov 30, 2001
SUPPLEMENTS
 Hawker 800XP Pro Line 21 Airplane Flight Manual

LOG OF SUPPLEMENTS

Serials 258541, 258556, 258567 and After

FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual
P/N 140-590032-0005
for
AIRPLANES EQUIPPED WITH COLLINS PRO LINE 21 AVIONICS

December 2001
NOTE: All applicable FAA approved supplements for your airplane must be in the Airplane
Flight Manual on board the airplane for all flights. Non-applicable supplements may,
at the discretion of the owner/operator, be removed from the AFM.

Part Number Subject Rev Date

No.
140-590032-0015 GARRETT GTCP36-150W 0 Dec 27, 2001
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT
140-590032-0019 FLIGHT WITH ONE FUEL PUMP 0 Dec 27, 2001
INOPERATIVE
140-590032-0021 CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST 0 Dec 27, 2001
(CDL)

Page 1 of 1
 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual

FAA APPROVED
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SUPPLEMENT
P/N 140-590032-0015
for
GARRETT GTCP36-150W AUXILIARY POWER UNIT
THIS SUPPLEMENT IS APPLICABLE TO
FAA APPROVED AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUALS:

P/N 140-590032-0005
and
HS 1.22

Airplane Serial Number: ....................................................................................................

Airplane Registration Number: ..........................................................................................

Copyright © Raytheon Aircraft Company 2001

P/N 140-590032-0015 Section - 7 Page 1 of 18

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual

FAA APPROVED
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SUPPLEMENT
P/N 140-590032-0015
for
GARRETT GTCP36-150W AUXILIARY POWER UNIT

LOG of REVISIONS

Rev Page Date

No. No(s) Description of Revision FAA Approved
0 1-18 Original Issue Dec 27, 2001

Page 2 of 18 Section - 7 P/N 140-590032-0015

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual

CONTENT
Page
INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................3 of 18

SECTION 1 - GENERAL ......................................................................................3 of 18

SECTION 2 - LIMITATIONS .................................................................................9 of 18

SECTION 3 - EMERGENCY PROCEDURES .................................................12 of 18

SECTION 4 - ABNORMAL/NORMAL PROCEDURES

Sub-section 4.05 - ABNORMAL PROCEDURES ...................................13 of 18
Sub-section 4.10 - NORMAL PROCEDURES .........................................14 of 18

SECTION 5 - PERFORMANCE ........................................................................18 of 18

SECTION 6 - WEIGHT & BALANCE ...............................................................18 of 18

INTRODUCTION

The information contained herein supplements or supersedes the basic Airplane Flight Manual
only in those areas listed within this supplement. For limitations, procedures and performance
information not listed within this supplement, consult the basic Airplane Flight Manual.

The information given in this supplement is applicable to an airplane having the Garrett
GTCP36-150W Auxiliary Power System installed in accordance with the Supplemental Type
Certificate (STC) ST00459NY.

NOTE: All references to switches and indicators in this supplement refer to the APU, unless
specifically called out as "airplane".

SECTION 1 - GENERAL

APU SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Auxiliary Power Unit Installation

The Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) is installed in the rear equipment bay to provide environmental
bleed air and DC electrical power for operating the airplane and its environmental systems
during ground and in-flight operations. The unit is installed in a fire and secondary
fragmentation containment enclosure located in the rear of the equipment bay between frames
20 and 21.

The installation includes mounting structure, air inlets for the APU and generator, fuel inlet, APU
exhaust shrouding and shielding, fire detection and extinguishing. APU system drains are
located on the left and right side of the airplane below the main engine pylons. Access to the
APU oil dipstick/fill port is provided by a quick release panel located on the left side of the
enclosure.

The APU starter/generator is connected to the airplane via the STARTER and PS2 Bus
systems APU bleed air is supplied to the airplane ECS system via the APU load control valve
and check valve which prevents main engine bleed flow through the APU.
P/N 140-590032-0015 Section - 7 Page 3 of 18
 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
Starter Generator

The Lucas starter/generator provides rotational starting capability to the APU when powered
from the airplane battery or from the external 28 VDC power connection, via the airplane start
bus.

When in the generating mode, the starter/generator output is normally connected to the PS2
and PE busbars. PS1 busbar can also be energized by selecting the airplane BUS TIE switch
on the flight compartment overhead roof panel to CLOSE.

Generator outputs are monitored and displayed on the APU control panel.

APU Fire Detection/Extinguishing Syste

Fire protection is provided by a combination of detection and extinguishing systems. In the

event of a fire in the APU enclosure, a visual and audible alarm will occur.

The APU will automatically shut down and a fire extinguisher will discharge 5 seconds after the
detection of the fire alarm. Switches and indicators for the fire control system are located on
the APU control panel (Figure 1).

Fire extinguisher thermal relief is directed into the APU enclosure and the APU will not spool
after fire extinguisher discharge or relief.

Fuel Syste
The APU utilizes fuel from the airplane left main fuel tank. A tap in the fuel supply tube in the
left pylon supplies fuel through shrouded fuel lines, through an APU fuel shut-off valve and
check valve, to the APU. The MASTER switch on the APU control panel (Figure 1) is used to
control the operation of the APU shut-off valve.

Drain Syste
APU drain lines are located below the left and right main engine pylons and at the lower
fuselage. Any fluids (fuel, oil or water) leaking from the APU enclosure, inlets or shrouded lines
will drain out the fittings through hoses/tubes to the airplane drain outlets.

APU Bleed Air

When required, the APU can be used to provide bleed air for the environmental system and
shaft power for the 28 VDC generator. These functions can be provided simultaneously or
independently by using the APU control panel. The APU bleed air system consists of a load
control valve, air ducts and check valve which connect the APU bleed air system to the airplane
environmental system.

Page 4 of 18 Section - 7 P/N 140-590032-0015

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
Electronic Control Unit (ECU)

An ECU (Garrett P/N 2118330-2) is mounted on the APU support beam on the left of the APU
enclosure. The control unit monitors APU speed, exhaust gas temperature, oil pressures, and
overcurrent conditions during APU starting and operation and will automatically shut down the
APU in the event that design limitations are exceeded.

Signals from switches and pick-ups mounted to the APU power unit are relayed through the
ECU to the appropriate indicator on the APU control panel.

Built-In-Test-Equipment (BITE) indicators are provided on the ECU to assist maintenance in

determining fault conditions. Automatic ECU shutdown of the APU will occur in flight or on the
ground, if any of the following occur:

1. APU fire

2. Low oil pressure

3. High oil temperature

4. DC power interruption to ECU

5. Overcurrent to EC

6. Loss of EGT signal

7. High EGT - above redline

8. Overspeed - in excess of 110

9. Loss of speed signal

APU Control Panel (Figure 1)

The APU control panel is located on the inboard face of the pilot’s bulkhead and contains
essential switches and indicators.

Panel switches and indicators are as follows:

DC LOAD meter ..................................................................... Indicates percent of load being

generated by APU.
RPM indicator ......................................................................... APU revolutions per minute.
EGT indicator.......................................................................... APU exhaust gas temperature
(EGT °F).
MAIN TEST switch ................................................................. Tests generator control units
ability to trip APU generator
off-line.
LAMP TEST switch................................................................. Makes sure all panel
annunciator lamps are
operable.
GEN switch............................................................................. Manually controls generator
function.

P/N 140-590032-0015 Section - 7 Page 5 of 18

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
BLEED AIR switch .................................................................. Opens and closes load control
valve.
MASTER switch ...................................................................... Provides power to APU system
and initiates start sequence.
When switched off, while APU
is operating, the APU will
shutdown. Allow APU to come
to a complete stop before
switching on again.
STOP button ........................................................................... Initiates action to the ECU to
shutdown APU.
APU FIRE switch/light ............................................................ Pushing the switch/light tests
the fire detection circuit, by
illuminating the APU FIRE
switch/light and sounds the fire
bell. The switch/light illuminates
red and the fire bell sounds
when fire detectors sense an
over temperature condition.
Pushing the switch/light, while
the APU is operating, will cause
the APU to shutdown.
FIRE EXT switch..................................................................... Initiates action to the ECU to
shut down APU. Manually
discharges fire extinguisher.
LOW OIL PRESS annunciator ............................................... Illuminates amber when oil
pressure is less than 35 PSIG.
APU shuts down.
HIGH OIL TEMP annunciator ................................................ Illuminates amber when
temperature is above 325 °F.
APU shuts down.
BLEED AIR VALVE FAIL annunciator ..................................... Illuminates amber if the load
control valve fails to close when
BLEED AIR switch is set to
OFF.
APU GEN annunciator............................................................ Illuminates amber when
generator is off line.
BLEED AIR ON annunciator................................................... Illuminates green when load
control valve opens.
READY TO LOAD annunciator ............................................... Illuminates green to indicate the
APU has reached operating
speed.

Page 6 of 18 Section - 7 P/N 140-590032-0015

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual

APU Control Panel

Figure 1

P/N 140-590032-0015 Section - 7 Page 7 of 18

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
Electrical System Description

The APU generating system can provide DC power to all the airplane busses, with the
exception of the Start bus. The APU cannot be used to assist during airplane engine starts.

The APU generator can be operated in parallel with the main generators. Circuit interlocks,
described below, are incorporated and are active in certain circumstances to inhibit closure of
the APU Generator Line Contactor (GLC).

APU GLC interlock relay ......................................................... Prevents APU generator being

excited onto a possible busbar
fault while generator control
switch is set to CLOSE.
Ground power auxiliary relay .................................................. Inhibits GLC input supply
when ground power is being
used.
Start Inhibit relay..................................................................... Energized to allow APU to
start. Relay energizes when
battery switch is on and main
battery connectors are de-
energized.

Periodically, as a maintenance function, the generator control unit is tested for its ability to trip
the generator off-line in the event of overvoltage. This test is performed by momentarily
positioning the MAIN TEST switch to the OVV position and noting that the APU GEN warning
annunciator illuminates amber and the APU ammeter drops to zero. Positioning the GEN switch
momentarily to CLOSE will bring the APU generator back on line and extinguish the APU GEN
warning annunciator.

Under normal operating conditions, the transition from starting mode to generating mode is
automatic. Manual control of the generator function is provided by a GEN CLOSE/TRIP switch
located on the APU control panel. The switch is spring loaded against either operating position.

Circuit Breakers, Current Limiters and Fuses

Flight compartment accessible circuit breakers are located on the DA-D panel in the following
locations:

N6.........APU FIRE WARN ........(Normal background)

N7.........APU FIRE EXT ............(Red background)
N8.........APU CTL .....................(Normal background)

One 300 AMP starter/generator current limiter is located on the GA panel which requires
maintenance action if replacement is required.

Six other system protective fuses are located on the ZK-P, GA and GA-2 panels which require
maintenance action if replacement is required.

Page 8 of 18 Section - 7 P/N 140-590032-0015

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
Rear Equipment Bay Switches

Two remote toggle switches are located on the right side of the aft equipment bay access hatch.

APU EMERG SHUT-OFF........................................................APU Stop/Disable

APU LOCK-OFF RESET.........................................................Fire Detection Reset

SECTION 2 - LIMITATIONS

OPERATING LIMITS
Maximum RPM........................................................................110
Maximum operating EGT ........................................................1350 °F
Operation to ............................................................................0 - 30,000 ft pressure altitude
Starting to................................................................................0 - 20,000 ft pressure altitude

STARTING CYCLE LIMITS

The following limitations are permitted when using airplane batteries or external power.

Minimum allowable Static Air Temperature (SAT) for starting of APU - by oil type
Type II oil per MIL-L-23699 .....................................................-40 °C
Type I oil per MIL-L-7808 ........................................................-55 °C

Maximum transient EGT

15 seconds maximum duration ...............................................1400 °F to 1500 °F

Hung start duration

Above 50% and below 95% RP ...........................................10 seconds maximu

Shutdown the APU if the READY TO LOAD light does not illuminate within 60 seconds of
start

Starter continuous cranking limits

1st start attempt ......................................................................30 seconds ON
3 minutes OFF
2nd start attempt .....................................................................30 seconds ON
3 minutes OFF
3rd start attempt......................................................................30 seconds ON
30 minutes OFF

P/N 140-590032-0015 Section - 7 Page 9 of 18

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
IN-FLIGHT STARTS
Do not attempt an in-flight start of the APU if both main generators have failed.

Start of the APU is prohibited if No. 1 engine has been shutdown due to fire or engine failure.

AUTOMATIC APU SHUTDOWN

If the APU is shut down by the automatic protection system, no attempt must be made to restart
the APU until the cause of the shutdown has been established. Prior to the next flight, the APU
and rear equipment bay must be inspected for damage.

MAXIMUM GENERATOR ELECTRICAL LOADS

The maximum transient generator load may exceed maximum continuous load:

Maximum continuous operation .............................................. 0.80

Transient operation ................................................................. 1.2 < 10 Seconds

COMBINED BLEED AIR OPERATIONS

Simultaneous operation of APU bleed air and main engine bleed air is not permitted. Both
systems may be operated briefly (1 minute maximum) during change over from one system to
the other.

OPERATION IN KNOWN ICING CONDITIONS

Ground and flight operations of the APU are not approved when the airplane is in icing
conditions.

GROUND DE-ICING PROCEDURES

The APU must be shut down during ground de-icing operations of the airplane.

ATTENDED OPERATION
The APU must be attended when passengers are on board.

REQUIRED PLACARDS
On or adjacent to APU control panel:

APU LIMITATIONS
OPERATING............................................ 0-30,000 FT
STARTING .............................................. 0-20,000 FT

Page 10 of 18 Section - 7 P/N 140-590032-0015

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
APU OPERATION DURING AIRPLANE REFUELIN

Airplane refueling with the APU running is limited to center point refuel only. Gravity wing
refueling is prohibited with the APU running.

Starting of the APU while refueling is in progress is prohibited.

Airplane refueling with the APU running is prohibited if the ambient temperature is above
40 °C or when the airplane contains JP4 or is being refueled with JP4.

Airplane boost pumps must be OFF prior to commencing refueling operations.

WEIGHT and BALANCE

NOTE: Removal of any of the APU components, listed in Section 6, will render the APU
inoperative.

P/N 140-590032-0015 Section - 7 Page 11 of 18

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
SECTION 3 - EMERGENCY

APU FIRE

Fire Bell Sounds and APU

FIRE

STOP ...................................................................................... Push (momentarily)

MASTER................................................................................. OFF
FIRE extinguisher ................................................................... Lift guard, Select On

If Fire Warning Persists

APU FIRE WARN circuit breaker ............................................ Pull (DA-D, N6)
NOTE: Pulling the circuit breaker will silence the warning bell and extinguish the APU FIRE
switch/light.

Subsequent Action

Land at the nearest suitable airport.

The cause of the fire warning must be investigated and corrected prior to the next flight.

WARNING: IF FIRE WARNING OCCURS DURING GROUND OPERATIONS, DO NOT

CONTINUE TO OPERATE THE AIRPLANE OR THE APU UNTIL POSSIBLE
DAMAGE HAS BEEN ASSESSED.

NOTES:
1. Do not return the MASTER switch to ON.

2. The APU FIRE annunciator will remain illuminated and the fire bell will continue to
sound until the over temperature condition falls below the system set-point and one of
the following actions are taken: 1) pushing the APU FIRE switch/light on the APU
control panel, or 2) pushing the APU LOCK-OFF RESET switch located in the aft
compartment where the APU is installed.

3. When an APU fire warning occurs, the APU will immediately and automatically shut
down and the fire extinguisher will discharge after 5 seconds.

4. Activation of the APU FIRE switch/light does not illuminate the airplane MWS flashers.

AIRPLANE DOUBLE GENERATOR FAILURE

If both main generators fail, do not start the APU. If both main generators fail and the APU is
already operating, the APU may be left on provided the APU generator is operating.

WARNING: A FAILED APU START WITH TWO INOPERATIVE MAIN GENERATORSMAY

DEPLETE THE MAIN AIRPLANE BATTERIES.

Page 12 of 18 Section - 7 P/N 140-590032-0015

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
SECTION 4 - ABNORMAL/NORMAL PROCEDURES

Sub-section 4.05 - ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN

May be accompanied by LOW OIL and/or HIGH OIL

PRESS TEMP

MASTER .................................................................................OFF

WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE APU UNTIL CAUSE OF SHUTDOWN HAS BEEN
DETERMINED AND CORRECTED.

NOTES:
1. Automatic shutdown may occur during ground or in-flight operations.

2. Do not return the MASTER switch to ON, since this will reset the ECU and remove the
BITE indicators necessary to determine the cause of the shutdown.

3. After shutdown, all annunciator lights will extinguish unless caused by fire.

4. Prior to the next flight, the APU and rear equipment bay must be inspected for damage.

FAILURE TO START

If the APU fails to start within 10 seconds after setting the MASTER switch to start
STOP.......................................................................................Push (momentarily)
MASTER .................................................................................OFF

CAUTION: WAIT 3 MINUTES TO ALLOW FUEL TO DRAIN BEFORE ATTEMPTING

ANOTHER START.

GENERATOR FAILURE

APU
GEN

GEN ........................................................................................CLOSE (momentarily)

NOTE: A maximum of two reset attempts is permissible.

If annunciator remains illuminated

GEN ........................................................................................TRIP (momentarily)

If annunciator extinguishes
Continue APU operations.

P/N 140-590032-0015 Section - 7 Page 13 of 18

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
BLEED AIR VALVE FAILURE

BLEED AI
VALVE FAIL

BLEED AIR ............................................................................. OFF

CAUTION: DO NOT OPEN THE AIRPLANE MAIN AIR VALVES UNTIL THE APU LOAD
CONTROL VALVE MALFUNCTION IS CORRECTED.

Sub-section 4.10 - NORMAL PROCEDURES

APU OPERATIONS
NOTES:
1. The APU may be started using either the airplane batteries or an external ground power
source.

2. If the fire extinguisher pressure is depleted, the APU will not spool.

BEFORE STARTING ON GROUND

Fire extinguisher gauge .......................................................... Check at or above:
300 psig at -40 °F
575 psig at + 70 °F
Circuit breakers....................................................................... Set
MASTER................................................................................. OFF
Airplane Battery ...................................................................... ON
Airplane External power ......................................................... ON (if desired)
MAIN TEST............................................................................. NORM
LAMP TEST............................................................................ NORM
GEN ........................................................................................ CLOSE (momentarily)
BLEED AIR ............................................................................. OFF
FIRE EXTINGUISHER............................................................ Covered by guard
APU FIRE switch/light............................................................. Push (check APU FIRE
illuminates and fire bell
sounds)

Page 14 of 18 Section - 7 P/N 140-590032-0015

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
STARTING ON GROUND

Airplane left LP fuel cock ........................................................ OPEN

MASTER................................................................................. ON
DC LOAD meter...................................................................... Reads zero
RPM indicator ......................................................................... Reads zero
EGT indicator.......................................................................... Reads approximately ambient
Airplane LH fuel pump ............................................................ ON,
EMERG (when using
airplane batteries)
FUEL 1 LO PRESS annunciator
(airplane overhead roof panel)................................................ Extinguished
LOW OIL PRESS annunciator................................................ Illuminated
APU GEN annunciator............................................................ Illuminated
MASTER................................................................................. START (momentarily)
RPM indicator ......................................................................... Shows rotation
EGT indicator.......................................................................... Shows rise within 10 seconds
after rotation
APU indicators ........................................................................ Monitor start cycle
LOW OIL PRESS annunciator................................................ Extinguished
READY TO LOAD annunciator ............................................... Illuminated
APU GEN annunciator............................................................ Extinguished
DC LOAD meter...................................................................... Indicates load
RPM indicator ......................................................................... Check 100%
EGT indicator.......................................................................... Check within limits
Airplane BUS TIE ................................................................... CLOSE

CAUTION: IF THE AIRPLANE IS LEFT UNATTENDED WITH THE APU OPERATING, THE
MAIN AIRPLANE BATTERIES SHOULD BE LEFT ON. THIS WILL ALLOW
THE APU FIRE EXTINGUISHER TO DISCHARGE IN THE EVENT OF AN
AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN DUE TO AN APU FIRE.

P/N 140-590032-0015 Section - 7 Page 15 of 18

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
BEFORE STARTING IN FLIGHT
MASTER................................................................................. OFF
Airplane Battery ...................................................................... ON
MAIN TEST............................................................................. NORM
LAMP TEST............................................................................ NORM
GEN ........................................................................................ CLOSE (momentarily)
BLEED AIR ............................................................................. OFF
FIRE EXTINGUISHER............................................................ Covered by guard
APU FIRE switch/light............................................................. Push (check APU FIRE
illuminates and fire bell
sounds)

STARTING IN FLIGH
Airplane left LP fuel cock ........................................................ OPEN (Left main engine
operating)
MASTER................................................................................. ON
DC LOAD meter...................................................................... Reads zero
RPM indicator ......................................................................... Reads zero
EGT indicator.......................................................................... Reads approximately ambient
or 0 if ambient is lower
Airplane LH fuel pump ............................................................ ON
FUEL 1 LO PRESS annunciator
(airplane overhead roof panel)................................................ Extinguished
LOW OIL PRESS annunciator ................................................ Illuminated
APU GEN annunciator............................................................ Illuminated
MASTER................................................................................. START (momentarily)
RPM indicator ......................................................................... Shows rotation
EGT indicator.......................................................................... Shows rise within 10 seconds
after rotation
APU indicators ........................................................................ Monitor start cycle
LOW OIL PRESS annunciator ................................................ Extinguished
READY TO LOAD annunciator ............................................... Illuminated
APU GEN annunciator............................................................ Extinguished
DC LOAD meter...................................................................... Indicates load
RPM indicator ......................................................................... Check 100
EGT indicator.......................................................................... Check within limits
Airplane BUS TIE ................................................................... CLOSE

Page 16 of 18 Section - 7 P/N 140-590032-0015

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
SIMULTANEOUS BLEED AIR and ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OPERATION

APU.........................................................................................Operating
RPM and EGT indicators ........................................................Within limits
READY TO LOAD annunciator ................................................Illuminated
BLEED AIR .............................................................................ON
BLEED AIR ON annunciator ...................................................Illuminated
Airplane Environmental Controls.............................................As required
RPM indicator..........................................................................Check 100%
EGT indicator ..........................................................................Check within limits
DC LOAD meter ......................................................................Check loading within limits

BLEED AIR ONLY (ELECTRICAL LOAD REMOVED)

GEN ........................................................................................TRIP (momentarily)

APU GEN annunciator ............................................................Illuminated
READY TO LOAD annunciator ................................................Illuminated
DC LOAD meter ......................................................................Check reads zero
BLEED AIR .............................................................................ON
BLEED AIR ON annunciator ...................................................Illuminated

ELECTRICAL LOAD ONLY (BLEED LOAD REMOVED)

BLEED AIR .............................................................................OFF

BLEED AIR ON annunciator ...................................................Extinguished
BLEED AIR VALVE FAIL annunciator......................................Extinguished
NOTE: If the BLEED AIR VALVE FAIL annunciator remains illuminated, refer to the
BLEED AIR VALVE FAILURE procedure in the ABNORMAL PROCEDURE ,
Sub-section 4.05 of this supplement.

READY TO LOAD annunciator ................................................Illuminated

GEN ........................................................................................CLOSE (momentarily)
APU GEN annunciator ............................................................Extinguished

P/N 140-590032-0015 Section - 7 Page 17 of 18

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
APU SHUTDOWN

NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the electrical load from the APU prior to shutdown.

BLEED AIR ............................................................................. OFF

BLEED AIR ON annunciator................................................... Extinguished
BLEED AIR VALVE FAIL annunciator ..................................... Extinguished
NOTE: If the BLEED AIR VALVE FAIL annunciator remains illuminated, refer to the
BLEED AIR VALVE FAILURE procedure in the ABNORMAL PROCEDURE ,
Sub-section 4.05 of this supplement.

STOP ...................................................................................... Push (momentarily)

RPM indicator ......................................................................... Check decrease in RP
EGT indicator.......................................................................... Check decrease in
temperature
MASTER................................................................................. OFF when RPM indicates zero

SECTION 5 - PERFORMANCE

No Change.

SECTION 6 - WEIGHT & BALANCE

Airplane delivery empty weight includes the APU installation as follows:

ITEM LBS X STA = IN LBS

651-1-331-101 ...... APU INSTALLATION....... 304.8 .............449.04 ...... 136,868

The following serialized major components are included in the above total:

ITEM LBS X STA = IN LBS

651-1-348-101............ APU BUILDUP ........... 175.0............. 458.9 .......... 80,308

23080-005 .................. STARTER/GEN .......... 36.1............... 458.9 .......... 16,566

51539-006H................ GCU ........................... 2.4................. 477.5 .......... 1146

211833D-2.................. ECU ........................... 6.1................. 454.0 .......... 2769

109512-9 .................... LCV ............................ 5.2................. 473.3 .......... 2461

4190-1 ........................ FIRE BOTTL ............ 7.7................. 469.3 .......... 3614

Page 18 of 18 Section - 7 P/N 140-590032-0015

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual

FAA APPROVED
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SUPPLEMENT
P/N 140-590032-0019
for
FLIGHT WITH ONE FUEL PUMP INOPERATIVE
THIS SUPPLEMENT IS APPLICABLE TO
FAA APPROVED AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUALS:

P/N 140-590032-0005
and
HS 1.22

Airplane Serial Number: ....................................................................................................

Airplane Registration Number: ..........................................................................................

Copyright © Raytheon Aircraft Company 2001

P/N 140-590032-0019 Section - 7 Page 1 of 5

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual

FAA APPROVED
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SUPPLEMENT
P/N 140-590032-0019
for
FLIGHT WITH ONE FUEL PUMP INOPERATIVE

LOG of REVISIONS

Rev Page Date

No. No(s) Description of Revision FAA Approved
0 1-5 Original Dec 27, 2001

Page 2 of 5 Section - 7 P/N 140-590032-0019

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual

CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................3
SECTION 1 - GENERAL ......................................................................................3
SECTION 2 - LIMITATIONS .................................................................................3
SECTION 3 - EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ...................................................4
SECTION 4 - ABNORMAL/NORMAL PROCEDURES ...................................4
SECTION 5 - PERFORMANCE ..........................................................................5
SECTION 6 - WEIGHT & BALANCE .................................................................5

INTRODUCTION

This supplement applies to an airplane required to fly with one fuel pump unserviceable. The
limitations, procedures and information contained in other sections of this Airplane Flight
Manual are applicable except where superseded by the information given in this supplement.

SECTION 1 - GENERAL

No change.

SECTION 2 - LIMITATIONS

FLIGHT WITH ONE FUEL PUMP INOPERATIVE

Fuel Pump (affected side) .............................................. OFF
FUEL PUMP circuit breaker (affected side) ................. Pull (DA-D, C7 or D7)
FUEL PUMP CTL circuit breaker (affected side)............ Pull (DA-D, C8 or D8)

Minimum fuel on arrival at the destination must not be less than 600 lb (272 kg) in each wing
tank. Flight under these conditions is only permitted to allow the airplane to fly to a place where
the unserviceable fuel pump malfunction can be corrected. Such flight is limited to three
sectors, routed not more than 30 minutes from a suitable airport for landing.

With only one fuel pump operational, fuel transfer time from the ventral tank to the wing may
increase to more than 18 minutes. If both fuel pumps are inoperative, fuel in the ventral tank
cannot be transferred.

NOTE: Reliance must not be placed on transfer of fuel from the ventral tank in order to reach
the destination.

The APU (if installed) may be operated with the right fuel pump inoperative. The APU may be
operated with the left fuel pump inoperative whenever the WING FUEL cock is in the X-FEED
or TRANSFER position.
P/N 140-590032-0019 Section - 7 Page 3 of 5
 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
SECTION 3 - EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT or ENGINE SHUTDOWN OR FAILURE IN FLIGHT Procedure
WING FUEL coc ........................................................... Use TRANSFER selectively to
maintain wing fuel balance

SECTION 4 - ABNORMAL/NORMAL PROCEDURES

SUB-SECTION 4.05 - ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

Failure of Operative Fuel Pump

FUEL PUMP................................................................... OFF
WING FUEL coc .......................................................... WING FUEL
NOTES:

1. Fuel cannot be transferred and the airplane should land at the nearest suitable airport.

2. Wing fuel asymmetry up to 500 lb (227 kg) is acceptable but greater asymmetry can
only be corrected by differential engine power.

SUB-SECTION 4.10 - NORMAL PROCEDURES

Start Checks
FUEL PUMP (operative side) ......................................... ON
WING FUEL coc ........................................................... X-FEE
FUEL LO PRESS annunciator (affected side) ................ Extinguished
WING FUEL XFD/TFR annunciator ............................... Illuminated

After Start Checks

WING FUEL coc ........................................................... WING FUEL
FUEL LO PRESS annunciator (affected side) ................ Illuminated
NOTE: The APU (if installed) should not be operated with the left fuel pump inoperative and
the WING FUEL cock in the WING FUEL position. If it is necessary to operate the
APU, leave the WING FUEL cock in X-FEED and monitor fuel balance carefully.

Before Takeoff Checks

WING FUEL coc ........................................................... WING FUEL
NOTES:

1. Check that the difference in fuel quantity between wing tanks does not exceed 500 lb
(227 kg). If necessary, transfer fuel by selecting the WING FUEL cock to TRANSFER.
Return the lever to the WING FUEL position when the transfer is complete.

2. Takeoff is made with the engine on the side of the failed fuel pump in suction feed.

3. The APU (if installed) must be shut down with the left fuel pump inoperative.

Page 4 of 5 Section - 7 P/N 140-590032-0019

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual

After Takeoff Checks

WING FUEL cock ............................................................X-FEED
Maintain wing fuel distribution within limits by selecting the WING FUEL cock to
TRANSFER. Return the lever to the X FEED position when the transfer is complete.

Landing Checks
WING FUEL cock ............................................................WING FUEL

Go-Around
If wing fuel is approximately 600 lb (272 kg) or less:

WING FUEL cock ........................................................... X-FEE

Avoid prolonged high rates of acceleration and nose-up pitch attitudes.

After Landing Checks

WING FUEL cock ............................................................X-FEED

SECTION 5 - PERFORMANCE

No change.

SECTION 6 - WEIGHT & BALANCE

No change.

P/N 140-590032-0019 Section - 7 Page 5 of 5

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual

FAA APPROVED
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SUPPLEMENT
P/N 140-590032-0021
for
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
(CDL)
THIS SUPPLEMENT IS APPLICABLE TO
FAA APPROVED AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUALS:

P/N 140-590032-0005
and
HS 1.22

Airplane Serial Number: .....................................................................................................

Airplane Registration Number: ...........................................................................................

Copyright © Raytheon Aircraft Company 2001

P/N 140-590032-0021 Section - 7 Page 1 of 12

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual

FAA APPROVED
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SUPPLEMENT
P/N 140-590032-0021
for
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
(CDL)

LOG of REVISIONS

Rev Page Date FAA

No. No(s) Description of Revision Approved
0 1-12 Original Dec, 27 2001

Page 2 of 12 Section - 7 P/N 140-590032-0021

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual

CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................... 3

SECTION 1 - GENERAL ............................................................................. 4

SECTION 2 - LIMITATIONS ........................................................................ 4

SECTION 3 - EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ............................................. 4

SECTION 4 - ABNORMAL/NORMAL PROCEDURES............................... 4

SECTION 5 - PERFORMANCE................................................................... 5

SUB-SECTION 5.05 - GENERAL

FUSELAGE ZONES.............................................................................. 5
TAILPLANE AND ELEVATOR ZONES.................................................. 6
WING ZONES - BOTTOM SURFACE................................................... 6
WING ZONES - UPPER SURFACE...................................................... 7
CDL AREA LOCATIONS (Figure 1) ...................................................... 8
CDL PANEL IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS (Figure 2).......................... 9
CDL PANEL IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS (Figure 3)......................... 10
CDL PANEL IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS (Figure 4)......................... 11
SECTION 6 - WEIGHT & BALANCE ........................................................ 12

INTRODUCTION

This supplement contains the Configuration Deviation List (CDL) which imposes additional
requirements for operation of the airplane with certain panels missing.

The airframe is divided into discrete areas, as shown in Figure 1, and each panel in the area is
given an identification number as shown in Figures 2 thru 4. The panel identification numbers
used are those used in the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.

This supplement applies to the Hawker 800XP airplane and the limitations, procedures and
information contained in other sections of this Airplane Flight Manual are applicable except
where superseded by the information given in this supplement.

P/N 140-590032-0021 Section - 7 Page 3 of 12

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
SECTION 1 - GENERAL

No change.

SECTION 2 - LIMITATIONS

Limitations resulting from a missing item, as specified in the REMARKS AND/OR EXCEPTION
column, must be observed in addition to the normal limitations in Section - 2 LIMITATIONS of
the Airplane Flight Manual. The limitations are as follows:

1. No more than one panel from any one area (see Figure 1) may be missing unless
specific combinations are listed in this supplement. Unless otherwise specified, panels
from different areas may be missing.

2. Where performance penalties are listed as negligible, no more than three such items
may be missing.

3. Unless specific performance effects are defined for combinations of missing items, all
performance effects for individual items are cumulative.

4. The pilot in command shall be notified of each operation with a missing panel(s) by
listing the missing panel(s) in the flight or dispatch release document.

5. The operator shall list in the airplane log book an appropriate notation covering the
missing panel(s) on each flight.

6. The associated limitations must be listed on a placard affixed in the cockpit in clear
view of the pilot-in-command and other appropriate crew member(s)

7. If an additional panel is lost in flight, the airplane may not depart the airport at which it
subsequently lands until it complies with the requirements of this supplement. A ferry
permit may be issued to allow the airplane to be flown to the first station where
replacement or repair of the panels can be made.

SECTION 3 - EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

No change.

SECTION 4 - ABNORMAL/NORMAL PROCEDURES

No change.

Page 4 of 12 Section - 7 P/N 140-590032-0021

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual

SECTION 5 - PERFORMANCE

SUB-SECTION 5.05 - GENERAL

Where a missing panel results in a performance effect on the airplane, the effect is given in the
REMARKS AND/OR EXCEPTIONS column of the appropriate list.

Unless specific performance effects are defined for combinations of missing items, all
performance effects for individual items are cumulative.

FUSELAGE ZONES

NORMAL CONFIGURATION
MINIMUM REQUIRED
PANEL
AREA REMARKS AND/OR
IDENT DESCRIPTION
LOCATION EXCEPTIONS
NUMBER
Aft Fairing -
Attached to the
F4 F159 1 0 The performance decrement
ventral tank off of
the access door. is negligible.

Access panel for The performance decrement

F4 F164 1 0
bonding. is negligible.
Access panel to The performance decrement
F4 F165 1 0
jacking point. is negligible.
Access to
The performance decrement
F4 F166 autopilot servo 1 0
is negligible.
motor.
Fuel filling access
The performance decrement
F4 F167 panel to rear ven- 1 0
is negligible.
tral tank.
Oxygen charging The performance decrement
F4 F168 1 0
point access panel. is negligible.

P/N 140-590032-0021 Section - 7 Page 5 of 12

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
TAILPLANE AND ELEVATOR ZONES

NORMAL CONFIGURATION
MINIMUM REQUIRED
PANEL
AREA REMARKS AND/OR
IDENT DESCRIPTION
LOCATION EXCEPTIONS
NUMBER
Access panels
T14L The performance decrement is
T1 for elevator con- 2 1
T15R negligible.
trols.

T16L Access panels to The performance decrement is

T1 2 1
T17R rudder trim controls. negligible.
Hinged cover for
Not in icing conditions.
access to rudder
T1 T18 1 0 The performance decrement is
trim con-rod/tab
negligible.
connection.
Vertical stabilizer
The performance decrement is
T1 T34L access to VHF 1 0
negligible.
cable clamp.

WING ZONES - BOTTOM SURFACE

NORMAL CONFIGURATION
MINIMUM REQUIRED
PANEL
AREA REMARKS AND/OR
IDENT DESCRIPTION
LOCATION EXCEPTIONS
NUMBER
Panel covering
No performance decrement
hydraulic pipes
W1 W425 1 0 because panel is internal to
in the wheel
airframe.
well.
Panel covering
No performance decrement
hydraulic pipes
W2 W325 1 0 because panel is internal to
in the wheel
airframe.
well.

Page 6 of 12 Section - 7 P/N 140-590032-0021

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
WING ZONES - UPPER SURFACE

NORMAL CONFIGURATION
MINIMUM REQUIRED
PANEL
AREA REMARKS AND/OR
IDENT DESCRIPTION
LOCATION EXCEPTIONS
NUMBER
Fairing covering Only if the rear portion of the
W1 W132 forward portion of 1 0 hinge cover is removed.
W2 W232 airbrake outboard 1 0 The performance decrement is
hinge. negligible.
Fairing covering aft
W1 W133 1 0 The performance decrement is
portion of airbrake
W2 W233 1 0 negligible.
outboard hinge.
Fairing covering Only if the rear portion of the
W1 W134 forward portion of 1 0 hinge cover is removed.
W2 W234 airbrake inboard 1 0 The performance decrement is
hinge. negligible.
Fairing covering aft
W1 W135 1 0 The performance decrement is
portion of airbrake
W2 W235 1 0 negligible.
inboard hinge.
The performance decrement is
W1 ---------- 17 15 negligible.
Vortex Generators 17 15
W2 ---------- Replacement is made at next
scheduled maintenance check.

P/N 140-590032-0021 Section - 7 Page 7 of 12

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST (CDL) - AREA LOCATIONS

Figure 1

Page 8 of 12 Section - 7 P/N 140-590032-0021

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual

CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST (CDL) - PANEL IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

M2346

PANEL IDENTIFICATION CODES

F 101 4 TYPE & NUMBER OF
FASTENERS
PANEL No.
AREA IDENTIFIER

PANEL FASTENER SYMBOLS

QUICK OPENING (SUCH AS HARTWELL FASTENERS)
- NO TOOL REQUIRED
QUICK OPENING (SUCH AS CAMLOCK FASTENERS)
- TOOL REQUIRED
BOLTED PANEL - TOOL REQUIRED
THE NUMERAL INSIDE EACH SYMBOL DENOTES THE NUMBER
OF FASTENERS SECURING THE PANEL. AN ‘H’ ADJACENT TO
THE SYMBOL INDICATES THAT THE PANEL IS HINGED.
Figure 2

P/N 140-590032-0021 Section - 7 Page 9 of 12

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST (CDL) - PANEL IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

Figure 3

Page 10 of 12 Section - 7 P/N 140-590032-0021

 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST (CDL) - PANEL IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

Figure 4
P/N 140-590032-0021 Section - 7 Page 11 of 12
 Hawker 800XP Airplane Flight Manual
SECTION 6 - WEIGHT & BALANCE

No change.

Page 12 of 12 Section - 7 P/N 140-590032-0021